[00:00:04]
[1. 8:00 AM - City Council convenes in City Council Chamber]
TO ORDER HERE. WELCOME. THIS FRIDAY MORNING AROUND 810 RECOGNIZED OUR QUORUM.[2. City Council Budget Workshop]
WE'RE GOING TO GET STARTED ON OUR LAST DAY OF BUDGET WORKSHOP. GOING TO OPEN WITH PRAYER.COUNCILMAN SIMPSON, IF YOU DON'T MIND, LET'S PRAY.
HEAVENLY FATHER, WE THANK YOU FOR THIS MORNING THE OPPORTUNITY TOGETHER. AND I ASK A SPECIAL BLESSING ON ALL THAT ARE IN THIS ROOM AND FOR WHAT THEY DO FOR OUR COMMUNITY. AND JUST ASK THAT YOU LOOK OVER THEM AND CONTINUE TO GUIDE THEM OR BE WITH US TODAY. LET US LOOK TO YOU FOR A DIRECTION IN ALL THAT WE SAY AND DO. WE PRAY THIS IN JESUS NAME.
AMEN. AMEN. THANK YOU SIR. ALL RIGHT, CAN WE GET BACK TO YOU MR. FREEMAN? YES SIR. PICK UP WHERE WE LEFT OFF. I COULD JUMP IN REAL QUICK JUST TO KIND OF GET STARTED. MAYOR, MEMBERS OF COUNCIL, THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE FOR DAY THREE OF THE BUDGET WORKSHOP. I THINK WE MADE GREAT PROGRESS YESTERDAY.
WE THANK YOU ALL FOR ALL THE GREAT FEEDBACK YOU GAVE US. I KNOW WE DID A QUICK OVERVIEW OF SUPPLEMENTALS AND CIPS AND WE THANK YOU FOR THE GUIDANCE YOU GAVE US.
WE HAVE PREPARED SOME RECOMMENDATIONS FOR BOTH SUPPLEMENTALS AND CFPS. YOU HAVE THOSE IN FRONT OF YOU. FOR OUR AGENDA TODAY WE TOOK DIRECTION FROM THE COUNCIL. WE HAVE A FEW PRESENTERS TO START OFF WITH TODAY. JUST KIND OF RUN THROUGH THE AGENDA. THE INTENDED AGENDA HERE IS THAT WE DO HAVE MAX READY TO TALK ABOUT OEM AECC. WE HAVE MICHAEL KASHUBA READY TO TALK ABOUT SOME BUDGET HIGHLIGHTS.
WE HAVE DONNA PREPARED TO TALK ABOUT MUNICIPAL COURT THIRD PARTY DELINQUENT TAX COLLECTIONS. WE HAVE MITCH PREPARED TO TALK ABOUT A HEALTH PLAN ADD ON REQUEST. WE ALSO HAVE SOME SLIDES FOR THE HOT SUBSIDIES REQUESTED BY COUNCIL MEMBER SIMPSON.
LET'S SEE HERE. WE'LL HAVE A DISCUSSION ABOUT RECOMMENDED CIP SUPPLEMENTAL REQUESTS.
AFTER THAT LOLA AND FINANCE TEAM WILL TALK ABOUT DISCUSSION DIRECTION ON DEBT REQUESTS AND PRESENT SCHEDULES AND UPCOMING DEBT RETIRING THAT'S COMING UP FOR CITY HALL. AND THOSE THINGS WE TALKED ABOUT THAT YESTERDAY. WE HAD THAT READY TO GO FOR TODAY. WE ALSO HAVE THE WATER WASTEWATER ACFR CASH FLOW CALCULATION TO DISCUSS TODAY REGARDING CASH FLOW DEPRECIATION AND OTHER EXAMPLES ABOUT HOW WE CALCULATED THOSE FROM ACFR TO THE AVAILABLE FUNDS. AND THEN AFTER THAT WE'LL TAKE ANY REMAINING QUESTIONS YOU HAVE AND ANY GUIDANCE YOU CAN GIVE US. I DO KNOW THAT COUNCILOR REID HAS TO LEAVE TODAY AT 130, IS THAT CORRECT? AND SO, MY HOPE AND GOAL IS TO BE ABLE TO POWER THROUGH ALL THESE THINGS TODAY BEFORE HE LEAVES.
BUT OBVIOUSLY IF WE NEED TO KEEP ON GOING THAT'S AT THE COUNCIL'S PURVIEW. AND THEN AGAIN, I ALWAYS LIKE TO SAY WE CAN ALWAYS DO MORE DAYS IF YOU NEED IT. SO, WE'RE NOT TELLING YOU HAVE TO STOP TODAY. SO, IF THE COUNCIL DECIDES AT THE END OF THE DAY THAT YOU NEED SOME MORE TIME, WE NEED TO COME BACK AGAIN NEXT WEEK OR SO, WE CAN DO THAT. SO, WITH THAT, I'M GOING TO TURN OVER TO ANDREW TO TAKE US FROM HERE. YES, SIR. WE'LL BRING MAX UP TO GO OVER AEC AND OEM HIGHLIGHTS.
ALL RIGHT. GOOD MORNING, MAYOR AND COUNCIL, THANK YOU FOR THE OPPORTUNITY. WE CAN, WE CAN START WITH ACC. I KNOW COUNCILMAN SIMPSON, ABOUT A YEAR AND A HALF AGO YOU HAD, YOU HAD CONCERNS ABOUT OUR TEAM IN ACC, OUR TIMES, THINGS LIKE THAT. OUR STAFFING LEVELS ARE GOING UP, BUT ALSO SO IS OUR CALL LOAD.
OUR TRAJECTORY RIGHT NOW AND PROJECTIONS ARE LOOKING AT OVER RIGHT AROUND 300,000 CALLS. BUT MORE IMPORTANTLY WHAT THAT MEANS IS 1.1 MILLION RADIO TRANSACTIONS FOR OUR TEAM. THE MENTAL AND PHYSICAL WEIGHT THAT TAKES ON OUR TEAM IS PRETTY DETRIMENTAL.
SO, WE ARE LOOKING AT NEEDING MORE BOTH SUPERVISION AND ACTUAL EMERGENCY OR EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION SPECIALISTS FOR THAT TEAM. RIGHT NOW, OUR OPERATIONS ARE 24, 7, 365.
WE DO NOT HAVE THE SUPERVISION CAPABILITY TO RUN A 24, 7, 365. SO, THERE IS TIMES THAT WE DO NOT HAVE THE MIDDLE MANAGEMENT TO OVERSEE OUR TEAM. DOESN'T MEAN THINGS ARE SLOWING DOWN OR STOPPING. WE JUST SIMPLY ARE CHUGGING ALONG THE WAY WE CAN WITH WHAT WE HAVE AND WE'RE DOING VERY WELL AT IT. HOWEVER, OUR TEAMS ARE STRAINED. REALLY. THAT WORK LIFE BALANCE IS, IS BEING HIT PRETTY HARD. I'D BE REMINISCED TO SAY THAT I WASN'T ONE OF THE OFFENDERS FOR OVERTIME MYSELF. HOWEVER, I DON'T WANT TO DWELL ON THAT BECAUSE THAT'S NOT THE DIRECTION WE'RE GOING. WE HAVE MOVED FORWARD, WE HAVE MADE CHANGES TO ENSURE THAT DOES NOT GO BACK THAT WAY.
HOWEVER, WITHIN THOSE CHANGES WE'VE MADE COMES WITH THOSE COST SAVINGS OF THAT OVERTIME THAT WE WERE SEEING.
SO, AS WE PUSH FORWARD THROUGH THAT OVERTIME AND BRING THOSE COSTS DOWN, THE ASK THAT WE HAVE FOR THIS PERSONNEL, WHICH IS NOT UNDERSTANDABLY A SMALL ASK, BUT ANYTHING WE CAN GET WOULD BE HELPFUL. WE DO NEED EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION SPECIALISTS, WE DO NEED SUPERVISORS. WE DO NEED A TERMINAL AGENCY COORDINATOR ATTACK THAT HELPS BOTH FIRE OR, EXCUSE ME, POLICE AND ACC AS FAR AS OVERSEEING THOSE DUTIES,
[00:05:02]
THESE ARE ASPECTS IN THE TEAM THAT WE ABSOLUTELY NEED. WE ARE STILL MANDATING OVER TIME AND MANDATING SHIFTS FOR PEOPLE TO COME BACK BECAUSE WE DO NEED PEOPLE AS FAR AS STAFFING NUMBERS. I'M PLEASED TO TELL YOU THAT WE HAVE WELL OVER 200 APPLICANTS TO OUR, TO OUR TEAM. THERE IS A PIPELINE. WE ARE IDENTIFYING THESE CHOKE POINTS IN OUR PIPELINE. HOWEVER, 100%, YOU KNOW, 200 APPLICANTS CAN VERY EASILY BE WHITTLED DOWN TO FIVE WITHIN THE COURSE OF 90 DAYS OF OUR PIPELINE BETWEEN OUR ACADEMIES OF 90 DAYS. SO, AND THAT'S, THAT'S SIMPLY BECAUSE OF REQUIREMENTS, WHAT IT TAKES, BACKGROUND CHECKS, THINGS LIKE THAT. SO, AS WE PUSH FORWARD, OUR GOAL IS TO CONTINUE TO GET AS MUCH SUPPORT FOR OUR TEAM VIA RESOURCES, PEOPLE, SUPERVISORS, THINGS LIKE THAT THAT WE CAN TO ENSURE THAT OUR LEVEL OF SERVICE STAYS AT WHAT IT IS. BUT ALSO, NOT ONLY OUR CALLS ARE GROWING, BUT OUR FACILITY ITSELF IS GROWING. YOU WILL SEE HOPEFULLY SOON IN COMING COUNCILS WE ARE BRINGING ON NEW AGENCIES TO DISPATCH FOR. SO, OUR WORKLOAD IS ALSO GOING UP.THAT IS NOT UNCOMMON THROUGHOUT THE COUNTRY. IS BRINGING IN MULTIPLE AGENCY PSAPS AS WE HAVE. BUT THAT IS THE TRAJECTORY THAT WE HAVE. WE DO NEED SUPERVISORY OVERSIGHT, WE DO NEED HELP AS FAR AS DISPATCHERS AND CALL TAKES, THINGS LIKE THAT TO ENSURE THAT WE GET THE, THE ACCOUNTABILITY TO OUR CITIZENS WHO ARE ASKING FOR HELP. A ONE POINT TO NOTE THAT JUST THE NON-EMERGENT CALLS THAT WE GET THAT COME TO US IS ABOUT 131,000 OF NON-EMERGENCY CALLS THAT COME TO OUR CENTER. THAT CONSTITUTES OF WHERE LIKE I SAID, WE'RE LOOKING AT RIGHT AROUND 300,000 PROJECTED IN THIS COMING YEAR. SO, IT'S ABOUT A THIRD OF WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT ARE CALLED JUST NON EMERGENT. SO, IN THAT WE NEED PEOPLE, WE ARE ABSOLUTELY LOOKING. I'VE HEARD WHAT THE VISION THAT YOU, THAT YOU ALL HAVE THAT WE ARE ABSOLUTELY LOOKING TO OFFSET WITH SOFTWARE AND TOOLS LIKE THAT THAT IS ALREADY WELL UNDERWAY WITH PROJECTS IN THE WORKS. HOWEVER, WE STILL NEED PEOPLE TO ANSWER THOSE CALLS AND DISPATCH OUR FIRST RESPONDERS. I WILL TELL YOU OUR OVERTIME COSTS HISTORICALLY AND HABITUALLY WE'VE BEEN PAYING AROUND 900,000. THAT IS COMING DOWN AND HAS COME DOWN QUITE A BIT. WE ARE ACTIVELY TRACKING THOSE ON A WEEKLY BASIS TO ENSURE THAT OUR TIME AND REPORTING THOSE TO CITY MANAGEMENT TO ENSURE THAT OUR TIME IS ABSOLUTELY MONITORED. AND WE ARE CUTTING EVERYTHING THAT WE CAN TO ENSURE THAT THOSE TIMES COME DOWN. BUT IN THAT SAVINGS THAT I BELIEVE IS ABOUT 23 OR 20 ISH FTES WORTH OF WORTH OF MONEY. SO, IN THAT WE DO SEE SOME COST SAVINGS THAT HOPEFULLY WE CAN PUT STRAIGHT INTO A NEW FTE. AGAIN, THOSE THE STEPS THAT WE'RE TAKING FULLY AND PROACTIVELY, VERY AGGRESSIVELY TRYING TO CUT DOWN ON OT AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE TO ENSURE THAT IF WE CAN JUST TRANSFER SOME OF THOSE HABITUAL FUNDS WE'VE BEEN PAYING FOR OT TO FTES THAT IS A LONG TERM SOLVE FOR THAT PROBLEM.
QUESTIONS ON AECC SIR. SO HOW MANY FTES DO YOU NEED RIGHT NOW TO SATISFY THE OVERTIME ISSUES AND WORK LIFE BALANCE? OUR REQUEST WAS 28 FTES IN TOTAL.
28 NEW 28 FTES IN TOTAL WAS OUR REQUEST 10 EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALISTS, 12 TELECOMMUNICATION SHIFT SUPERVISORS, FOUR SENIOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALISTS, ONE TERMINAL AGENCY COORDINATOR. SO, 27, EXCUSE ME, 27 IN TOTAL. WHAT'S THE PERCENTAGE OF NON-EMERGENCY CALLS THAT WE'RE GETTING INTO THE CENTER THAT REALLY SHOULD COULD GO SOMEWHERE ELSE? I DON'T KNOW IF THEY COULD GO SOMEWHERE ELSE NECESSARILY.
SO, THIS IS A CONTINUED PROJECT WITH 311 TO ENSURE CALL ROUTING IS ACCURATE AND ENSURING THAT SOME CALLS SO WHETHER IT'S LIKE A BARKING DOG CALL, THINGS LIKE THAT. WE ARE WORKING WITH 311 AND HAVE BEEN FOR OVER A YEAR TO ENSURE THAT 311 TAKES AS MUCH AS THEY CAN.
BUT AS FAR AS THE PERCENTAGE OF CALLS THAT ARE COMING IN IS STILL ABOUT 33% OF OUR CALLS RIGHT NOW 33% OF CALLS ARE PROBABLY WOULD HAVE BEEN BEST DIRECTED TO 311 AND OR MAYBE THE. THAT'S EVEN AFTER THE POLICE THAT'S EVEN AFTER GOING TO 311. OKAY, WELL ANYTHING THAT YOU. BECAUSE I MEAN I THINK PEOPLE ARE JUST 911 IS A NUMBER THAT THEY REMEMBER. 311 IS NOT AS COMMON AS PROBABLY NOBODY'S GOT THE NON-EMERGENCY POLICE LINE MEMORIZED EITHER. IT'S JUST 911 IS , BUT I JUST WONDER IF YOU KNOW ONE THING THAT WE'VE
[00:10:01]
DONE I THINK OVER THE COURSE OF THE LAST SEVERAL YEARS IS PEOPLE NOW KNOW THAT IF I'VE GOT BULK WASTE. I DON'T PUT IT IN THE ALLEY, I PUT IT OUT FRONT. AND THAT SEEMS TO BE SOMETHING THAT PEOPLE HAVE GOTTEN USED TO AND WE SPENT A LOT OF TIME PROMOTING THAT. I JUST WONDER IF THERE IS MORE AVAILABILITY TO HELP PEOPLE UNDERSTAND WHERE THE BEST PLACE TO GIVE A CALL IS OTHER THAN 911. ABSOLUTELY. 311 CAN ABSOLUTELY CONTINUE TO OFFSET NON EMERGENT CALLS AND THEY DO.HOWEVER. THERE IS ALWAYS GOING TO BE A TIME WHERE IT NEEDS TO BE FULLY TRANSFERRED OVER TO ONE OF OUR CALL TAKES AND 911 TO ENSURE THAT THAT LEVEL OF SERVICE IS GIVEN THOSE PROCESSES, PROCEDURES AND EVEN TOOLS ARE THINGS THAT OVER THE LAST 12 MONTHS WE'VE BEEN WORKING WITH. I WILL CONTINUE TO WORK WITH KRISTEN AND HER TEAM AT 311 TO ENSURE THAT THOSE ARE SEAMLESS PROCESSES OF WHICH WE CAN SHARE OFFSETTING AS MUCH WITH SOFTWARE, THINGS LIKE THAT TO ENSURE THAT WE CAN AUTOMATE, THEREFORE KIND OF OFFSETTING FD COST.
HOWEVER, WE ARE ACTIVELY WORKING INTO CUTTING DOWN THOSE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE.
WELL, I AGREE, BECAUSE THAT'S PART OF THAT CAN RELIEVE THE STRESS AS WELL AS THE CAUSE OF THOSE TYPES OF THINGS. I JUST REMEMBER SEEING SOME CAMPAIGNS ON A DON'T PUT IT IN THE ALLEY, WE'LL COME PICK IT UP. BUT I DON'T KNOW IF I'VE SEEN ANY CAMPAIGNS TO TRY TO SAY, HEY, HERE'S HOW TO DIRECT YOUR CALL IF YOU HAVE SOMETHING GOING ON TO BE ABLE TO HELP PEOPLE REALIZE THAT THIS IS THE BEST WAY TO DO IT. TIMES LIKE FOURTH OF JULY FIREWORKS VERSUS GUNSHOT CALLS, THINGS LIKE THAT, WE DO PUT SOME OF THAT OUT DURING THOSE, THOSE SUPER HIGH TIMES.
LIKE I SAID, ONCE WE, ONCE WE CONTINUE TO FINALIZE AND HASH OUT THE PROCESSES, PROCEDURES AND SOFT-WARES THAT WE, WE INTEND TO USE, THAT'S PROBABLY WHEN WE'LL START ACTUALLY DOING ACTIVE CAMPAIGNS. THANK YOU, SIR.
SO, TO BE CLEAR, MAX, YOUR ASK IS FOR 27 POSITIONS, IS THAT CORRECT? THAT IS THE FULL ASK? YES SIR. THAT'S THE FULL ASK OVER HERE ON THE, THE RECOMMENDED SHEETER THAT Y' ALL CAME UP WITH. I SEE ONE. IS THAT CORRECT? YES, SIR. YEAH, THAT'S RIGHT. SO, WHAT WE ASKED DEPARTMENTS DO LIKE POLICE, FIRE, ACC. SHOW US YOUR TRUE NEED. WE'RE NOT GONNA BE ABLE TO FUND ALL THOSE THAT MAY HAVE TO BE A FUTURE VOTER APPROVAL TAX RATE ELECTION TO ADD THAT MANY PEOPLE BECAUSE YOU CAN'T ABSORB THAT IN AN ANNUAL ALLOCATION. AND YOU SAID, MAX, YOU GOT 200, IS THAT WHAT YOU SAID? WHAT WAS YOUR TOTAL NUMBER OF PEOPLE YOU HAVE OVER THERE? PEOPLE? I HAVE A TOTAL OF 64 DEPARTMENT AS A WHOLE. SO, YOUR ASK IS 27.
CORRECT. SO, OF THOSE 64, 52 OF THEM ARE ACTUAL DISPATCHERS AND CALL TAKES. OKAY, SO. BUT YOU OBVIOUSLY ARE FUNCTIONING RIGHT NOW. BUT LIKE YOU SAID, IT'S A HEAVY LOAD. I MEAN MENTALLY, MENTALLY IT IS, IT IS ACTUALLY COSTING US PEOPLE.
THEY CAN'T. THAT MEANS IT'S TOO MUCH. AND YOU'RE BASICALLY SPENDING THE SAME. AND OVERTIME. CORRECT. COVER THAT.
LAST YEAR IS ALMOST A ONE FOR ONE THIS, THIS YEAR IT'S.
BUT IT IS, IT DOES CAUSE LONG TERM PROBLEMS, OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS, STAFFING STRUGGLES. I'M NOT IN THE BUSINESS OF PHYSICALLY BEATING DOWN AND MENTALLY BEATING DOWN MY TEAM. I WANT TO HELP THEM AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. AND WHAT THAT TAKES IS PEOPLE AND THINGS. AND SO, I MEAN I SEE HERE FOR THE ONE PERSON. SO, IT'S ALMOST ONE FOR ONE. SO, IF YOU BRING SOMEBODY ON TO WORK 40 HOURS, BUT YOU ELIMINATE 40 HOURS OF OVERTIME. OBVIOUSLY, YOU'RE, IT'S, IT'S A NET POSITIVE REALLY TO THE BUDGET. RIGHT? CORRECT.
BUT IS THAT, IS THAT WHAT YOU'RE SAYING, ANDREW? I MEAN IT TRACKS OVER TIME BUT EVENTUALLY YOU FIND WHERE YOU'RE STILL GONNA HAVE PEOPLE TAKING LEAVE, YOU'RE STILL GONNA HAVE TRAINING, SO THERE'S ALWAYS GONNA BE OVERTIME.
BUT WE'VE GOT TO TRY AND GET THE BALANCE BETTER. YEAH, BUT I FIGURE YOU'RE PAYING SOMEONE TIME AND A HALF. RIGHT. OR YOU BRING SOMEBODY ON TO TAKE THAT LOAD AND YOU'RE PAYING THEM.
CORRECT. OUR CURRENT OVERTIME BUDGET IS ABOUT $235,000 WHICH I THINK THAT IS A REALISTIC BUDGET TO HAVE. SO, SO WHEN WE BUDGET THESE, ARE WE TAKING THAT INTO ACCOUNT? I MEAN IF WE LOOK AT LIKE HE WANT, YOU KNOW, WE'RE LOOKING AT THE PROPOSED LIKE WELL IT'S ONE EMPLOYEE.
WAS THAT NOT GOING TO BE A WASH? I MEAN IF WE BRING THEM FOR 40 HOURS NOW I GET BENEFITS AND THE WHOLE THING. THERE'S A WHOLE LOT MORE IN THERE BESIDES SALARY. IS IT ALMOST A WASH POTENTIALLY? YEAH. WE JUST HAVE. WE'D HAVE TO FIND OUT BECAUSE UNTIL YOU ADD THE EXACT NUMBER, YOU DON'T. PRETTY CLOSE. I WOULD HAVE TO GUESS PRETTY CLOSE. INSTEAD OF PAYING OVERTIME AT ONE AND A HALF TIME, THE RATE YOU BRING SOMEBODY IN JUST PAYING SINGLE. IT JUST DEPENDS HOW MANY PEOPLE ARE TAKING LEAVE WITH THEIR VACATION BECAUSE THEN YOU'RE STILL PAYING TIME. BUT, BUT THERE IS A TRADE OFF.
OKAY, BUT OKAY, BUT WE'RE NOT REALLY TAKING THAT INTO ACCOUNT. WHEN I'M LOOKING AT THE SALARY. HOW, HOW WE'VE KIND OF TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN THE PAST WITH FIRE. NOW THAT THEY'VE GOT TO THAT POINT, WE OVER HIRE THAT YOU'RE PAYING THE OVER HIRE FOR THE SALARIES AND HOPING YOUR OVERTIME DROPS.
WE HAVEN'T SEEN THE FULL EFFECT OF THAT YET. SO, FIRE IS KIND OF TESTING THAT OUT RIGHT NOW.
BUT IT SHOULD MATH OUT THAT. I MEAN IT'S ALMOST, I MEAN SO LAST YEAR WE DID GET OUR STAFFING LEVELS TO ABOUT 95% AND IMMEDIATELY THOSE CONVERSATIONS STARTED ABOUT OVER HIRING. BUT
[00:15:01]
TO YOUR POINT SIR, IS ABSOLUTELY. THERE'S. WE, WE DO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT FOR TIME OFFS, SICK CALLS, THINGS LIKE THAT. HOWEVER, YES, THERE, THERE IS, THERE'S STILL STRUGGLE. WE'RE ALWAYS GOING TO HAVE OVERTIME TO SOME EXTENT. LIKE I SAID, WE DO HAVE A SIX FIGURE BUDGET FOR OVERTIME. HOWEVER WE, WE DO NEED TO CONTINUE TO TRY TO. I NEED TO SERVE MY TEAM THE BEST I CAN AND I KNOW THERE'S A, THERE'S A TRAINING ISSUE AS WELL. WELL, SO MAYBE FIRST MONTH OR ONE MONTH ISN'T A GOOD LOOK, BUT WHEN YOU'RE ABOUT 95% FULL, WHAT DID YOUR BUDGET LOOK? I MEAN, DID OVERTIME GO DOWN? DID IT. YES, ABSOLUTELY CONSIDERABLE. SO, OVERTIME IS, IS. IS TRENDING TO EITHER TIME ITSELF, IS, IS FLAT OR DOWN. OKAY. AND WE DO HAVE THE SPACE FOR THE PEOPLE. YES. OKAY.OKAY. THANK YOU. YES, SIR. I THINK, I THINK WE'D BE AMISS IF WE DIDN'T SAY THANK YOU FOR JUGGLING THIS AND THANK YOU TO YOUR STAFF FOR THE BURNOUT AND THE CHURN, FOR DOING WHAT YOU DO WITH THE LIMITED RESOURCES.
THANK YOU. WE HAVE AN AMAZING TEAM. VERY DEDICATED, PASSIONATE PROFESSIONALS. AND HONESTLY, PUBLIC SAFETY FIRST RESPONSE.
PASSION IS WHAT DRIVES IT. AND I CAN'T IMAGINE MORE PASSIONATE TEAM OF WHAT I HAVE. THANK YOU, SIR. TELL THEM ALL THANK YOU FROM US. WILL DO, SIR.
COUNCILMAN REID, YOU GOT ANYTHING DOWN THERE? MORNING, MAX. MORNING, SIR. THANKS FOR COMING BACK. YES, SIR. YOU GOT 64 POSITIONS IN AECC AND OEM, IS THAT RIGHT? WE HAVE 64 IN AECC. THAT ALSO INCLUDES THREE ADMINISTRATIVE IN AECC AND THEN WE HAVE A TOTAL OF EIGHT IN EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT. ONE OF IS. ONE OF THEM IS AN OFFICE MANAGER.
ONE OF THEM IS A OUTDOOR SIREN TECH WHO. THEIR SOLE JOBS ARE OFFICE MANAGER WORK AND WORKING ON OUR OUTDOOR SIREN SYSTEM.
SO TECHNICALLY SIX OPERATION OPERATIONAL IN THE BASEMENT DOWN IN OEM. YEAH. SO LAST YEAR'S BUDGET 1.6, REVISED ESTIMATE, LOOKS LIKE YOU'RE BRINGING IT IN AT AROUND 1.2. THEN THIS YEAR'S BUDGET, 1.6 AGAIN ON OEM, IS THAT CORRECT? YES. AND THEN GOING BACK TO AECC, LAST YEAR'S BUDGET 6.7, REVISED ESTIMATE 6.5. THIS YEAR'S BUDGET, ROUGHLY 6.7. SO UNDER BUDGET BOTH TIMES? YES, SIR. OKAY. AND YOU'RE DOING THAT WITH PAYING ALL OF THE OVERTIME, SO OEM, OEM WE HAVE, WE HAVE MADE EXEMPT AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE IN THAT. IN THAT VEIN.
HOWEVER, IF THEY WERE NON EXEMPT, THEY WOULD BE LOOKING AT AROUND 4,500 HOURS OF OVERTIME. JUST OUT OF EIGHT PEOPLE TO YOUR QUESTION. AND ACC KEEPING IT UNDER BUDGET, THAT IS. YES. OFFSETTING COSTS BY TRYING TO SAVE MONEY ELSEWHERE IN OTHER LINES. SO I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE WE'RE NOT HEARING SOMETHING DIFFERENT THAN YOU'RE SAYING IT. SO RIGHT NOW YOU'RE WORKING WITH 52 OF YOUR 64 POSITIONS FULL? WE ARE. I'D HAVE TO. I CAN'T REMEMBER THE EXACT NUMBER OFF TOP OF MY HEAD. WE ARE SHORT SOME OF OUR EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS SPECIALISTS. SO TELL US A LITTLE BIT ABOUT THE 27 POSITION REQUEST THAT'S JUST AN OVER HIRE. OPEN THOSE POSITIONS UP TO. IN ORDER TO GO ON HIGHER SO YOU CAN TRAIN.
AND THEN YOU WOULD SIGNIFICANTLY DECREASE YOUR OVERTIME PAY AND YOU WOULD STILL MAKE THAT BUDGET NUMBER WORK WITH THE REQUEST OR IN A SENSE, IF WE'RE, IF WE'RE LOOKING AT IT. AND AGAIN MY IGNORANCE WHEN IT COMES TO OUR OVERTIME BUDGET VERSUS MY ASK. THE ASK ITSELF IS RIGHT AROUND FOR 20. FOR 27. IT'S RIGHT AROUND THAT 2.4 MILLION IMPACT RIGHT NOW.
EVEN, EVEN IF WE HAD JUST ONE FOR ONE, WE THREW 900,000 AT IT. THAT WOULD DRASTICALLY IMPROVE MY TEAM AND HELP OUR TEAM. OKAY, SO YOU'VE GOT, YOU'RE GIVING US KIND OF THE HIGH. RIGHT. AND HERE'S.
WE'RE MAKING DO WITH WHAT WE'VE GOT. HERE'S WHAT WE REALLY WOULD LIKE.
BUT THEN EVEN IF WE COULD GET $900,000 BUDGET APPROVAL FOR FTES, HOW MUCH WAS YOUR OVERTIME IN THAT DEPARTMENT LAST YEAR? THAT WAS ABOUT 900,000. OKAY, SO THAT IS THE ONE FOR ONE, CORRECT? YEAH. AND IF YOU'RE LOOKING AT YOUR BUDGET BOOK, I DON'T THINK OUR REVISED ESTIMATE IS CORRECT. IT'S SHOWING 260 FLAT. IT'S GOING TO BE HIGHER THIS YEAR THAN 260 FLAT. YOU'RE SHOWING 260 IN THE OT ON PAGE 174. THAT IS 2223. WE HAD ACTUALS 864,000.
23, 24 ACTUALS 970,000. SO SIMILAR TO POLICE AND FIRE, THEY. THEY SPEND THE OVERTIME AND THEN IT ENDS UP BEING COVERED BY ALL THE OTHER DEPARTMENTS BY THE END OF THE YEAR. AND EXCESS SALES TAX REVENUE.
[00:20:01]
MAX. WHAT DOES IT DO FOR YOU? IF WE MOVE THOSE LINE ITEMS AROUND, THE ABILITY TO GET ANY MORE PEOPLE, ANY MORE TELECOMMUNICATORS WILL DRASTICALLY IMPROVE. IMPROVE ONE, THE ABILITY TO GIVE PEOPLE TIME OFF. TO GIVE PEOPLE ACTUAL BREAKS DURING. DURING THEIR SHIFT.YEAH, THAT. THAT DRASTICALLY IMPROVES. MR. FREEMAN, HOW DO WE. HOW DO WE MAKE THAT HAPPEN ON YOUR END? BECAUSE I KNOW YOU WERE PUBLIC SAFETY FOR A GOOD WHILE AND THIS HAS BEEN UNDER USE. SO WHAT WOULD YOU ADVISE IF THE GOAL HERE WOULD BE TO GET ROUGHLY 10 FTES BUDGETED, BUT THEN RECOGNIZING THAT WE NEED TO STILL STICK WITH THAT 6.7 MILLION OVERALL, I WOULDN'T BUDGET IT. I'D CONTINUE TO WORK WITH GRAYSON FOR AUTHORIZATION TO OVER HIRE LIKE WE'RE DOING WITH A FIRE, AND THEN WE'RE GOING TO FIGURE OUT THAT BALANCE AND SEE WHAT WE CAN ACTUALLY BRING ON FORMALLY IN THE BUDGET NEXT YEAR WOULD BE MY RECOMMENDATION. AND WHY NOT JUST BUDGET THOSE 10 FTES? BECAUSE IT'S GOING TO SHOW YOU'RE UPSIDE DOWN, YOU WON'T BE A BALANCED BUDGET BECAUSE YOU STILL HAVE TO BUDGET FOR BOTH BECAUSE YOU DON'T KNOW THE TRUE. EVEN IF HIS ACTUALS ARE 6.5 MILLION AND HE'S UNDER BUDGET FOR THE YEAR, BUT I DON'T THINK THAT'S ACCURATE. I THINK OUR REVISED ESTIMATES OFF. WE NEED TO DOUBLE CHECK THOSE NUMBERS.
ACTUALS WERE 6, 4 IN 25 AND THEN THEY'RE SHOWING ACTUALS PROJECTED 6, 5 AND BUDGETS.
YEAH. SO I'M JUST CURIOUS IN WANTING TO HEAR, YOU KNOW, IF IT'S SEMANTICS AND HE HAS WHAT HE NEEDS, THEN LET'S MOVE ON.
BUT IF IT'S NOT, IF IT'S, IF IT'S WHERE MAX, YOU KNOW, OR MR. DUNLAP IS LIKE, WELL, I STILL CAN'T GO AND OPEN THIS UP. SO IF COUNCIL'S GIVING GOOD DIRECTION TO UNDERSTAND, YOU KNOW, YOU HAVE A MILLION DOLLARS THERE, PLUS YOU'VE GOT AN ASK OVER HERE. RIGHT. THAT WE WOULD INTEND TO FULFILL. YEAH. ONE FOR EACH DEPARTMENT WE CURRENTLY HAVE SLATED IN THERE. AND I THINK PART OF, PART OF WHY WE DON'T RECOMMEND BUILDING IT NOW, THEY'RE NOT AT 100% STAFF, SO WE DON'T WANT TO ADD POSITIONS UNTIL THEY GET TO FULLY STAFF. SO IT'S A SEQUENCING THING AS WELL, WHICH IS WHAT WE DEAL WITH FIRE AND HOPEFULLY WE'RE SOON GETTING TO WITH POLICE. ONCE THEY HAVE A FULL NUMBER, WE'RE GOING TO DO AN ACADEMY WHERE THEY'LL OVER HIRE BY 20 OFFICERS AND WE'LL BUILD IT INTO THE NEXT BUDGET. IS THE PLAN OKAY? YES, SIR, MR. DUNLAP. YEAH, THAT'S THE MODEL.
I THINK THAT WORKS WELL FOR US IS, IS IN THESE DEPARTMENTS THAT HAVE STRUGGLED TO GET TO FULL HIRE, WE DON'T KNOW THE FULL PICTURE UNTIL WE GET THE FULL HIRE.
AND SO, AND I THINK, I THINK WHAT ANDREW'S SAYING IS VERY, VERY GOOD. WE WANT TO KEEP, WE WANT TO, WE WANT TO START AN OVER HIRE PROCESS TO GET EVERYTHING FULLY STAFFED OVER HIRE. AND THEN THAT STARTS, STARTS TO SETTLE THE WAVES OUT AND WE START OVER TIME STARTING TO SEE WHERE THINGS ACTUALLY FALL, WHERE HOW LEAVE IS HAPPENING, WHERE OVERTIME IS HAPPENING, THAT ALLOWS US TO HAVE A BETTER BUDGET PICTURE GOING FORWARD.
SO I LIKE FOR US TO GET TO THE OVER HIRE PICTURE, THAT'S GOING TO BE A GREAT VICTORY RIGHT THERE BECAUSE I KNOW MAX HAS DONE A TREMENDOUS AMOUNT OF WORK OVER THERE JUST TO TRY TO MAKE THE CULTURE TO WHERE IT'S GOT TO BE AT AND SO WE CAN START GETTING TO THAT POINT AND THEN WHEN THAT HAPPENS, WE CAN START REALLY GIVING YOU BETTER NUMBERS OVER BUDGET. THANK YOU.
I HEARD, YOU KNOW, COUNCILMAN PRESCOTT, TAKE A MINUTE TO MAKE SURE THAT EVERYBODY HEARD US SAY THANK YOU, WE APPRECIATE YOU GUYS. MR. DUNLAP, I HOPE WHAT YOU WOULD HEAR HERE IS THE DIRECTION FROM COUNCIL, I BELIEVE, AND COUNCIL COULD REDIRECT. IT WOULD BE FOR YOU TO GO AHEAD AND CONTINUE WITH THAT OVER HIRE PRACTICE AND CONTINUE TO TRY TO BUILD OUT THAT TEAM. WHETHER THAT IS IN THE FORM OF WORKING WITHIN YOUR CURRENT BUDGET BECAUSE YOU ARE HAVING TO PAY SOME OF THAT OT OR YOU'RE ABLE TO BRING THOSE PEOPLE ON AND CUT THE OT DOWN. WE DEFINITELY SEE THE NEED TO KEEP YOU PRIORITIZED IN OUR PUBLIC SAFETY SYSTEM.
AND THEN WE JUST, WE WOULD WANT YOU TO BE ABLE TO COMMUNICATE BACK THAT THAT GIVES YOU WHAT YOU NEED FOR THIS NEXT YEAR WITH A GOAL IN PLACE OF EXPANDING THOSE DEPARTMENTS OEM AS WELL, YOU KNOW, AND CONTINUING TO BRING OEM UP TO A LEVEL OF COLLABORATION WITH, YOU KNOW, ALL 26 COUNTIES. ALSO, YOU KNOW, A LOT OF THE THINGS THAT ARE GROWING OUTSIDE OF THE CITY LIMITS AND CONTINUE TO BE A BURDEN AND A STRESS ON YOU TO FIGURE OUT IN YOUR STRATEGIC PLAN. DO YOU HAVE A MASTER PLAN? DO YOU HAVE YOUR PLANNING TOOL? DO YOU HAVE ALL YOUR LINES OF COMMUNICATION OPEN TO THOSE OTHER ENTITIES SO THAT YOU CAN DO WHAT YOU NEED TO OVER THERE IN THE BASEMENT? YES, THAT YOU KNOW, WE CONTINUE TO WORK THROUGH AS NEW PROJECTS POP UP IN THE REGION IN OUR JURISDICTION. WE CONTINUE TO TRY TO WORK WITH, WITH THOSE PARTNERS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE AND ACC AS WE GROW.
AND I APPRECIATE THAT FEEDBACK AS WE BRING PEOPLE ON. I ABSOLUTELY NEED THE SUPERVISION TO, TO OVERSEE, YOU KNOW,
[00:25:01]
THOSE, THOSE FRONTLINE TEAM MEMBERS.SO THAT, THAT WOULD BE THE ASK IS, IS SUPERVISION IF, IF ANYTHING AT THE VERY LEAST. AND I THINK TOO THE NICE THING THAT GIVEN THE, THIS HAS BEEN GOOD DISCUSSION, GIVEN THE DIRECTION I THINK I'M GETTING FROM COUNCIL IS AS WE ARE OVER HIRING, GET TO THAT POINT. AS I START SEEING MID YEAR BUDGET SAVINGS AND OVERTIME, I'M BASED OFF WHAT I'M HEARING, I MIGHT BE ABLE TO START MAKING SOME MID YEAR CHANGES TO START SHIFTING MONEY OVER TO SOME HIRING POSITIONS. SO WE WANT TO VET THAT OUT. I PROBABLY WANT TO GET WITH YOU GUYS AS WE'RE DOING THAT BECAUSE I WANT TO MAKE SURE I FEATHER THIS OUT RIGHT TO KEEP THE BUDGET WITHIN BUDGET.
BUT I THINK AS WE ARE OVER HIRING AND IF WE DO SEE OVERTIME COMING DOWN, I THINK I MAY HAVE SOME OPPORTUNITY HERE FROM COUNCIL TO START SHIFTING IT OVER TO THE SALARY LINES A LITTLE BIT.
I DON'T THINK MAX TOUCHED ON IT EITHER. HE'S CONTINUOUSLY LOOKING FOR NEW REVENUE SOURCES SO ACTUALLY COMING TO COUNCIL IS GOING TO BE A NEW CONTRACT WITH AISD THAT COULD FUND A POSITION. SO THOSE WILL HELP AS WELL.
BUT IT'S NOT LOCKED IN YET. IF IT GETS APPROVED, WE COULD PROBABLY BUILD THAT IN THE BUDGET RIGHT AWAY BEFORE SEPTEMBER. SO WE CAN GO AHEAD AND COUNT ON THAT FUNDING IN ONE NEW POSITION AS WELL.
OKAY. YES. QUESTION. I THINK WE ANSWERED THIS APD, BUT WITH THE OVERTIME THAT HAS BEEN TYPICAL OVER THERE, WE DON'T ADJUST THE BUDGET FOR THAT, DO WE? SO WHEN YOU LOOK AT THAT APARTMENT, EVEN THOUGH THE LAST FEW YEARS HAVE SHOWN THAT IT'S. WE HAVE TO FIND SAVINGS ACROSS THE GENERAL FUND TO COVER IT. YEAH, WE DON'T.
OKAY, SO THAT'S, THAT'S, THAT'S THE WAY THIS IS DRAWN UP AS WELL. YES, SIR. OKAY. BUT WE ANTICIPATE, I GUESS WE'RE GOING TO HAVE MONEY TO PAY THE OVERTIME. YES.
OKAY. YEAH. MOSTLY BETWEEN OTHER DEPARTMENTS AND THE TURNOVER OF NOT FILLING STAFF AND THEN HOPEFULLY EXCESS SALES TAX REVENUES AND IT ALL COMES TOGETHER. YEAH, THAT'S THE WORK THAT WE'RE GOING TO BE DOING THROUGHOUT THE YEAR. HOPEFULLY AS VACANCIES ARE. BECAUSE WE'RE GOING TO HAVE SOME VACANCIES AND WE DON'T KNOW WHO AND WHEN AND WHERE, BUT WE'RE GOING TO HAVE THAT IN ANY THIS BIG.
OUR JOB AS MANAGEMENT IS TO BE MAKING SURE THAT THOSE, THOSE SAVINGS CAN COVER FOR THOSE OVERAGES. THEN HOPEFULLY OVER YEARS TO COME WE CAN START, AS YOU SEE IN YOUR SUPPLEMENTALS THERE, START CHIPPING AWAY AT THAT BUDGET TO GET IT TRUED UP. SO, SO LIKE APD AND FIRE AND OEM, WE JUST, WE'RE JUST GOING TO COVER IT OUT OF GENERAL FUND AND WE JUST HOPE THAT IT'S GOING TO BE THERE TO COVER WHETHER WE DIP IN RESERVES OR WHAT. WE KNOW IT'S COMING. I GUESS I'M STILL CONFUSED WHILE WE JUST. THE BUDGET FOR THAT. BUT YEAH.
OKAY. BECAUSE IF YOU ACTUALLY SHOW IT ON PAPER, YOU WON'T, IT DOESN'T SHOW IT. IT SHOWS YOU'LL BE BUSTING. YOU DON'T SHOW THE OVERTIME AND BECAUSE OTHERWISE YOU'RE NOT DROPPING OR ADJUSTING SALARIES. BECAUSE WE HOPE TO BE FULLY STAFFED.
SO WE'RE SHOWING THAT. SO THERE'S NO SWAPPING IT AROUND.
AND APD AND FIRE IS A LITTLE TOUGHER BECAUSE THEY HAVE GUARANTEED TRAINING, MINIMUM STAFFING AND ALL THAT.
THAT'S STILL GOING TO BE PAYING OVERTIME FOR.
YEAH, I GUESS. I MEAN AGAIN MAYBE AN ACCOUNTING ISSUE, BUT WHY CAN WE HAVE A LINE ITEM THAT WE JUST BUDGET OVERTIME AND THEN AS WE SEE THE FULLY STAFFED. THOSE WOULD BE TRADE OUT. RIGHT. WE HAVE THAT TIME WE COME DOWN AND WE HAVE A LINEUP FOR OVERTIME, IT'S JUST UNDER BUDGET. IT'S ABOUT 2 MILLION INSTEAD OF SAY PD NEEDS 4 MILLION.
OKAY. YEAH. OKAY. AND SO HOPEFULLY, HOPEFULLY WHAT WE SEE FIRST IS THAT, IS THAT, I MEAN, YEAH, WE BUDGET FOR EVERY POSITION.
HOPEFULLY WE'RE GOING TO FILL THEM. SO IN THEORY WE DON'T BUDGET FOR THE FULL OVERTIME BECAUSE WE'RE HOPING WE'LL FILL EVERY POSITION. BUT THEN WHENEVER THE SALARIES DO COME IN UNDER, WE HAVE THAT STARTING POINT TO HELP FUND OVERTIME. BUT IN SOME OF THESE SITUATIONS THAT'S NOT ALWAYS ENOUGH.
THAT'S WHERE WE LOOK FOR OTHER DEPARTMENTS.
BUT WE'RE NOT BUDGETING FOR THE ASK OF 27, CORRECT? NO SIR. NO, THAT'S IN ADDITION TO. SO CORRECT.
THOSE ARE JUST SUPPLEMENTAL REQUESTS SO YOU CAN SEE THE TRUE NEEDS. SO WHAT'S TRULY FULL STAFF THEN? I DON'T UNDERSTAND BECAUSE I WOULD SAY THAT MAX WOULD TELL ME THAT FULLY STAFFED WOULD BE HIS STAFF PLUS 27. WELL THAT WOULD BE THE IDEAL SCENARIO. HE'S NOT FULLY STAFFED YET WITH HIS BUDGETED FTES NOW.
THAT LIKE, LIKE THE, THE FULL FTE, THE 95%. YES, WE DO HAVE THAT FULLY BUDGETED RIGHT NOW.
BUT THAT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE 27. NO, BECAUSE YOU THAT THAT'S AROUND 60. YOU HAVE TO ADD ANOTHER 20 AND OUR GOAL IS TO GET TO THE CURRENT FULLING STAFF NUMBER. I GOT YOU. SO WE, WE, WE CAME TO GET TO THAT THIS YEAR. WHAT'S CURRENT FULLY STAFFED? THIS 27 PLUS OR. NO, NO, NO, IT'S IN YOUR BOOK. CURRENT, CURRENT FULLY STAFFED, 64 TOTAL.
OKAY, 64. OKAY, I GUESS I HEARD YOU. I GUESS I HEARD THAT LIKE WE'RE GOING TO BUDGET FOR THIS AND THEN HOPEFULLY NO, WE'RE GOING TO OVER HIRE AND THEN ADJUST NEXT YEAR AS WE'RE SEEING THE BALANCE AND THEN WE CAN TRY AND BUILD IT INTO THE BUDGET. YES. STEP ONE IS TO GET TO BE ABLE TO FILL THESE POSITIONS.
THAT'S BUDGETED FOR. THAT'S STEP ONE. STEP TWO IS TO OVER HIRE AND THEN STEP THREE IS BASED ON THE OVER HIRES, START MAKING SOME ADJUSTMENTS OVER TIME AND SALARIES TO START, START MAKING THAT 64. GO TO 67, 68, WHATEVER.
THEN STEP FOUR OR FIVE WHERE I'M AT NOW, NEXT YEAR BRING BACK TO YOU A MORE BETTER BUDGET NOW THAT WE'VE HAD SOME REAL NUMBERS TO WORK WITH OVER THE YEAR. SO IT'S A MULTI STEP PROCESS WE'RE WORKING THROUGH. OKAY, THANK YOU. I HAD JUST A VERY QUICK QUESTION ON OVERTIME ON APD.
IS THERE ANY REVENUE RECOGNITION FOR THE OVERTIME
[00:30:02]
SERVICES. I MEAN, WHEN THEY'RE PROVIDING SECURITY AND THINGS, HOW DOES THAT WORK WORK? THAT'S OFF DUTY WORK. SO THAT'S. THEY'RE GETTING A CHECK FROM WHOEVER THEY'RE WORKING FOR. IT'S NOT COMING TO THE CITY. OKAY, SO THERE'S NOT ANY COST RECOVERY FOR THE OVERTIME ACTIVITIES.THAT'S STRICTLY, THAT'S LIKE A SECOND JOB FOR THEM THAT THEY CAN GO DO THE SIDE JOBS.
AND NO, IT'S NOT COSTING US ANYTHING.
YEAH, WE'RE NOT GETTING ANY. I JUST WANTED TO VERIFY THAT WE WEREN'T PAYING THAT AND THEN THERE WAS NOT A COST RECOVERY METHOD. WHOEVER HIRES THEM, IF IT'S A SCHOOL EVENT OR, OR ANY OF THOSE KIND OF OFF DUTY JOBS. I UNDERSTAND.
THANK YOU. I JUST WANT TO THANK ALL THE DEPARTMENTS, PARTICULARLY THOSE THAT LOOK AT OVERTIME. WITH THE EFFORT THAT YOU'RE PUTTING INTO MONITORING THE OVERTIME.
MY EXPERIENCE IS IF YOU DON'T MONITOR, IF YOU DON'T TIGHTLY LOOK AT THE OVERTIME, IT CAN GET OUT OF CONTROL IF SOMEBODY'S NOT WATCHING AND MONITORING IT.
BUT I FEEL TOTALLY CONFIDENT IN THE PUBLIC SAFETY DIVISIONS WITH WHAT I'VE HEARD THE LAST COUPLE OF DAYS. YOU GUYS ARE DOING A GREAT JOB. SO THANK YOU AND THANK YOU FOR STAYING ON TOP OF THAT. WE DON'T WANT TO, YOU KNOW, IT'S GOT TO BE PAID, BUT I THINK, I REALLY FEEL LIKE WE'RE DOING A REALLY GOOD JOB AT MANAGING THAT BECAUSE IT'S.
IF YOU LOOK AT WHEN, YOU KNOW, WE WENT OVER AND IF WE GO OVER IN OVERTIME, YES, WE HAVE THE SAVINGS ON THE, YOU KNOW, ON THE EMPTY POSITIONS. BUT IF WE DIDN'T HAVE THAT SAVING ON EMPTY POSITIONS, AND THIS YEAR, FOR EXAMPLE, IF WE DIDN'T HAVE THE SALES TAX, THE MORE SALES TAX, IT COULD BE PROBABLY PROBLEMATIC THAT, THAT WE'RE GOING OVER THAT. SO I APPRECIATE EVERYBODY REALLY MONITORING THAT AND I FEEL CONFIDENT YOU GUYS ARE DOING A GREAT JOB. THANK YOU. THANK YOU, SIR. JUST FOR SAKE OF TIME OUT, I'LL KIND OF CLOSE UP WITH, WITH OEM. SO LIKE I SAID, WE HAVE A TOTAL OF 18 IN OFFICE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT, SERVING WELL OVER SIX FIGURES OF PARTICIPANTS AND CITIZENS, WITH SIX OF THEM BEING ACTUALLY OPERATIONAL. RIGHT. RIGHT NOW WE SPEND ROUGHLY BETWEEN 75 AND 80% OF OUR TIME IN SOME SORT OF RESPONSE MODE AT ANY GIVEN MOMENT OF THE DAY. WE ARE A 24, 7 OPERATION AS WELL. WE RUN DUTY OFFICER SHIFTS MONDAY TO MONDAY, 08 TO 08. HOWEVER, IT DOES GET VERY HARD. SO WE DO NEED A LITTLE HELP IN EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT. WE ARE ABSOLUTELY, AS ANDREW POINTED OUT, IN BOTH OUR TEAMS, WE ARE LOOKING AT REVENUE OPPORTUNITIES WITH AISD UPSTAIRS FOR DISPATCH AS WELL AS IN EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.
THERE'S OTHER, OTHER AGENCIES FOR OUR SERVICES THAT WE'RE LOOKING INTO. WHETHER IT'S EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SERVICES, WHETHER IT'S OUTDOOR WARNING SIREN SERVICES, ANYTHING LIKE THAT. SO WE ARE ABSOLUTELY GOING DOWN THAT TO ENSURE TO OFFSET ANY POSSIBLE DOWN THE ROAD BRINGING ON NEW NEW TEAM MEMBERS.
HOPEFULLY THOSE CONTRACTS CAN OFFSET THOSE COSTS. BUT LIKE I SAID WE, WE ARE RIGHT AROUND THAT PROBABLY 13,000 HOURS SHORT OF AVAILABILITY A YEAR WITH OUR MANDATES. WE HAVE OVER 185 MANDATES WITH THEIR PLANS, PROCEDURES, THINGS THAT WE HAVE TO UPKEEP AND WE'RE RUNNING SHORT WHEN IT COMES TO JUST BASIC 2080 HOURS A YEAR. BASED ON THE PEOPLE WE HAVE, WE ARE ABOUT 12 TO 13 HOURS SHORT OF OUR WHAT OUR NEED IS. SO YOU SAID 12, 12,000 HOURS? YES SIR.
SO YOU NEED SIX AND A HALF FTES. THAT WOULD BE THE, THE FULL ASK, RIGHT? I WILL BE HAPPY WITH ONE. I'M NO STRANGER DOING MORE WITH LESS ONE ONE PERSON EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DOES A LOT. WE ARE VERY ACTIVELY PURSUING OFFSETTING WITH SOFTWARES AND AUTOMATION VERY MUCH USING AI TO THE EXTENT THAT WE CAN AND ARE AVAILABLE TO USE AI TO OFFSET THOSE FTES OR AT LEAST ASPECTS OF THEM. WE HAVE PROGRESSED VERY FAR DOWN THAT ROAD IN THE INDUSTRY BOTH WHEN RICH WAS STILL HERE AND ALSO FOR ME REACHING OUT TO COLLEAGUES AND THINGS LIKE THAT AROUND THE COUNTRY WITH OTHER STATE AND FEDERAL AGENCIES OF HOW THAT WORKS FOR US, HOW WE CAN OFFSET THAT. WE ARE VERY FAR DOWN THE ROAD WITH USING OUR SITUATION AWARENESS TOOL OF EOSI OF OFFSETTING BOTH OUR OPERATIONS AS WELL AS OUR PLANNING AS WELL AS OUR ASSET MANAGEMENT, ALSO UTILIZING THOSE TOOLS FOR RECOUPMENT. SO YOU KNOW, EXAMPLE OF WHEN CHIEF MAYS SENDS A TEAM OUT ON A TEST MESS ASSIGNMENT ON HIS MUTUAL AID ASSIGNMENT.
THERE'S A LOT OF TRACKING OF DOCUMENTS AND FUNDS THAT THAT NEED TO BE HAPPENING. THIS TOOL THAT WE HAVE CAN ALL AUTOMATE THOSE THINGS TO AN EXTENT AND BRINGING THAT BACK WHILE THEY'RE IN THE FIELD, BRINGING THAT BACK TO US. IT'S NO DIFFERENT FOR IF, IF I WERE TO DEPLOY ONE OF OUR TEAM OUT TO ANYWHERE THROUGH OUR CONTRACTS, WHETHER IT'S IN THE STATE OR THE COUNTRY, THEY, THEY WILL HAVE REAL TIME COMMUNICATION WITH US HERE BACK AT, BACK AT THE AGENCY. BUT WE, WE ABSOLUTELY NEED THE HELP.
ANYTHING AT THIS POINT ONE PERSON ABSOLUTELY WOULD BE HELPFUL. BUT YES, IN, IN A PERFECT WORLD WE WOULD NEED SIX TO SEVEN. JUST A FEW MORE
[00:35:01]
THINGS WE'LL LET YOU GET OUT OF THE WAY. SO YOU KNOW WITH POLICE AND FIRE WE HAVE LEVELS OF PROMOTION SO WE GO FROM, YOU KNOW, SERGEANT, LIEUTENANT, CAPTAIN. SO LIKE, HOW DOES AECC PROMOTE? SO WE HAVE DIFFERENT LEVELS OF LEADERSHIP. SO OUR EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION SPECIALIST IS, IS KIND OF OUR FRONTLINE TEAM MEMBER.FROM THERE IT CAN MOVE INTO A SHIFT SUPERVISOR OR A JUNIOR SUPERVISOR. FROM THERE IT IS A SENIOR SUPERVISOR WHICH ARE TRYING TO RECLASS THEIR NAME TO MANAGER AND FROM THERE IT GETS INTO UPPER MANAGEMENT.
QUESTION. SO PROBABLY FOR MR. FREEMAN, PUBLIC SAFETY OVERALL TENDS TO WORK PRETTY GOOD WITH, YOU KNOW, STRATEGIC. WE'RE LOOKING AT A 3% INCREASE THAT WE'RE TRYING TO FIND IN THE EXISTING TAX RATE FOR ALL PERSONNEL.
BUT WHEN YOU LOOK AT, AND IT'S NOT THAT EVERY DEPARTMENT DOESN'T HAVE A TEAM ENVIRONMENT, THEY DO, BUT WHEN YOU'RE RUNNING A LARGE TEAM THAT DEALS WITH TRAUMA, THERE'S A DIFFERENT LEVEL OF BURNOUT. SO THERE ALSO IS A DIFFERENT LEVEL OF SUPERVISION. AND THERE'S ALSO, TO A GREAT EXTENT, THERE'S. THERE'S A DIFFERENT CAMARADERIE AND RELATIONAL ASPECT TO IT. AND SO WE WOULD HOPE THAT THAT WOULD CONTINUE THROUGH THE ENTIRE ORGANIZATION. BUT WHERE IT HAS TO BE FOUNDATIONAL IS IN AREAS LIKE AECC. SO IN GIVING A DIRECTIVE OF, HEY, WE REALLY WANT YOU TO BUILD THE STRONGEST TEAM YOU CAN. AND THE WAY WE'RE HEARING YOU SAY YOU WOULD DO THAT BETTER IS THROUGH SUPERVISION. WHAT IF HE WAS ABLE TO TAKE THE OVERALL BUDGET AND THIS MIGHT EVEN EQUATE ON OVERTIME PAY AS WELL? COULDN'T WE BUILD IN A DIFFERENT LINE, ANOTHER LEVEL OF LEADERSHIP OVER THERE THAT WOULD ALLOW FOR SOME PAY RAISES AS A PROMOTION, NOT NECESSARILY JUST AN INCREASE THAT THEN WOULD ALLOW FOR GREATER SUPERVISION? SO THAT MUCH LIKE, YOU KNOW, COUNCILMAN TIPPS, YOU KNOW, STEPPING STATED YESTERDAY, A LOT OF OUR JOB IS ABOUT PERFORMANCE AND WE WANT TO REWARD HIGH PERFORMING. IT DOESN'T MEAN THAT OTHERS AREN'T HIGH PERFORMING, BUT THERE ARE THOSE THAT ARE WILLING TO COME IN EARLY, STAY LATE, WORK THE OT AND THEN, YOU KNOW, THERE NEEDS TO BE THE CAPITALISM IN IT. SO WHAT COULD WE DO IN AECC THAT WOULD CREATE A DIFFERENT LEVEL OF SUPERVISION? YEAH, WE CAN LOOK AT THOSE THINGS. MAX AND JAMIE, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, THEY'VE BEEN WORKING ON KIND OF STRATEGIES OF IF YOU GROW THE STAFF, HOW WOULD YOU DO THE LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT TO DO THAT CAREER LADDER AND REWARD THOSE EMPLOYEES FOR MORE EXPERIENCE, GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO SUPERVISE. SO WE CAN REVIEW THOSE. AND THEN AS PART OF OUR OVERHIRING PROCESS, LIKE MAX SAID, WE NEED TO ADJUST THOSE TO SEE WHERE IT FITS IN THE HIERARCHY SO WE CAN TAKE A LOOK AT THAT. WE'RE DOING THAT STRATEGICALLY IN BOTH DEPARTMENTS RIGHT NOW.
EVEN WITH EIGHT PEOPLE THERE'S STILL A STRUCTURE, AND I'M TRYING TO AT LEAST BREAK GLASS CEILINGS IN BOTH DEPARTMENTS.
TO YOUR POINT, MAYOR? YEAH, SO WE'LL WORK ON THAT. THEY'VE GOT, I THINK, MULTIPLE STRATEGIC PLANS AT THIS POINT THAT WE CAN EVALUATE AND TWEAK, KNOWING THAT WE HAVE THE SUPPORT FROM COUNCIL TO OVER HIRE AND MAKE SOME ADJUSTMENTS AND SEE WHAT WORKS BEST FOR THE GROUP. WELL, WE'LL WALK OUT OF THIS BUDGET WORKSHOP.
WE'LL PASS A BUDGET. WE'LL NEVER HEAR FROM YOU. RIGHT? YOU'LL JUST SHOW UP WHEN THE TORNADO HITS AND THE FIRE HAPPENS. AND YOU GUYS, Y' ALL WILL WORK 48 HOURS STRAIGHT AND WE'LL NEVER KNOW IT. SO. SO WHY DON'T WE NOT DO THAT? LET'S HAVE YOU COME BACK AT A COUNCIL MEETING IN THE FUTURE. LET'S HAVE YOU BRING IN A DISCUSSION ITEM FOR HERE'S MY STRATEGIC PLAN.
HERE'S WHAT YOU GUYS GAVE ME ONCE THE BUDGET'S ALL WORKED OUT, AND HERE'S HOW I'M USING IT.
HERE'S THE HEALTH OF OUR TEAM. YOU KNOW, HERE IS WHO OUR TEAM IS. YOU KNOW, WHEN WE HAD OUR FIRST FLOOD OVER THERE OR MY FIRST FLOOD, NOT AMARILLOS, BUT I GOT TO COME OVER AND, YOU KNOW, DO SOME RECOGNITION THERE.
BUT REALLY, WE DON'T SEE YOU GUYS OVER HERE AND YOU GET FORGOTTEN ABOUT.
AND SO BRING THE TEAM OVER SOMETIME, YOU KNOW, END OF THE YEAR OR IN BETWEEN, CATASTROPHE, IF YOU WOULD. AND THEN LET'S HEAR FROM YOU.
LET'S SEE HOW YOU'RE DOING ON, ON THOSE TWO VERY IMPORTANT ROLES. ANYTHING FURTHER, COUNSEL? OKAY, THANK YOU, SIR. THANK YOU. ALL RIGHT, NEXT UP IS MICHAEL KASHUBA TO TALK BUDGET HIGHLIGHTS FOR PARK. MAYOR AND COUNCIL.
MICHAEL KASHUBA, DIRECTOR OF PARKS JUST WANTED TO KIND OF GIVE A QUICK UPDATE ON WHERE WE'VE BEEN, WHERE WE'RE GOING, SOME OF THE BIGGER CAPITAL ITEMS AND SOME OF THE BIGGER SUPPLEMENTALS.
[00:40:01]
SO OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS, OBVIOUSLY, THERE'S BEEN A PRETTY SIGNIFICANT INVESTMENT IN PARKS TO THE TUNE OF OVER $36 MILLION. WHAT WE'RE PROPOSING NEXT YEAR IS A FOCUS ON DETAIL DETAILS. WE'VE BEEN REALLY FOCUSED ON GETTING THESE BIGGER PROJECTS DONE. AND WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT THIS NEXT YEAR IS REALLY FOCUSING MORE ON THE DETAIL WORK. YOU KNOW, SIGNAGE, FIXING UP AREAS THAT MAY NOT LOOK AS GOOD AS THEY HAVE IN THE PAST. SO REALLY FOCUSED ON MAINTAINING KIND OF OUR EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE, TRYING TO MAKE THAT LOOK BETTER.ON THE COST RECOVERY FRONT, TENNIS IS DOING EXTREMELY WELL.
WE ANTICIPATE THEM BEING IN THE BLACK AT THE END OF THE FISCAL YEAR. GOLF, WE ANTICIPATE BEING, IF NOT IN THE BLACK VERY CLOSE TO COST RECOVERY. WE DO HAVE SOME PROPOSED FEE INCREASES IN THE BUDGET, SO WE WOULD OBVIOUSLY RECOMMEND THOSE.
THAT'S GOING TO BE $2 PER ROUND AND THEN SOME INCREASES ON THE GOLF CARTS. BUT AGAIN, THAT CONTINUES TO MOVE GOLF IN THE POSITIVE DIRECTION WHEN IT COMES TO COST RECOVERY. SO WE'RE VERY HAPPY WITH THE PROGRESS THAT THE TEAM HAS MADE THERE, GOING FROM BASICALLY $2 MILLION UPSIDE DOWN TO BREAKING EVEN. SO. AND THEN OBVIOUSLY, WE CONTINUE TO WORK ON ATHLETICS. SO ALL. WE DON'T HAVE ANY FEE INCREASES FOR TENNIS. WE DO HAVE FOR ATHLETICS. SO THERE'S A SMALL FEE FOR FIELD RENTALS FOR GAMES AND PRACTICES. AND THEN WE ALSO HAVE GONE UP A LITTLE BIT ON SOME OF THE LEAGUE FEES. SO THOSE ARE ALL IN THERE AS SUPPLEMENTALS IN TERMS OF THE FEE INCREASES. SO WE WOULD RECOMMEND ALL OF THOSE TENNIS, BECAUSE IT'S DONE SO WELL. WE WOULD SAY JUST HOLD TIGHT AND WE'LL CONTINUE TO MONITOR IT AND THEN MAKE THOSE NECESSARY CHANGES AS WE KIND OF MOVE FORWARD. AS I MENTIONED, WHEN WE PUT TOGETHER OUR CAPITAL LIST THIS YEAR, WE REALLY HAD SOME DIFFERENT FOCUSES. NUMBER ONE WAS MAINTAINING THE EXISTING. SO YOU'LL SEE PARKS. E&I OBVIOUSLY, IS GOING TO BE OUR HIGHEST REQUEST.
THAT'S THAT ONGOING INFRASTRUCTURE MONEY WHERE WE CAN GO AND MAKE THOSE IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PARKS. WE ALSO HAVE THE WARFORD POOL IS THE SHELL IS THE PLASTER IS REALLY STARTING TO FALL APART. SO THAT'S ABOUT 250,000. WE HAVE ABOUT 1500 PEOPLE A MONTH USE THAT POOL. ACTUALLY IN JUNE, WE HAD 04,600 PEOPLE THAT ACTUALLY USE THAT POOL DURING THE MONTH.
THE OTHER KIND OF AREAS THAT WE KIND OF GROUPED THEM IN WAS THE CONTINUOUS IRRIGATION IMPROVEMENT. OBVIOUSLY, THERE'S BEEN A HIGH FOCUS ON IRRIGATION THIS YEAR. ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE'RE PROPOSING IS AN INCREASE ON THE IRRIGATION LINE ITEM.
THE IRRIGATION LINE ITEM IN PARK MAINTENANCE IS CURRENTLY BUDGETED AT 125, AND WE'RE ALMOST AT 300,000 ALREADY THIS YEAR JUST BECAUSE OF ALL THE REPAIRS THAT HAVE NEEDED TO BE MADE. ALONG WITH THAT, THERE'S A SUPPLEMENTAL TO START BUYING SOME ADDITIONAL SEED.
BECAUSE A LOT OF THOSE AREAS THAT WERE IRRIGATING A FEW YEARS AGO DURING COVID THE WEEDS KIND OF TOOK OVER SOME AREAS. AND SO AS WE'RE KILLING OFF THOSE WEEDS, WE'RE STARTING TO SEE BARE SPOTS. SO SOME ADDITIONAL FUNDING JUST TO GET SOME SEED TO KIND OF FILL IN THOSE SPOTS THAT ARE KIND OF BARE. ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE'RE PROPOSING AS A SUPPLEMENTAL, IT SHOWS AS A NEGATIVE, IS BRINGING SOME IRRIGATORS IN HOUSE. THAT WAS ONE OF THE CHALLENGES OBVIOUSLY WITH THE CONTRACT IS WHEN THERE'S AN IRRIGATION ISSUE, WE'RE RELYING ON A CONTRACTOR TO GO FIX IT. CURRENTLY WE HAVE FOUR IRRIGATORS THAT COVER OUR ENTIRE PARKS. SO WE WOULD BE LOOKING TO BRING SIX IRRIGATOR, SIX ADDITIONAL IRRIGATORS BACK IN HOUSE. BUT WHAT WE WOULD DO IS THAT MONEY WOULD COME OUT OF THE LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE CONTRACT. SO CURRENTLY THOSE SERVICES ARE PROVIDED IN THAT CONTRACT. WHAT WE WOULD DO IS BACK OUT THE AMOUNT FOR THOSE IRRIGATORS OUT OF THAT CONTRACT. SO WE WOULD JUST NET IT OUT AT A ZERO. AND THEN AS WE KIND OF MENTIONED, WE'RE CURRENTLY HAVE THAT TEMPORARY LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT THAT IS SOMETHING THAT WE WILL BE REBIDDING THIS FALL. THERE ARE SOME. THERE IS A SUPPLEMENTAL FOR SOME ADDITIONAL PROPERTIES TO BE ADDED TO THAT CONTRACT.
SO THOSE ARE PROPERTIES THAT THE CITY HAS ACCRUED OVER THE LAST YEAR OR THE LAST COUPLE YEARS THAT WE WOULD ADD TO THAT LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE.
AND THEN SOME OF THE OTHER GROUPS OF PROJECTS THAT WE HAD PUT IN FOR CAPITAL, OBVIOUSLY IRRIGATION. SO CONTROL, CENTRAL CONTROL. OUR IRRIGATORS CURRENTLY HAVE TO GO OUT TO EACH PARK. AND I'LL GIVE AN EXAMPLE. JOHN STIFF MAY HAVE 10 DIFFERENT CONTROLLERS. SO THEY'RE HAVING TO MANUALLY SET THOSE CONTROLLERS. THERE'S NO WAY TO DO IT REMOTELY FROM OUR MAIN OFFICE. SO WE'RE PROPOSING THAT WE WOULD KIND OF UPDATE THE TECHNOLOGY WHERE WE CAN TAKE A QUICK LOOK. I CAN'T TELL YOU HOW MANY PARK STAFF.
STAFF HAVE GONE OUT TO. AND THE CONTROLLERS ARE OFF, AND IT'S NOT STAFF THAT'S TURNING THEM OFF. SO WE WOULD LIKE TO HAVE BETTER EYES ON THAT FROM A DISTANCE WHERE WE CAN MONITOR THAT AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS NECESSARY. WILL THOSE HAVE. WELL, THOSE HAVE RAIN SENSORS TOO? YEAH. SO A LOT OF THE NEW TECHNOLOGY WITH THOSE CENTRALIZED CONTROLLERS WILL AUTOMATICALLY HAVE GOT SOFTWARE THAT WILL ADJUST FOR RAIN, FREEZE EVERYTHING THAT GOES WITH IT. SO AGAIN, WE WOULD BE LOOKING AT SOME PUMP STATIONS. THERE'S SOME. SOME PARKS THAT JUST
[00:45:01]
DON'T HAVE QUITE ENOUGH PRESSURE. THERE IS ONE THAT WE WOULD RECOMMEND PULLING OUT OF IT BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE AN AGREEMENT WITH THEM. WE'VE BEEN HISTORICALLY MAINTAINING IT.HISTORICALLY, THE CITY'S MAINTAINED IT EVEN THOUGH WE DON'T HAVE AN AGREEMENT. SO WE WOULD NOT RECOMMEND THAT BEING INCLUDED IN THAT PROJECT. BUT THE OTHER PARKS ARE ALL CITY PARKS OR WE MAINTAIN THE SCHOOL PORTION OF IT. NOW, WHEN YOU SAY YOU DON'T RECOMMEND HAVING, IS IT INCLUDED IN HERE RIGHT NOW? SO IN THE IRRIGATION PUMP STATIONS, WE HAVE A LINE ITEM OF 350 AND HILLSIDE IS ABOUT 45,000. SO THE REQUEST FOR THE IRRIGATION PUMP STATIONS WOULD BE ABOUT 305. SO THAT WOULD COME DOWN A LITTLE BIT. SO I WOULD SAY MAKE THAT ADJUSTMENT FOR SURE. YEAH. MICHAEL, HOW DID THE CONTROLLERS GET TURNED OFF? ARE THEY SECURE OR IS IT JUST CITIZENS GOING OUT TURNING THEM OFF, OR KIDS OR. WE DON'T KNOW.
UNFORTUNATELY, A LOT OF THOSE CONTROLLERS HAVE THE SAME KEY.
AND SO UNLESS WE GO IN AND MANUALLY CHANGE EACH KEY ON THAT, WHICH WOULD BE QUITE A PROCESS, OR SECURE THEM A DIFFERENT WAY, EVERY IRRIGATOR IN TOWN HAS A KEY TO THOSE CONTROLLERS.
INTERESTING. THERE'S JUST A STANDARD, INDUSTRY STANDARD KEY OR SOMETHING. YEAH. SO WE'VE GONE OUT TO SOME PARKS WHERE WE'VE SEEN VALVES TURNED OFF.
WE'VE SEEN DOUBLE CHECKS TURNED OFF. WE'VE SEEN, I MEAN, YOU NAME. SO WE WANT TO GET SOME BETTER EYES SO WE CAN SEE IF WATER'S FLOWING. IF WATER'S NOT FLOWING, YOU KNOW, OBVIOUSLY WE CAN SEND SOMEBODY OUT TO MAKE THOSE ADJUSTMENTS. SO THAT'S SOMETHING THAT WE WOULD RECOMMEND. COUNCILMAN SIMPSON BROUGHT THIS UP YESTERDAY. THE DISCUSSION ABOUT RESTROOMS. WE WOULD PROPOSE REMOVING THE RESTROOMS THAT ARE ON SCHOOL PARKS. WE'VE ACTUALLY SENT OVER A JOINT RESOLUTION TO THE SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR CONSIDERATION FOR US TO REMOVE THOSE RESTROOMS FROM THOSE SCHOOL PARKS. AND THEN WE ALSO PUT SOME MONEY IN IF COUNCIL SO CHOSE TO START REPLACING SOME OF THOSE RESTROOMS IN THE PARKS. WE HAVE SOME REQUESTS FOR PLAYGROUNDS. THE PLAYGROUNDS WE PUT IN THERE ARE IN VERY BAD CONDITION. AGAIN, THERE'S FIVE THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED. THREE OF THOSE ARE ON SCHOOL PARKS THAT WE WOULD RECOMMEND. THE PARKS MASTER PLAN RECOMMENDS TERMINATING THOSE AGREEMENTS. SO WE'VE GOT ONE AT LANDRIGAN, HILLTOP AND MARGARET WILLS THAT NEED TO BE REPLACED. THOSE ARE CURRENTLY UNDER THOSE MAINTENANCE AGREEMENTS THAT NEED TO BE REPLACED.
BUT AGAIN, WE'RE HAVING CONVERSATIONS ABOUT THOSE AGREEMENTS. SO WE WOULD RECOMMEND, OBVIOUSLY SUNRISE, WHICH IS ONE THAT WE WOULD FUND THE CITY PORTION AND THE ONE AT MEMORIAL. AND THEN THERE'S SOME, WHAT I WOULD SAY, PLANNING AHEAD PROJECTS. WE PUT IN CAPITAL FOR THE AQUATIC REPLACEMENT JUST TO START DESIGN ON IT.
WITH COUNCIL'S RECENT GUIDANCE ON THE AQUATIC FEASIBILITY. I THINK WE JUST PUT THAT ONE ON HOLD FOR A YEAR. THAT'S SOMETHING WE COULD COME BACK BASED ON WHAT THE FEASIBILITY STUDY SAYS. THE PARKS MASTER PLAN. COUNCIL HAS GIVEN PREVIOUS GUIDANCE ON THAT.
WE'LL PUT THAT ONE ON HOLD AS WELL. AND THEN ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE PUT ON HERE, JUST FOR COUNCIL'S VISIBILITY, IS THAT ARTIFICIAL TURF. I KNOW THERE'S BEEN SOME CONVERSATIONS IN THE PAST ABOUT WHAT WOULD IT TAKE TO TURF SOME OF THOSE FIELDS.
SO WE JUST PUT THAT IN MORE AS A PLANNING NUMBER, NOT AS OPPOSED TO THAT NEEDS TO BE FUNDED IMMEDIATELY. SO THERE'S. THERE'S THOSE THREE PROJECTS THAT WE WOULD SAY ARE PLANNING AHEAD. SO IT'S THE AQUATIC FEASIBILITY OR THE REPLACEMENT, THE MASTER PLAN AND THEN THE ARTIFICIAL TURF.
SO THOSE ARE JUST ITEMS WE HAVE AND THAT'S UNDER WHICH LINE ITEM WE HAVE.
THOSE ARE WHAT WE HAD SUBMITTED TO THE CITY MANAGEMENT. OH, OKAY.
BUT THEY'RE NOT LINE ITEM HERE.
OKAY. NO, THIS IS OUR WORK FROM LATE LAST NIGHT TO TRY AND COME WITH A CONSTRAINED RECOMMENDATION.
YEAH, I KNOW THIS IS NOT FOR TODAY, BUT CAN WE HAVE A REPORT OUT ON THAT OR HAVE A DEEPER DIVE IN THE ARTIFICIAL TURF AND WHAT THE ROI LOOKS LIKE ON THAT FOR LONG TERM? WE HAVE NOT DONE THAT YET. IN TERMS OF WHAT THE TRUE SIGNIFICANT IMPACT TO THE CITY COULD BE IF WE PUT THE ARTIFICIAL TURF AT SOME OF THESE LOCATIONS FOR THE LARGER EVENTS AND THINGS. WHAT WE COULD DO IS WE'VE GOT THE NUMBER. SO WE'VE ACTUALLY WORKED WITH THE COMPANY TO GET US VERY SPECIFIC NUMBERS FOR EACH OF THOSE FIELDS. SO WE'VE GOT NUMBERS FOR. IF WE WERE TO JUST DO THE INFIELDS, IF WE WERE TO DO THE ENTIRE FIELDS THEMSELVES, OBVIOUSLY WE WOULD KNOW WHAT OUR STAFFING COSTS ARE. I THINK THE ONE THAT WE WOULD HAVE TO WORK WITH THE CBB IS THE HOTEL STAYS, BECAUSE OBVIOUSLY THE MORE.
AND THAT'S NOT GOING TO SHOW UP IN THE CITY BUDGET, BUT OBVIOUSLY THAT'S REVENUE THAT COMES INTO THE CITY. SO WE CAN WORK WITH CVB TO LOOK AT THOSE FINANCIAL IMPACTS ON HOTEL STAYS. YOU KNOW, NOT. NOT NOW, BUT JUST. I MEAN, IF WE COULD LOOK AT THAT IN THE FALL, THAT WOULD BE. I THINK THAT WOULD GIVE US A LOT OF CLARITY, MICHAEL. DO. DO WE SEE THAT THERE'S A BIG VOLUME DISCOUNT IN THAT TURF? IN OTHER WORDS, COULD WE TACK ON TO WHAT THEY'RE DOING AT KIDS INC. RIGHT NOW AND USE THEIR BUYER? WOULD IT BE SIGNIFICANTLY LESS? OR HAVE WE EVEN LOOKED INTO THAT? I KNOW THEY'RE A DIFFERENT ENTITY, BUT MAYBE WE COULD. YEAH, WE COULD LOOK INTO IT. I THINK WE'VE GOT TO FOLLOW OUR PROCUREMENT LAWS.
SO I THINK THE DOLLAR THAT BIG, WE WOULD HAVE TO PROBABLY PROCURE IT OURSELVES.
BUT I THINK WITH LARGER VOLUME, YOU'RE PROBABLY GOING TO GET MORE INTEREST AND YOU'RE PROBABLY GOING
[00:50:01]
TO GET A BIGGER DISCOUNT. SO IF WE WERE COMMITTING TO DOING FOUR COMPLEXES OR THREE COMPLEXES, OBVIOUSLY YOU'RE GOING TO GET A VOLUME DISCOUNT ON THAT. AND AT THAT POINT, IF WE WERE TO LOOK THAT DIRECTION, WE WOULD PUT IT OUT TO BID. WE JUST WANTED TO HAVE BACK POCKET NUMBERS OF WHAT WE ANTICIPATE THOSE COSTS BEING, IT COULD BE LOWER THAN THAT, IT COULD BE HIGHER THAN THAT.BUT THOSE ARE THE BUDGETARY ESTIMATES THAT WE HAVE AT THIS POINT. SO THANK YOU.
SO WITH YOUR BATHROOM PROPOSAL AT THE END OF ALL THIS, ANY BATHROOM THAT IS STILL STANDING WILL BE OPEN? YES. SO CURRENTLY THE ONLY ONES THAT ARE CLOSED ARE THE SCHOOL PARK RESTROOMS, WHICH WERE AT THE DISCRETION OF COUNCIL. SO A COUPLE BUDGETS AGO, WE HAD PROPOSED KEEPING REGIONAL PARKS OPEN, THE RESTROOMS AND REGIONAL PARKS AND COMMUNITY PARKS, CLOSING THE ONES IN NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS AND SCHOOL PARKS. AT THAT TIME, THE COUNCIL RECOMMENDED THAT WE KEEP THE ONES IN REGIONAL COMMUNITY AND NEIGHBORHOOD OPEN, KEEP THE ONES AT SCHOOL PARKS CLOSED. SO THAT'S BEEN THE GUIDANCE THAT THE DEPARTMENT HAS OPERATED ON FOR THE LAST COUPLE YEARS. SO YES, WE CURRENTLY OPEN ALL OF THOSE OTHER ONES WITH THE EXCEPTION OF, YOU KNOW, SECURITY, SEWER ISSUES, PLUMBING ISSUES, OR OTHER UNFORESEEN ISSUES.
BUT OUR GOAL IS TO KEEP THOSE ONES OPEN. AND THE OTHER ITEM WOULD BE TO START REPLACING SOME OF THOSE. SOME OF THOSE STRUCTURES ARE IN REALLY POOR CONDITION TO JUST START ADDRESSING THAT.
SO WE'RE ACTUALLY WORKING WITH FACILITIES ON KIND OF COMING UP WITH A SYSTEM WIDE DESIGN FOR THAT THAT I THINK WE COULD REPLICATE THROUGHOUT THE PARK SYSTEM. AND THIS FOLLOWS THE STRATEGY THAT WE'VE HAD IN PARKS AND RECREATION.
WE'RE INVESTING IN THE LARGER PARKS BECAUSE MORE PEOPLE USE THEM, WE CAN SERVE MORE PEOPLE, WE CAN INVEST THE MONEY THERE.
WE JUST DON'T HAVE THE RESOURCES TO PROVIDE EVERYTHING IN EVERY PARK IN THE CITY.
CORRECT. AND THAT'S GUIDANCE THAT COMES FROM THE PARKS MASTER PLAN, WHERE IT REALLY TALKS ABOUT SCALING BACK AND FOCUSING, WHERE WE PUT ASSETS. SO PUTTING BIGGER, BETTER ASSETS IN THOSE LARGER PARKS AND MAYBE SCALING BACK IN SOME OF THE SMALLER PARKS, IT ALLOWS US TO FOCUS AND GET BETTER PRODUCTS, BUT IT ALSO HELPS US MANAGE OUR STAFF TIME.
BECAUSE IF WE'RE HAVING STAFF GOING TO 15, 16 DIFFERENT SPLASH PADS, IT'S A LOT DIFFERENT THAN GOING TO TWO OR THREE. SO AGAIN, THAT'S PART OF THE REASON WE WANTED TO LOOK AT THAT AS A PART OF THE AQUATIC FEASIBILITY, WAS LOOKING AT SPLASH PADS ALONG WITH THOSE OTHER POOLS.
SO GOOD. I'M ALL FOR HANDLING THE BATHROOM SITUATION. SO THE SCHOOL DISTRICT OWNED RESTROOM SITUATION, YOU FEEL LIKE IT'S GOT A GOOD STRATEGIC PLAN NOW, RIGHT? I LIKE THIS PLAN.
OKAY. ALL RIGHT. SO THE CITY OWNED RESTROOMS YOU'VE MADE A LOT OF PROGRESS ON, AND THEY'RE OPEN AND WE'RE UPDATING THEM AND COMMUNITIES ARE PAINTING THE OUTSIDE OF THEM AND THEY LOOK BETTER AND CONCESSIONS LOOK GOOD OUT THERE AT THE RECREATION FIELDS. ALL SORTS OF GOOD PROGRESS.
RIGHT. WELL. AND THAT'S ONE OF THE THINGS THAT I MENTIONED.
MENTIONED PREVIOUSLY WITH THAT PARK SCENE. OUR GOAL IS TO KIND OF FRESHEN STUFF UP. SO IT MAY BE REPAINTING THE RESTROOMS, LOOKING AT SOME FIXTURES, THINGS LIKE THAT. WHERE IT'S NOT THOSE BIGGER PROJECTS.
IT'S MORE FOCUSED ON THE DETAILS. SO WHAT IS THE.
SORRY, WHAT IS THE E&I THAT'S IN YOUR BUDGET FOR PARKS? IT'S CURRENTLY 922 IS WHAT'S BEING PROPOSED. AND THAT'S IN THE BUDGET? NO, IT'S STILL.
WE. WE HAVE TO APPROVE IT. WE GO AHEAD AND PUT IT ON THE LIST. BUT IT COMES OUT OF THAT 11.9 MILLION. NOW WHY IS THAT? SO IT'S NOT IN HIS BUDGET? NO, BECAUSE WE.
WE JUST DO IT AS A CIP AND THEY BASICALLY DO SUB PROJECTS AS THE NEEDS GO. WE HAVE THAT ALONG WITH MULTIPLE DEPARTMENTS.
TRAFFIC HAS AN E&I. FACILITIES HAS AN E&I. YEAH. AND SO I SEE THAT ON KIND OF THE LIST WHERE IT COMES OUT OF THAT 12 MILLION CIP.
RIGHT. BUT THEN HISTORICALLY THAT'S JUST BEEN THE WAY WE'VE HAD TO FUND IT WITH ONE TIME FUND BUILDING IT INTO OPERATIONS. IF YOU GO THROUGH THE PARKS AND REC COST HERE UNDER LEISURE, THERE'S NO E&I BUILT INTO YOUR BUDGET. CORRECT.
JUST COMES OUT OF. COMES OUT OF EXCESS REVENUES EVERY YEAR.
RIGHT. AS A. AS AN ALLOCATION.
YEAH. WE USUALLY TAKE THE E&IS OFF THE TOP OF THE ALLOCATION TO START WITH. AND THEN EVERYTHING ELSE IS. OKAY.
OTHER PROJECTS. CAN WE JUMP INTO THE BUDGET? IN. IN, LIKE WHY? IT'S. WHY MAYBE RECOGNIZED LIKE IT IS. SO IF YOU LOOK AT PARKS AND REC.
434, THAT'S THE PAGE. YOU KNOW, WE'VE GOT AN ACTUAL OF A MILLION. THIS IS JUST ADMIN. THEN IN 25 ADMIN SHOWS 6.7 MILLION. THEN IT DROPS BACK DOWN TO LIKE 1.2. WHAT ARE WE DOING THERE? LIKE, WHY DID THAT JUMP UP SO MUCH? I THOUGHT IT WAS OPERATIONS. MAYBE WERE BEING DONE UNDER ADMIN AT THAT TIME.
BUT THEN IF YOU FLIP OVER TO OPERATIONS, WHICH IS THE MAINTENANCE, MORE OR LESS AT 466, WE STILL HAD 10.2 MILLION IN ACTUALS. SO A LITTLE OVER BUDGET IN 25 ON BOTH. IS THAT RIGHT WHAT I'M THINKING? AND I DON'T KNOW THE ANSWER.
THIS WOULD BE A FINANCE QUESTION, BUT I THINK IT'S PROBABLY THE ONE. SOME
[00:55:01]
OF THOSE CAPITAL PROJECTS MAY HAVE BEEN CODED. AND THAT IS EXACTLY WHAT I WOULD HOPE WE CLUE IN ON. WE DON'T NEED TO BE PULLING CAPITAL PROJECTS INTO BUDGET, YOU KNOW, RUNS.WELL, THE CONTRACTUAL SERVICES, YOU'RE SAYING ON PAGE 466 OR OVER ON. OH YEAH. SO CONTRACTUAL SERVICES ARE LISTED 20 TWICE THEN THAT'S A GOOD CATCH. WELL, YEAH, IT'S 5.6 MILLION. THAT'S YOUR DIFFERENCE. WELL, WHAT IS THAT? YOU KNOW, MS. LOLA, IF YOU GOT THAT, OR MAYBE SOMEBODY IN FINANCE, WHAT COMES OUT OF THAT? I THINK THAT'S YOUR MOWING CONTRACTS, RIGHT, MICHAEL? NO, THEY COME OUT OF PARK MAINTENANCE. THAT 6 MILLION, I'M NOT SURE WHAT THAT NUMBER WAS. I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE WE DON'T HAVE CIP MONIES FUNNELING BACK THROUGH ACTUAL ON LIKE WHAT IS O&M? RIGHT. SO IF YOU'LL GO TO PAGE 434, LOOK AT THE ACTUALS, I'M ASSUMING THOSE COME FROM THE ACTOR. RIGHT. AND SO EXPENDITURES ARE 6.7 MILLION IN 25 AND THEN WE'RE PROJECTING THIS YEAR TO BE AT 1.2. BUT THE DIFFERENCE IS THAT CONTRACTUAL SERVICES NUMBER OF 5.5. THAT'S A GOOD CATCH. SO. SO IF YOU FLIP OVER TO PAGE 466, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE THE CONTRACTUAL SERVICES AT 6.8 MILLION FOR THE ACTUAL N25. AND THEN LOOK TO BE IN LINE THIS YEAR, JUST TRYING TO FIND AN EXTRA $5 MILLION THERE IF POSSIBLE.
BUT THAT'S NOT CONSIDERED ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS, RIGHT? SHOULDN'T BE CATEGORIZED.
SHOULDN'T HAVE CONTRACTOR SERVICES UNDER ADMIN. RIGHT, YOU'VE GOT A BUDGET FOR ADMIN. THAT'S ALL IN HOUSE. BECAUSE IF YOU GO TO PAGE 387, IT SHOWS THAT 6.6 MILLION FOR 24, 25 AS ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS. JUSTIN'S WORKING ON THIS. I THINK WE MAY NEED A MOMENT HERE TO BRING THE ANSWER TO YOU SO WE CAN BRING THAT BACK TO YOU. SO KASHUBA, ON THAT. LET'S ASSUME WE HAVE AN ERROR MAYBE IN HOW THE BUDGET GOT WRITTEN DOWN. AND IF WE DID RECOGNIZE SOME CASH FLOW THAT WOULD COME THROUGH THAT GENERAL FUND, THAT WOULD BE A BENEFIT.
BUT THEN IF NOT, WE'RE STILL LOOKING AT YOUR ASKS. AND SO YOU NEED $922,000 AGAIN, THAT 5.7, THAT'S A PRIOR YEAR ACTUAL, THAT'S NOT EXISTING. SO THAT WAS A YEAR OR TWO AGO. SO YEAH, WE CAN FIGURE OUT WHAT THAT WAS, BUT WE'LL GET BACK TO YOU. SO.
I WOULD JUST SAY, I GUESS MR. PATH, IF IT WAS RECOGNIZED AS A, AS AN ENTRY THAT WAS DONE IN ERROR, THAT COMES THROUGH TO THAT CASH FLOW. RIGHT? COMES THROUGH TO THE GENERAL FUND IN CURRENT YEAR. IF IT WAS AN ERROR, IT'D BE PART OF THAT ONE TIME GENERAL FUND CAPITAL NUMBER.
BUT THEN IF IT'S NOT IN ERROR, WE WOULD. BUT IT WOULD HAVE BEEN THE CURRENT YEAR BUDGET. WELL, WE WOULD JUST NEED TO SEE WHAT THE EXPLANATION IS.
IF IT'S. IF WE SPENT WHAT WOULD BE 11 MILLION DOLLARS IN CONTRACTOR SERVICES IN THAT YEAR. JUSTIN'S WORKING ON THAT RIGHT NOW. SO IF WE CAN COME BACK TO THAT ONCE HE'S DONE, WE CAN GET SOME OTHER THINGS DONE HERE AND WE CAN CIRCLE BACK TO THIS REAL GOOD. SO THE E&I, WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH THAT MONEY? WHAT ALL CAN WE GET DONE WITH THAT? SO THAT'S A LOT OF THOSE LITTLE PROJECTS. SO AGAIN, REPLACING A LOT OF THE SIGNS GOING IN THERE, PAINTING FACILITIES, CLEANING UP THOSE FACILITIES.
SO IT'S GOING TO BE A LOT OF THOSE TYPES OF PROJECTS.
AND THEN ANYTHING THAT COMES UP THAT'S KIND OF MORE ON THE EMERGENCY SIDE, SOMETHING WE HAVE TO ADDRESS IS SOMETHING THAT WILL GENERALLY COME OUT OF THERE. AND I WAS THINKING WE HAD AN E&I BUILT INTO YOUR ACTUAL BUDGET EVERY YEAR, BUT WE DON'T. IT'S JUST COMING OUT. OKAY, CAN YOU TELL US ANYTHING ELSE ABOUT ANY OF YOUR OTHER REQUESTS THAT WERE SUPPLEMENTAL? I MEAN, I KNOW KIND OF THE. I GUESS.
HERE, LET ME, LET ME LEAD INTO THIS THE KIDS INC.
FACILITY. ALL THE TURF THAT'S GOING OUT THERE, WHAT DOES THAT ALLEVIATE FOR YOU GUYS IN WEAR AND TEAR ON FIELDS? WHAT DOES THAT OPEN UP TO FOR AMARILLO? YOU'RE THINKING ABOUT TOURNAMENTS AND STUFF LIKE THAT. SO. SO REALLY LOOK AT AN ROI ON THAT. YOU KNOW, I THINK IT WAS PRESCOTT THAT SAID YOU COULD GIVE US SOMETHING BACK THREE, FOUR YEARS FROM NOW WHEN AMARILLO IS MUCH EASIER TO TRAVEL TO. KIDS SPORTING EVENTS HAVE GROWN. THAT
[01:00:01]
FACILITY SOUTH SIDE OF TOWN HAS, YOU KNOW, GOT A TOPGOLF NEXT TO IT AND 10 MORE HOTELS. RIGHT. YOU JUST HAVE TO THROW THIS OUT IN THE ETHER IF YOU SPEAK IT OUT. AND SO FROM THERE, WHAT ARE WE DOING WITH OUR OTHER FOUR FIELDS WHERE, HEY, AMARILLO SERVICES THESE REALLY LARGE CONVENTION STYLE SPORTING EVENTS. AND SO NOW WE NEED TO GO PUT $20 MILLION INTO THE TURF. BUT YOU'VE GOT HARD FACTS AND DATA OVER THERE TO PULL FROM. HOW CAN YOU GROW YOUR DEPARTMENT FROM THAT? TELL US ABOUT LIKE WHAT WE COULD DO IN UPDATES ALONG THE WAY.YEAH. SO I THINK WHEN IT COMES TO ATHLETICS, OBVIOUSLY WE'RE SEEING HUGE MARKETS ACROSS THE COUNTRY FOR YOUTH SPORTS TRAVELING, WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY THE IMPETUS BEHIND THAT PROJECT. I THINK THE CHALLENGE IS WHEN YOU START DOING THOSE BIGGER TOURNAMENTS, LIKE WHEN WE WORK WITH KIDS INC. WHICH WAS TEXAS PANEL TO YOUTH SPORTS FOUNDATION, WHICH ROLLED UNDER KIDS INC.
WHEN THEY DO THOSE BIGGER TOURNAMENTS, THEY'RE USING EVERY COMPLEX IN TOWN. SO THEY'RE NOT JUST USING JOHN, THEY'RE USING SOUTHEAST, THEY'RE USING MARTIN ROAD, THEY'RE USING RICK KLEIN, THEY'RE USING EVERY AVAILABLE FACILITY WE HAVE.
AND SO IF YOU'RE STARTING TO LOOK AT HOSTING THOSE BIGGER TOURNAMENTS, THOSE BIGGER REGIONAL TOURNAMENTS, OBVIOUSLY TURF PLAYS AN ADVANTAGE. I THINK ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE'VE SEEN IS A LOT OF SURROUNDING AREAS, HOBBS HAS TURF. MIDLAND HAS BUILT A BUNCH OF TURF FIELDS. A LOT OF TEAMS ARE GOING TO COMMIT MORE TO THOSE TYPES OF TOURNAMENTS BECAUSE THERE'S.
THERE'S A LESS LIKELIHOOD THAT THOSE EVENTS ARE GOING TO BE CANCELLED DUE TO RAIN OR OTHER ISSUES. YOU KNOW, ARTIFICIAL TURF, IT RAINS, YOU'RE PLAYING ON IT IN 10 MINUTES. WHEREAS NATURAL GRASS, OBVIOUSLY, IT TAKES A LITTLE BIT LONGER FOR THAT TO ABSORB. I THINK THERE ARE SOME PROS FOR KEEPING NATURAL GRASS.
BUT I ALSO THINK FROM A PLAYABILITY, FROM A MARKETING STANDPOINT, I THINK ARTIFICIAL TURF IS THE WAY TO GO. IT SAVES ON, OBVIOUSLY, STAFF TIME. IT SAVES ON IRRIGATION, WATERING. AND AGAIN, I THINK IT CREATES MORE OF A CONSISTENT ENVIRONMENT WHERE PEOPLE KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT. I DO THINK THAT IF WE MOVE THAT DIRECTION, EVENTUALLY WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO UPDATE OUR RESTROOM CONCESSION FACILITIES JUST BECAUSE THAT INFRASTRUCTURE IS OLD. AND WHEN YOU. THE EXAMPLE WE'LL USE IS AT MARTIN ROAD, WHEN YOU HAVE A LITTLE GIRLS TOURNAMENT, THEY'RE LINED UP OUT THE DOOR. THERE'S NOT ENOUGH FACILITIES FOR PEOPLE TO USE. SO I THINK IF THAT IS THE DIRECTION WE GO WITH THE, YOU KNOW, IMPROVED TURF FACILITIES, I THINK ONE OF THE THINGS WE'LL HAVE TO EVENTUALLY LOOK AT IS HOW DO YOU START TO ADDRESS THOSE RESTROOM BUILDINGS AS WELL? BUT AGAIN, THAT COULD BE THE REVENUES THAT COME IN FROM THOSE TOURNAMENTS. SO, AGAIN, I THINK IT'S A GOOD THING. I THINK THE CHALLENGE IS THE MONEY THAT COMES IN IS NOT NECESSARILY GOING TO SHOW UP IN THE CITY BUDGET. IT'S NOT GOING TO BE A LINE ITEM UNDER PARKS WHERE ALL THE ECONOMIC IMPACT SHOWS UP. IT'S GOING TO BE IN SALES TAX AND OTHER THINGS THAT ARE GOING TO BE INDIRECTLY COMING TO THE CITY. SO, YEAH, WE'RE HAPPY TO PUT THAT TOGETHER. WE'VE DONE A STUDY A COUPLE YEARS AGO LOOKING AT ATHLETIC FACILITIES, WHAT THE COST WOULD BE TO UPDATE THEM AND RENOVATE THOSE.
AND WE'D BE HAPPY TO SHARE THAT WITH THE COUNCIL. OKAY, LET ME CATCH JUST A FEW MORE BEFORE WE. WE JUMP. SO SENIORS ARE IN THERE IN THE BACK. LIKE, THERE'S.
THERE'S $111,000 THAT WENT OUT TO THOSE PROGRAMS. I'M STILL AN ADVOCATE FOR PUTTING, YOU KNOW, I THINK THE CITY SHOULD BUDGET A HALF MILLION DOLLARS A YEAR FOR JUST SENIORS. RIGHT. AND THEN I DON'T HAVE A GOOD MECHANISM TO PUSH THAT THROUGH.
I WISH WE HAD KIND OF LIKE A SMALLER COMMUNITY TYPE FEEL SOMEWHERE WHERE THERE WASN'T A SENIOR CITIZEN CENTER THAT HAD BEEN THERE FOR 50 YEARS. AND IT WOULD MAKE IT EASY FOR THE SENIOR CITY TO, YOU KNOW, UTILIZE THAT STRUCTURE THERE.
WE DON'T HAVE THAT. RIGHT. SO WE'RE TRYING TO WORK THROUGH THE WARFORD AND SERVICES. AND SO WE'VE GOT BUDGETED 100,000. LIKE, IS THAT ENOUGH FOR THE SENIORS TO GET ANYTHING? AND THEN WHAT ARE WE DOING WITH THAT HUNDRED OR ARE WE GETTING A LOT OF BANG FOR OUR BUCK WITH IT? I WOULD SAY YES, WE'RE GETTING A LOT OF BANG FOR OUR BUCK AND I WOULD SAY THAT THOSE NUMBERS CONTINUE TO GROW. I'D BE HAPPY TO GET THOSE TO COUNCIL. WE CONTINUE TO SEE MORE AND MORE PEOPLE USING THE WARFORD. WE ALSO HAVE STARTED PROVIDING LUNCH THROUGH SOME PARTNERSHIPS AT THE FACILITY. SO THAT'S NOT SHOWING UP AS A COST TO THE CITY, BUT THAT'S SOMETHING WE ARE PROVIDING OUT THERE. SO WE'RE DOING LUNCHES OUT AT THE FACILITY.
WE'VE GOT A REALLY EXCELLENT SENIOR SERVICES COORDINATOR WHO'S REALLY HELPED TO NOT ONLY DO SOME MORE COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT, BUT ALSO TO GROW THE MEMBERSHIP. SO WE'RE STARTING TO SEE MORE AND MORE PEOPLE.
WE'RE STARTING TO SEE A LOT OF COLLABORATION. SO WE'LL HAVE EVENTS WITH THE WESLEY, SO THE SENIORS FROM WARFORD WILL GO OVER AND HAVE A FRIENDLY COMPETITION WITH THE FOLKS OVER AT WESLEY AND VICE VERSA.
SO WE'RE STARTING TO SEE SOME OF THOSE RELATIONSHIPS BEING FORMED BETWEEN THE DIFFERENT SENIOR ORGANIZATIONS. THE CHALLENGES FOR WARFORD, WE'VE GOT THAT ONE AREA THAT USED TO BE KIND OF THE DAYCARE AREA. THAT'S BASICALLY TWO CLASSROOMS THAT HAVE BEEN CONVERTED TO THE SENIOR AREA. SO THERE'S GOING TO BE LIMITATIONS
[01:05:01]
WITH SPACE WHEN IT COMES TO WHEN WE START HITTING CAPACITY, BECAUSE EACH OF THOSE ROOMS CAN ONLY HOLD 28 PEOPLE AT A TIME BASED OFF OF A CLASSROOM. SO THERE ARE SOME LIMITATIONS THERE. BUT I WOULD SAY THAT PROGRAM IS CONTINUING TO GROW. WE'RE STARTING TO SEE MORE AND MORE ACTIVITY.AND AGAIN, I THINK THEY'VE STRETCHED THAT BUDGET AND BEYOND WHAT'S CURRENTLY ON PAPER. SO THOSE PARTNERSHIPS AND OTHER THINGS, THEY ALSO OFFER A LOT OF CLASSROOMS. SO WE'LL BRING IN DIFFERENT TEACHERS TO KIND OF WALK THEM THROUGH, YOU KNOW, EVERYTHING FROM FINANCIAL STUFF TO HEALTH AND WELLNESS. AND I THINK ONE OF THE THINGS KERRY'S DONE REALLY WELL IS ACTUALLY HAVING SOME OF THOSE SENIORS START TO LEAD SOME OF THE CLASSES. SO I THINK IT'S A REALLY, REALLY GREAT PROGRAM AND OBVIOUSLY ONE WE WOULD LIKE TO CONTINUE TO GROW. SO YOU'VE GOT A PROGRAM IN PLACE WHERE THESE LIKE SENIOR CITIZENS ASSOCIATIONS, THERE'S SEVERAL. RIGHT. THEY.
THEY HAVE A COORDINATOR THEY CAN REACH OUT TO. CAN THEY UTILIZE FACILITIES? SO IF WE'VE GOT, YOU KNOW, LIKE THEY WANTED TO HAVE AN OUTDOOR EVENT, BUT IT NEEDED TO BE COVERED IN KIND OF THE TENNIS CENTER AND WHATNOT, CAN THE CITY WORK THAT THROUGH THOSE SENIORS BENEFITS THAT ARE. THAT ARE IN YOUR BUDGET AND SO CAN THEY GROW WITHIN WHAT WE ALREADY HAVE? SO AS MUCH AS I'D LIKE TO SAY, HEY, LET'S PUT. PUT A HALF MILLION DOLLARS IN THE BUDGET FOR THE SENIORS, MAYBE THAT'S NOT THIS STEP, MAYBE THAT'S LATER. BUT THEN WHAT DOES THAT PROGRAM DO IN TAKING EXISTING RESOURCES THAT WE HAVE, YOU KNOW, AND PROMOTING EVENTS AND CULTURE AND COMMUNITY AND REALLY THE ENGAGEMENT? WELL, AND AGAIN, I THINK SOME OF THAT WOULD BE RUNNING THROUGH DIFFERENT. SOME OF OUR DIFFERENT DIVISIONS.
BUT I WILL SAY OVER THE LAST COUPLE YEARS, WE'VE REALLY BEEN PROMOTING SOME OF THE PROGRAMS THAT ARE OFFERED THROUGH DIFFERENT INDIVIDUALS.
HEALTHCARE PROGRAMS. SO THERE'S SILVERSNEAKERS PROGRAM. SO A LOT OF PEOPLE WILL QUALIFY FOR THAT. ALREADY WE'VE GIVEN THEM BASICALLY, IF THEY HAVE THAT MEMBERSHIP, THEY CAN GET FREE ACCESS TO THE TENNIS CENTER, THEY CAN GET FREE ACCESS TO WARFORD. SO THERE'S A FEW DIFFERENT PROGRAMS LIKE THAT THAT WE ARE ENCOURAGING PEOPLE TO CONSIDER BECAUSE OBVIOUSLY THAT'S ALREADY SOMETHING THAT THEY HAVE PROVIDED TO THEM THAT'S NOT COMING THROUGH THE CITY BUDGET. SO AS A PART OF THEIR HEALTH CARE PROGRAM, A LOT OF THEM HAVE ACCESS TO THINGS LIKE THE TENNIS CENTER AND OR WARFORD. SO BUT WE'RE ALWAYS LOOKING AT WAYS TO PARTNER. WE'RE LOOKING AT WAYS TO KIND OF OVERLAP. AND WE DON'T WANT TO. WE DON'T WANT TO DISPLACE OTHER ORGANIZATIONS WE WANT TO SUPPLEMENT AND COME ALONGSIDE THEM. I THINK THERE'S BEEN, LIKE I SAID WITH WARFORD AND HILLTOP, THERE'S A. BEEN SOME REALLY GREAT COLLABORATIONS AND PARTNERSHIPS THAT WE WANT TO CONTINUE TO GROW AS WELL. I THINK THAT'S WHAT'S SO GOOD ON THE ROI ON OUR SENIOR CITIZENS. LIKE, IT DOESN'T TAKE A LOT OF MONEY TO FACILITATE, YOU KNOW, SO EVEN IF WE HAVE THAT HUNDRED THOUSAND BUDGETED EVERY YEAR, WE NEED TO BE ABLE TO COMMUNICATE WHAT WE'RE ALREADY DOING. CAN WE GET A LIST OR.
REALLY LIKE WHAT I WOULD LIKE IS LIKE AN ACTUALS OF LIKE, HERE'S OUR DELIVERABLES, HERE'S WHERE WE SPENT THAT MONEY. BUT WE AT LEAST NEED TO BE ABLE TO COMMUNICATE A LIST OF, YOU KNOW, HERE'S HOW MANY MEALS THAT WERE PROVIDED. HERE'S, HERE'S THE FACILITIES THAT WERE, THAT WERE OPENED UP.
HERE'S THE EVENTS THAT THEY DID. SO, AND THEN I DO WANT TO, YOU KNOW, WE'VE GOT A REALLY GOOD COUNCILMAN, FORMER COUNCILMAN IN THE BACK THAT STILL I THINK SERVES ON ONE OF OUR SENIOR CITIZENS COMMITTEES MEETING MIGHT STILL BE THE PRESIDENT, BUT ALL THE THINGS THEY'RE DOING AS A COMMUNITY, WE NEED TO COME ALONGSIDE THAT. SO I THINK THAT IF WE CAN CONTINUE TO ALLOW THAT ENGAGEMENT FROM YOUR COORDINATOR, FIND THOSE THINGS THAT WE CAN PUSH SOME RESOURCES OVER TO. WE SAY IT AND I THINK IT'S EVEN BETTER WHEN WE SAY IT WHEN WE'RE NOT RUNNING FOR OFFICE. SO LIKE AS A GUY WHO INTENDS TO NOT RUN, LIKE THESE ARE OUR LONGEST STANDING TAXPAYERS.
RIGHT. SO LET'S CONTINUE TO INVEST THE MONEY IN THOSE WHO HAVE INVESTED THE MOST IN THE COMMUNITY. THERE'S $600 MILLION WORTH OF STUFF WE'RE GOING TO DO OVER THE NEXT YEAR. AND IF ANY OF IT BUILDS COMMUNITY, THEN WE'RE DOING OUR JOB.
RIGHT. RIGHT. SO, SO THE ROI ON 100K WELL SPENT THERE AND THEN COME BACK NEXT YEAR AND ASK FOR 200. YOU KNOW, AND LET'S BUILD THAT UP OVER TIME. MAYBE WE DON'T GET THERE A MILLION DOLLARS AT A TIME. MAYBE IT'S SMALL AMOUNTS, BUT WE WOULD NEED, WE WANT TO SEE, I WANT TO SEE MORE ENGAGEMENT ON THAT SIDE. COUNCILMAN, I JUST WANTED TO GIVE A LITTLE MORE CLARITY ON THIS. 55 TO 65 CURRENT NUMBERS. IT'S BEEN ABOUT 10% OF OUR POPULATION, 20,000 FOLKS, 65 TO 74, 70 OR 18,000 INDIVIDUALS, ABOUT 9% AND 75 AND OLDER. 12,500 FOLKS ARE 6.2%. SO 25% OF OUR POPULATION OR 40,000 INDIVIDUALS IS 55 AND ABOVE.
SO I THINK THAT WE SHOULD, IF WE'RE GOING TO BE SERIOUS ABOUT THE SENIORS AND NOT THAT WE'RE NOT SERIOUS ABOUT THE SENIORS, BUT WE,
[01:10:04]
I THINK WHEN YOU START LOOKING AT 40,000 INDIVIDUALS FALLING IN THAT DEMOGRAPHIC AND WE BREAK IT DOWN, WHAT CAN WE BE DOING BETTER? WHAT CAN WE BE DOING BETTER FOR THOSE LONG TERM EMPLOYEES AND SO OR NOT EMPLOYEES, BUT CITIZENS. AND AS WE LOOK AT THAT, ARE WE, ARE WE FOCUSING ON THAT? AND I THINK THAT'S SOMETHING THAT WE SHOULD BE TAKING A LOOK AT.WELL, LET'S, I WANT TO DO ONE THING FIRST THOUGH.
CAUSE WE'RE SPENDING FAR, WE'RE DOING. WHEN WE PUT THIS LIST TOGETHER, LET'S DON'T INCLUDE JUST PARTS OF THE PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT. BECAUSE I'VE SAT HERE AND HEARD ABOUT THINGS THAT THE LIBRARY IS DOING FOR THAT AGE GROUP. I'VE HEARD THINGS THAT HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES IS DOING. SO THERE SEEMS TO BE THIS MISNOMER OUT HERE THAT WE'RE JUST IGNORING SENIORS WHEN I DON'T THINK THAT'S TRUE. I MEAN, AND GREAT IF WE CAN FIND A WAY TO SERVE THEM WITHOUT IT BEING A DOLLAR IN THERE. THAT DOESN'T MEAN JUST BECAUSE WE'RE NOT HAVING TO SPEND MONEY ON IT, SOMEBODY ELSE IS, BUT WE'RE HELPING FACILITATE THAT. SO LET'S LOOK AT THE WHOLE PICTURE. AND I'M NOT SAYING THAT WE DON'T NEED TO LOOK AT IT, BUT, YOU KNOW, ONE OF THE BIGGEST THINGS THAT WE'RE ABLE TO DO FOR THE SENIORS IS NOT RAISE THEIR TAXES. I THINK THAT'S DOING A LOT FOR OUR SENIORS. AND SO.
BUT WHEN WE PUT THIS TOGETHER, LET'S LOOK HOLISTICALLY IS NOT JUST WHAT THE PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT IS DOING, BUT I THINK WE HAVE A LOT OF OTHER DEPARTMENTS THAT WE'VE KIND OF HEARD PIECEMEAL HERE THAT ARE ALSO SERVING THIS. SO NOT TO SAY THAT WE DON'T LOOK AT A FURTHER. NEED TO LOOK AT A FURTHER INVESTMENT IN IT, BUT LET'S DON'T SHORTCHANGE OR LET PEOPLE THINK WE'RE TURNING OUR BACKS ON THEM. BECAUSE AS I'VE SAT HERE AND HEARD WHAT A LOT OF DEPARTMENTS ARE DOING, I THINK WE ARE DOING A PRETTY GOOD JOB AT SERVING THAT COMMUNITY.
COULD WE DO BETTER? WELL, WE COULD DO BETTER IN ALL AREAS, BUT I THINK WE'RE NOT IGNORING THIS GROUP. I THINK WE HAVE, HAVE. WE'VE DONE A LOT. AND I THINK WHEN WE COME OVER WITH THAT LIST, LET'S GO HOLISTICALLY AT WHAT ALL WE'RE DOING THROUGHOUT THE CITY. I THINK THAT'S A GREAT, GREAT POINT. IS THERE ANY WAY THAT WE HAVE. DO WE HAVE A SENIORS, LIKE, ADVISORY GROUP OR IS THERE.
THERE'S SOMETHING THAT WOULD BE ABLE TO CORRELATE ALL OF THAT DATA AND COMPARE IT.
WE DON'T HAVE AN ADVISORY GROUP, BUT YEAH, BUT YEAH, WE ESTAB. WE CAN BRING BACK TO YOU INFORMATION. IN FACT, WE WORKED ON THAT A FEW MONTHS AGO. I KNOW UTILITY BILLING HAS A PROGRAM THAT BENEFITS SENIOR CITIZENS. AND SO, YEAH, THERE'S, THERE'S, YOU KNOW, WE'VE IDENTIFIED THESE AREAS THAT ARE SPECIFIC TO SENIOR CITIZENS. AND IF YOU WANT, YOU HAVE. WE CAN BRING BACK TO THE MAYOR'S POINT, I KNOW A DISCUSSION ON THE SENIOR SERVICE PROGRAM.
WE CAN TIE THAT PART INTO THAT PROGRAM. THAT CONVERSATION WITH THE COUNCIL ABOUT THIS IS WHAT PARKS IS DOING THROUGH THE SENIOR SERVICES, BUT THIS IS ALSO WHAT BILLING AND WHAT, WHAT, WHAT PUBLIC HEALTH IS DOING AND WHAT LIBRARY IS DOING. YEAH, WE CAN TIE THAT ALL TOGETHER. AND LET'S ALSO FORGET, NOT FORGET, THERE ARE A LOT OF ORGANIZATIONS IN THIS COMMUNITY THAT ARE DOING A LOT FOR SENIORS AS WELL. SO I MEAN IT'S NOT JUST ON OUR, YOU KNOW, ON US OR THE TAXPAYERS TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT. SO HOPEFULLY WE, WE HELP FACILITATE THAT. IF SENIORS ARE COMING TO US FROM US, OUR SERVICE, THEY NEED SOMETHING. THERE'S OTHER PLACES. BUT I THINK THIS COMMUNITY IS INVESTING PRETTY.
WE'RE LOOKING AT VARIOUS SENIOR CITIZEN CENTERS. WE HAVE SOME THAT ARE UP AND OPERATING SO HEALTHY. I THINK WE'RE DOING A LOT IN OUR COMMUNITY. I KNOW A LOT OF CHURCHES ARE LOOKING AT, PROVIDE THOSE TYPES OF PROGRAMS. WHAT DO YOU GUYS THINK? BECAUSE WHAT WE ARE IDENTIFYING IS A COMMUNICATION ISSUE IN SOME INSTANCES, EVEN IN JUST A SHORT EXCHANGE HERE, IT'S EASY TO MISCOMMUNICATE.
LIKE YES, I KNOW LIBRARY PERFORMS SEVERAL THINGS THAT THE SENIORS ENGAGE IN AND I DEFINITELY WANT TO SEE THAT PIECE AS WELL AND ANYTHING THAT THE CITY'S DOING.
BUT THEN WHAT DO YOU GUYS THINK? LIKE IS, IS WHAT'S MISSING HERE? LIKE, BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE A CENTRAL. WE, WE HAVE A, WE HAVE THE MOST CARING AND GIVING POPULATION THAT IS ALWAYS SERVING IN OUR CHURCHES. FAITH BASED NONPROFITS OUT THERE DOING EVERYTHING THEY CAN.
RIGHT. DO WE NEED AS LEADERS TO HAVE SOME SORT OF FACILITATOR, SOME SORT OF LIAISON TO THAT COMMUNITY THAT CAN HELP US, YOU KNOW, COMMUNICATE. AND SO IF YOU THINK ABOUT BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS, A GREAT DEAL OF WHAT THEY DO IS HELP US TO HEAR FROM THE PUBLIC AT LARGE ON WHAT DO Y' ALL NEED IN PARKS AND WHAT DO Y' ALL WANT IN REC? DO WE WANT PADDLEBALL OR WHATEVER? SO IF WE'VE GOT 45,000 MEMBERS OF OUR COMMUNITY THAT ARE STAKEHOLDERS LONG STANDING, HOW COME WE DON'T CREATE A COMMISSION, YOU KNOW, EVEN IF IT'S JUST AD HOC FOR A WHILE TO HELP US COMMUNICATE AND THEN HERE, BECAUSE IF, IF YOU'RE TRYING TO RUN $10 MILLION WORTH OF PROBLEM SOLVING THROUGH PARKS AND REC, I DON'T KNOW THAT YOU'RE EVEN AT YOUR DIRECTOR LEVEL GETTING A LOT OF THE, THE THINGS THAT WE COVER COULD BE DOING. SO IS THERE SOME LOW HANGING FRUIT OUT THERE THAT IF WE JUST HAVE BETTER LEADERSHIP AND ENGAGEMENT WITH THOSE ORGANIZATIONS AND THEN IT'S STREAMLINED? BECAUSE I THINK
[01:15:02]
THE SILO EFFECT IS PROBABLY WHAT I HEAR. THEY DON'T KNOW WHAT WE DO, THEY DON'T KNOW WHERE THE RESOURCES ARE AND THEN I DON'T KNOW WHAT ALL THE NON PROFITS ARE ALREADY DOING.SO THE ONE THING ABOUT THAT AGE GROUP IS SOME OF THEM DO HAVE A LITTLE BIT MORE TIME TODAY. DEDICATE TO MEETINGS AND COORDINATION AND LEADERSHIP. IS IT JUST A LACK OF OUR VISION AND WE'RE NOT TAPPING THOSE PEOPLE LIKE WE SHOULD. SHOULD. SHOULD WE FORMALIZE IT AND GIVE THEM AN EASIER PLACE TO ENGAGE WITH US? WELL, THERE MIGHT ALREADY BE SOME PLACES IN THE COMMUNITY DOING THAT. I MEAN, I KNOW THERE'S AREA AGENCY ON AGING AND SO, YOU KNOW, THERE'S. THERE COULD BE. YOU KNOW, I THOUGHT THERE WAS A PANHANDLE AGING AND DISABILITY RESOURCE CENTER.
TWO, ONE, ONE, TEXAS. I KNEW THE UNITED WAY HAS WORKED ON THAT. SO IF THERE'S A VACANT, THERE'S SOMETHING MISSING IN THERE, THEN MAYBE WE COULD FILL IT OR IDENTIFY WHERE THOSE ARE TO MAKE SURE THAT OUR SENIORS ARE EDUCATED ON WHERE TO GET THOSE RESOURCES. WELL, COUNCIL, IF WE CAN GET A REPORT BACK ON KIND OF ALL OF THE SERVICES THAT ARE. THAT ARE OFFERED, KIND OF THE ACTUALS THAT ARE GOING OUT INTO THE COMMUNITY, THEN LET'S TAKE A GOOD HARD LOOK AT THAT AND LET'S SEE IF WE'VE GOT SOME PUBLIC SERVANTS AROUND THAT COULD HELP US COMMUNICATE AND COORDINATE. I THINK THAT'S PROBABLY SOME OF THE STUFF WE'RE NEEDING.
SO ANYTHING ELSE FOR MR. KASHUBA? CONGRATULATIONS ON GETTING PUT IN CHARGE OF THE SENIOR CITIZENS OF AMARILLO. YES. HEY, AND GREAT JOB ON 10 AND GOLF. GETTING IN THE BLACK. WE DIDN'T EVEN HAVE TO USE A GOLF BALL, RIGHT? GOLF BALL. I'M OUT. I'M.
THAT. THAT'S LAST YEAR. THAT'S SO LAST YEAR. THAT'S SO LAST YEAR. $5. $2. THANK YOU. ALL RIGHT, NEXT UP WE'VE GOT MUNICIPAL COURT THIRD PARTY COLLECTIONS WITH DONNA KNIGHT. MORNING, MRS. KNIGHT.
LIVING THE DREAM. AND Y' ALL GOOD? YEAH. IT'S FRIDAY. WE MADE IT. WE DID MAKE IT. ALL RIGHT. GOOD MORNING, COUNCIL.
COUNCIL MAYOR DONNA KNIGHT, DIRECTOR OF THE MUNICIPAL COURT. I DO HAVE A PRESENTATION FOR YOU TODAY BECAUSE I'VE BEEN WORKING ON PUTTING SOME OF THIS DATA TOGETHER. HAVE TO GET USED TO THIS LAPTOP.
IT'S A LITTLE DIFFERENT THAN MY NORMAL ONE, SO. OH, AM I TOO QUIET? SORRY. I WANT TO TAKE A MOMENT TO KIND OF DESCRIBE WHAT A DEBT IS TO A CORPORATION IS COMPARED TO DEBT TO THE CITY, BECAUSE IT'S GOING TO BE A LITTLE DIFFERENT THAN WHAT YOU'RE. WHAT YOU PROBABLY THINK OF. SO WHEN THE CITY GOES AND MOWS THE LAWN FOR SOMEBODY WHO HAS HIGH WEEDS AND GRASS, AND WE SEND THAT NOTICE TO THAT PERSON AND THEY DON'T PAY DEBT.
SO WHEN AN OFFICER ISSUES YOU A CITATION, THAT'S NOT AUTOMATICALLY A DEBT BECAUSE YOU'RE INNOCENT UNTIL PROVEN GUILTY. YOU CAN COME IN DISPUTE THAT CITATION AND IT CAN BE DISPUTED, DISMISSED, IT CAN BE FOUND NOT GUILTY.
ALL SORTS OF THINGS HAPPEN BECAUSE CONSTITUTION. SO FOR THIS TO BECOME A DEBT, THE DEFENDANT HAS TO BE FOUND GUILTY BY A JUDGE OR JURY AND A JUDGMENT ENTERED.
THIS STILL DOESN'T BECOME A BAD DEBT. A BAD DEBT WOULD BE WHEN THE DEFENDANT BECOMES NON COMPLIANT AND IT GOES TO WARRANT. MAKE SENSE.
PRETTY, PRETTY SIMPLE THAT WAY.
RIGHT. EVEN AFTER IT GOES TO WARRANT WITH THIS JUDGMENT ENTERED STATUTORILY, THE JUDGE STILL HAS TO AT TIMES NON CASH IT FOR INDIGENCY. THERE ARE STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS ON THAT AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS ON TIME SERVE CREDIT. THAT JUDGE JUST HAS TO DO SO. IF IT DID GO TO COLLECTIONS, AT THAT POINT, THE JUDGE IS STILL DISMISSING IT OR NOT DISMISSING IT, BUT WAIVING THE FINES AND FEES.
NEXT ONE. THANK YOU. SO YES, ALL COURTS HAVE WARRANTS. WE HAVE ABOUT 22,000 WARRANTS RIGHT NOW AS OF AUGUST 9TH.
AND THEN A TOTAL OF FINDING COURT COSTS ON THOSE WARRANTS IS ABOUT 7.6 MILLION. BUT AGAIN, LIKE I JUST EXPLAINED, NOT ALL THOSE WARRANTS ARE DEBT BECAUSE THEY HAVEN'T BEEN FOUND GUILTY.
OKAY. OF THOSE WARRANTS, 8,500 HAVE A JUDGMENT ENTER THEY HAVE BEEN FOUND GUILTY. THAT'S DEBT.
OF THOSE 8,500, ABOUT 2.8 MILLION IS CONSIDERED, WOULD PROBABLY BE CONSIDERED BAD DEBT IN THIS CONVERSATION. MAKES SENSE. OKAY, SO LET ME GO, LET ME GO BACK TO THAT PREVIOUS. SO THE 8565 TO $2.9 MILLION, THEY'VE BEEN THROUGH THE SYSTEM. THEY FOUND
[01:20:02]
THAT THEY OWE US THE MONEY. I MEAN, THEY'RE, THEY'RE THROUGH DETERMINING WHETHER THAT. SO THAT IS MONEY THAT'S OWED TO US, THE $2.9 MILLION. YES. A JUDGMENT SPENDING IT'S OWED.AND HOW, HOW OLD IS THAT DEBT? I MEAN, COULD THAT GO, COULD SOME OF THIS BE GOING BACK YEARS? OH, YEAH. SO STATUTORILY IN THE STATE OF TEXAS, THE JUDGE CAN DEEM IT NON COLLECTIBLE AFTER A JUDGMENT'S BEEN ENTERED AND THERE'S BEEN NO ACTIVITY ON THE CASE FOR 15 YEARS, WE DO ACTIVELY GET RID OF THOSE, BUT WE WOULD HAVE SOME UP TO 14 YEARS AT THIS POINT. WE DON'T HAVE A LOT AT 14 YEARS OLD. I CANNOT ANSWER THE EXACT AMOUNT THAT ARE 14 YEARS OLD, BUT WE DO HAVE SOME. SO ANYBODY FROM ONE DAY AFTER THEY'RE FINISHED TO 14 YEARS IS IN THIS $2.9 MILLION.
THEY REMAIN THERE OR WHEN DOES IT BECOME BAD DEBT AND IT'S WRITTEN OFF? I MEAN, HOW LONG DO YOU KEEP IT THERE? SO FOR THE ONES WITH JUDGMENTS, 15 YEARS.
FOR THE ONES WITHOUT JUDGMENTS, OUR PROSECUTOR HAS A STANDING MOTION, AND AFTER 10 YEARS UNADJUDICATED, SHE WILL GO THROUGH AND PUT IN A MOTION TO DISMISS THOSE. OKAY. THANK YOU. YOU'RE WELCOME. CAN I JUST. I WANT TO MAKE SURE I UNDERSTAND THE DELINEATION THAT YOU'RE SAYING WITH A JUDGMENT, WITHOUT A JUDGMENT. SO IF WE SAY THERE'S NO JUDGMENT, DOES THAT MEAN THERE'S NO AMOUNT DUE OR THERE'S NO AMOUNT OWED, OR WOULD THERE STILL BE AN INCURRED AMOUNT DUE? THERE JUST WASN'T AN ISSUED JUDGMENT. AND SO WHAT I'M ASKING ABOUT IS COLLECTIONS, BASICALLY. IS THERE STILL A POTENTIAL OF ME PAYING A FINE EVEN THOUGH I DON'T HAVE A JUDGE JUDGMENT THAT'S ISSUED? YES, THERE'S STILL POTENTIAL OF FINE. THE ONLY THING IS IT'S NOT ACTUALLY SET AT THIS POINT BECAUSE A JUDGMENT HASN'T BEEN ENTERED. SO 100%. WE HAD PEOPLE OVERNIGHT GO ONLINE WHO HAD A WARRANT AND PAID IT, AND THE JUDGE WILL ENTER A JUDGMENT TODAY. SO WARRANTS CAN BE PAID AT ANY TIME. PREJUDGMENT, POST JUDGMENT. CAN YOU GIVE US THE AMOUNTS AGAIN OF TOTALS? BECAUSE I THINK ALL I HEARD WAS THE TOTAL JUDGMENTS. SO I GUESS WHAT I WOULD BE CURIOUS ABOUT IS LIKE, WHAT. WHAT IS THE TOTAL POTENTIAL TOTAL IN WARRANTS IS 7.6 MILLION.
7.6 IS THE TOTAL WARRANTS AND OF WHICH YOU HAVE 2.8 IN JUDGMENTS. YES. OKAY. AND.
AND THAT INCLUDES ALL WARRANTS, ALL. ALL AMOUNTS THAT COULD BE DO TO THE CITY FOR WHATEVER REASON. ALL WARRANTS? YES. SO JUST ACTIVE WARRANTS? NOT ALL ACTIVE CASES, BUT YES. WHAT DOES THAT NUMBER LOOK LIKE, THE ALL ACTIVE CASES? I DO NOT HAVE THAT NUMBER OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD. WE HAVE CASES IN ALL SORTS OF STATUSES RIGHT NOW. THEY ARE PENDING TRIAL WHERE THEY COULD BE FOUND NOT GUILTY. THEY ARE GOING THROUGH A DOCKETING PROCESS TO BE ABLE TO SAVE UP MONEY TO DO SOMETHING MAYBE TO KEEP IT OFF THEIR RECORD.
THEY'RE GOING THROUGH PAYMENT PLANS, COMMUNITY SERVICE. SO ON ACTIVE CASES, WE HAVE STAFF THAT ARE WORKING ON THOSE ACTIVE CASES. OKAY.
AND I DO HAVE A SLIDE HERE IN A LITTLE BIT TALKING ABOUT WHAT WE DO. OKAY, YOU'RE WELCOME. NOW, THIS IS A. I REACHED OUT TO ALL THE COURTS ON THIS GRAPH AND TALKED TO THEM ABOUT THEIR COLLECTION AGENCY.
EVERY SINGLE ONE OF THEM HAVE A COLLECTION AGENCY. WE ARE THE ONLY ONE WITHOUT. AS YOU CAN SEE, WE CLEAR ABOUT. WE CLOSE ABOUT 79% OF OUR CASES, THERE'S TWO COURTS ON THERE THAT CLOSE MORE. THEY ARE FRISCO, COMPLETELY NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF OUR POPULATION. AND EL PASO, THE SOCIOECONOMICS IN FRISCO ARE DIFFERENT THAN US.
EL PASO DEFINITELY HAS A DIFFERENT POPULATION, AND THEY ONLY CLOSED 1% PERCENTAGE POINT MORE THAN US. 80. 80% OF THEIR CASES. SO WE DO A VERY GOOD JOB OF WORKING WITH OUR CITIZENS TO ENSURE THAT THEY'RE COMPLIANT WITH JUDICIAL ORDER AND MAKING THOSE PAYMENTS THAT MAYBE THE JUDGE HAS SET FOR THEM. OKAY, THANK YOU, STEPHANIE. YOU MAY. YOU MAY COVER THIS IN A MINUTE, DONNA, BUT WHY DON'T WE USE A COLLECTION AGENCY? WE HAD A COLLECTION AGENCY UP UNTIL 2014. THE RELATIONSHIP AT THAT TIME WAS NOT THE BEST.
WE DID HAVE ISSUES ALSO WITH CITIZENS THAT WERE IN THE COLLECTION PROCESS THAT WOULD CALL US, OR MAYBE THEY WEREN'T THE CITIZEN IN THE COLLECTION PROCESS, AND MAYBE THE NAME WAS SIMILAR, AND THEY WOULD CALL US, AND THEY'RE LIKE, WE GOT THIS NOTICE. WE'VE NEVER BEEN TO AMARILLO, TEXAS, AND LOOKING THEM UP. SURE ENOUGH, THE COLLECTION AGENCY HAD SENT IT TO THE WRONG PERSON.
THERE'S MANY SIMILAR NAMES OUT THERE IN THE WORLD, AND WITH THE POOR RELATIONSHIP WITH THOSE TYPES OF RELATIONSHIPS WITH OUR CITIZENS. WE DON'T
[01:25:02]
WANT A CITIZEN SENT A NOTICE AND SAYING, YOU NEED TO PAY THIS. SOMETIMES IT GOES TO GRANDMA, AND YOU CAN'T IMAGINE HOW GRANDMA FEELS WHEN THEY THINK THAT THEIR GRANDSON'S ABOUT TO BE PUT IN JAIL FOR WARRANT. THEY.THEY WILL PAY IT. WE DIDN'T WANT THAT TYPE OF REPUTATION WITH OUR CITIZENS. I DON'T THINK Y' ALL WANT YOUR CITIZENS GOING. THEY'RE JUST OUT AFTER MONEY, AND THEY'RE GONNA SEND IT TO WHOMEVER WILL PAY. YOU KNOW, IT'S JUST A PERCEPTION. DO WE NOT? I MEAN, I WOULD GUESS BEFORE WE SEND THOSE TO THAT COLLECTION AGENCY.
WE'VE TRIED. OH, YEAH, I HAD MY NEXT SLIDE. TELLS YOU ALL THE STUFF THAT WE TRY, AND I WILL POINT OUT THE THINGS THAT THEY DO.
SO HERE'S MY NEXT SLIDE. WE SEND LETTERS AS REQUIRED BY LAW. THAT'S SOMETHING THAT THE COLLECTION AGENCY WOULD DO, TOO. WE SEND TEXT MESSAGES.
COLLECTION AGENCY WON'T DO THAT. IT'S FREE THROUGH MY SOFTWARE. WE SEND EMAILS. TAKES MINUTES TO GET THOSE EMAILS AND MASKS SEND THEM OUT. WE TAKE ONLINE PAYMENTS, PHONE PAYMENTS. THE JUDGES WORK WITH OUR DEFENDANTS AND ASSESS THAT ABILITY TO PAY. THEY TALK WITH. WE TALK WITH DEFENDANTS IN PERSON AND REALLY TALK ABOUT WHAT CAN YOU PAY. THIS IS WHAT THE JUDGE REQUIRES. DO WE NEED TO SET YOU FOR AN INDIGENCY HEARING? WE HAVE TIME TO PAY CITATIONS.
THE JUDGES REALLY TALK TO THOSE DEFENDANTS AND ASSESS THEIR ABILITY TO PAY. AND IF THEY CAN'T PAY, TAKING THAT COMMUNITY SERVICE ROUTE.
BUT IF THEY CAN PAY $50 A MONTH, THEY DO WORK WITH THEM TO DO THAT $50 A MONTH, NO MATTER HOW LONG THAT PAYMENT PLAN MIGHT LAST. AND THEN WE DO SKIP TRACING FOR FREE. WE'RE ON THE APD'S SOFTWARE, SO WE DON'T INCUR AN EXTRA COST. THE THINGS THAT THE COLLECTION AGENCY WOULD DO, LETTERS, THEY WOULD CALL. WE DON'T NORMALLY CALL OUR DEFENDANTS UNLESS THEY'RE IN THAT COLLECTION PROCESS.
AND WE'LL CALL THEM AT THAT POINT. WE'LL MAKE SURE WE HAVE ALL THEIR IDENTIFYING INFORMATION. GOOD. AND WE'LL CALL THEM WHEN THEY'RE PAST DUE AND LET THEM KNOW, HEY, YOU'RE PAST DUE. THIS IS WHAT YOU HAVE TO DO TO GET COMPLIANT.
BUT THEY'LL CALL THEM, YOU KNOW, JUST AD HOC. THEY WILL TAKE THE PAYMENTS ONLINE AND ON THE PHONE. THEY DO THE SKIP TRACING.
BUT YOU KNOW WHAT THEY. WHAT THE CITIZEN GETS CHARGED FOR THAT? 30% ON THEIR CITATION. SO THE AVERAGE. WELL, THE MAX FINE ON MOST OF OUR CITATIONS IS $200. SO IF YOU'RE TALKING MAX FINE AND YOU'RE ADDING 30%, YOU'RE ADDING $60 ON EACH VIOLATION. WE ALREADY DISCUSSED HOW OUR CITIZENS ARE, LIKE, FILLING THE PINCH, LIKE 30%. THAT'S A LOT. AND THEN WHEN YOU START THINKING ABOUT IT IS A LOT FOR CITIZENS. IF THEY PAY $60, THAT $60 GOES TO THE COLLECTION AGENCY FIRST.
THE CITY SEES NOTHING. SO IF THEY PAY ONLY $30, THEY ONLY PAY $60, AND THEY END UP GOING TO JAIL AND GETTING TIME SERVED FOR THE REST. CITY SEES NOTHING. SO I WOULD THINK THAT WE WOULD ATTEMPT. WE WOULD DO ALL THESE THINGS FOR A CERTAIN PERIOD OF TIME, LIKE GIVE OUR CITIZENS THE OPPORTUNITY TO PAY THE ONES THAT WE'RE GOING TO PAY. YEAH. AND THEN SEND THE ONES THAT DON'T OVER.
I MEAN, IS THAT WITH YOUR 79%? IS THAT THE.
THAT'S THE. THAT ON YOUR PREVIOUS SLIDE THAT YOU'RE CLOSING 79%. SO THE WARRANTS THAT ARE ISSUED, THAT. THOSE ARE THE ONES WE'RE GETTING PAID. SO YOU'RE SAYING 21% ARE BAD DEBT. WHATEVER. NOT NECESSARILY BAD DEBT.
REMEMBER, NOT BAD DEBT, BUT JUST NOT PAID. YEAH, BUT WHY WOULDN'T WE WANT TO SEND THOSE? BECAUSE WE'VE BEEN NICE AND WE'VE BEEN GIVING EVERYBODY THE OPPORTUNITY TO PAY AND PROBABLY. PROBABLY QUITE A BIT. SOUNDS LIKE Y' ALL ARE REALLY GRACIOUS AND YOU HAVE A GOOD RELATIONSHIP, WHICH IS GREAT.
BUT THOSE THAT DON'T PAY, IT'S LIKE YOU STILL OWE IT. WHY WOULDN'T WE SEND THOSE OFF? TO THE COLLECTION AGENCY AT THAT POINT. JUST THOSE. THE ONES THAT Y' ALL ATTEMPTED AND SPENT HOWEVER MANY HOURS TRYING TO COLLECT. BUT WE DON'T GET AT THAT POINT, IT BECOMES A BURDEN ON THE STAFF TO ADMINISTER THE CONTRACT. I AM THE ONLY STAFF MEMBER WHO HAS EVER WORKED WITH A COLLECTION AGENCY. AND SO I WILL HAVE TO TEACH MY STAFF HOW TO DO ALL THAT, WHICH I CAN'T. 100% I CAN.
BUT IT DOES BECOME A BURDEN ON STAFF. IT'S NOT AS BIG A BURDEN AT THE BEGINNING OF THE CONTRACT THAT I WAS. I STARTED WORKING AT THE COURT IN 2012, AND I WORKED WITH THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR BACK THEN AND KNOW THAT HE SPENT 40 HOURS A MONTH ADMINISTERING THE CONTRACT. SO 40 HOURS OF THE ASSISTANT ASSISTANT DIRECTOR'S TIME. I DON'T THINK IT WOULD BEGIN. BE THAT WAY AT THE BEGINNING.
BUT AS TIME GOES ON, YOU HAVE SO MANY CASES WITH THAT COLLECTION AGENCY AND PAYMENTS GOING BACK AND FORTH AND WARRANTS THAT NEED TO BE CLEARED BECAUSE THEY GOT PAID AT THE COLLECTION AGENCY. IT'S JUST A MONITORING. IT BECOMES A MONITORING NIGHTMARE, ESSENTIALLY OR AT LEAST THAT'S THE WAY IT WAS BACK THEN. I.
OF COURSE, WE HAVEN'T WORKED WITH A COLLECTION AGENCY IN 12 YEARS. DO YOU THINK IT'S CHANGED? YOU THINK TECHNOLOGY'S
[01:30:01]
MADE IT A LOT LESS CUMBERSOME? I'M IN THE SAME. I HAD THE SAME EXACT SOFTWARE THAT I HAD BACK THEN. IS THE. THE 21%. IF WE HAVE 79% COLLECTION. 21%, WHAT IS THE VALUE OF THE 21%? IT WOULD BE THAT 7 MILLION. $7 MILLION IS IN THE 21. YEAH, THAT'S THE ACTIVE WARRANTS.AND HISTORICALLY WITH THE COLLECTION SERVICE, WHAT IS THEIR SUCCESS RATE? THE FUNDING IS. I PURGE ALL MY OLD RECORDS, SO I DON'T HAVE THAT 50%, 40%, 30%. SO I WAS ONE OF THE ONES THAT GOT TO CALL THE CASES BACK. AND WE.
WE CALLED THOUSANDS AND THOUSANDS OF CASES BACK. YES, THEY DID CLOSE A LOT OF CASES. SO MAYBE NORTH OF 50%. SO I'M GONNA SAY PROBABLY LESS THAN PROBABLY.
MAYBE BETWEEN 10 AND 20 WOULD BE MY GUESS. THAT'S A GUESS.
OKAY. THANK YOU. YOU'RE WELCOME. I KNOW ONE OF THE THINGS I WOULD SAY IS OBVIOUSLY COMPARING OURSELVES TO OTHER COMMUNITIES THAT HAVE COLLECTION 8 SERVICES. WE'RE DOING VERY WELL DOING OURSELVES. AND PLUS WE HAVE THIS PERSONAL TOUCH THAT WE CAN OFFER OURSELVES. CITIZENS THAT I'VE WORKED WITH CLUTCH AGENCY, MY PRIOR COMMUNITY, WE DIDN'T HAVE THE STAFF LIKE THIS, SO WE WORKED WITH FIRMS. AND SO I HAVE EXPERIENCE WITH THIS. I MEAN, I THINK THERE COULD BE A POTENTIAL OF THAT 21% MAYBE WORKING WITH THE COLLECTION AGENCY.
BUT I KNOW FROM MY EXPERIENCE WORKING WITH AGENCIES, I DON'T THINK THEY'RE GOING TO WANT THAT. THEY WANT THE 79% THAT WE'RE BEING SUCCESSFUL ON BECAUSE AGAIN, WORKING WITH PAST AGENCIES, THEY TOLD ME THAT THERE IS SOME DEBT WE WILL NOT COLLECT FOR VERY, THERE'S A WHOLE SLEW OF REASONS. AND SO WE WILL WORK WITH THEM. 100% OF THE DEBT CANNOT BE COLLECTED BECAUSE THERE'S JUST ISSUES WITH SOME OF THAT. SO I THINK WE CAN TRY TO, TRY TO ATTRACT, TRY TO GET AN ENTITY TO WORK WITH US. I THINK WE MAY HAVE A HARD TIME. THEY'RE GOING TO WANT ALL THE BUSINESS. AND SO IT'S BEEN MY EXPERIENCE WITH THESE AGENCIES IN THE PAST AND I THINK WE'RE BEING SUCCESSFUL RIGHT NOW WITH THIS, WITH OUR STAFF. AND IT DOES ALLOW THAT PERSONAL TOUCH THAT WE CAN OFFER OUR CITIZENS WHILE SAVING THEM AN EXTRA FEE THAT THE FIRMS DO CHARGE BECAUSE THERE'S A COST OF THAT. AND SO THAT'S HOW THEY DON'T CHARGE US. THEY CHARGE THE PERSON TO DO THIS. AND SO BUT YEAH, I WOULD AGREE. I MEAN, AND I WOULD, I WOULD SAY Y' ALL ARE DOING A PHENOMENAL JOB, A GREAT JOB.
LIKE YOU'RE RANKING ABOVE PEOPLE THAT YOU'RE OUTSOURCING IT. SO GREAT JOB. BUT IF WE COULDN'T NEGOTIATE A CONTRACT CONTRACT WITH SOMEONE LIKE YOU'RE ONLY GETTING OUR STUFF THAT LIKE WE'RE GONNA ATTEMPT.
I DON'T KNOW THE TIME, I DON'T KNOW ABOUT YOUR 79%.
HOW LONG DO Y' ALL WORK ON THOSE? I MEAN A MONTH, TWO MONTHS, SIX MONTHS.
LIKE WHAT? SO THOSE TYPICALLY BEFORE YOU GET, BEFORE YOU COLLECT BEFORE, TYPICALLY THEY'RE MAKING SMALL PAYMENTS AND THEN AT SOME POINT SOMETHING HAPPENS IN THEIR LIFE AND THEY CAN'T MAKE THAT SMALL PAYMENT. AND A COURT IS A SCARY ENVIRONMENT FOR SOME 100% A SCARY ENVIRONMENT. AND SO WHEN THEY GET SCARED, THEY DON'T. THEY BECOME NON COMPLIANT. AND WE WORK REALLY HARD WHEN WE TALK TO THEM. JUDGES WORK REALLY HARD WHEN THEY TALK TO HIM.
SURE, YOU LOSE YOUR JOB, COME BACK AND TALK TO ME. AND SOME DO.
BUT IS THERE ANY WAY TO, I MEAN WHEN YOU'RE ACTIVELY COLLECTING, THAT'S GREAT. AND WHEN THEY HAVE HARDSHIP, YOU KNOW, TO ME THAT YOU'RE STILL ACTIVELY COLLECTING IS JUST SOMETHING HAPPENED. IS THERE NO WAY TO JUST PUSH ALL THE REST? LIKE PICK AN AGE OR YOU KNOW, HOWEVER, IF THERE'S CERTAIN OLD OR IF YOU'RE ACTIVELY COLLECTING OR YOU KNOW, EVEN IF IT'S IN HARDSHIP, GIVE THE OTHERS THE OTHER, THE REST OF IT. BECAUSE I THINK, AGAIN, WE'RE IN BUDGET TIME. WE'RE LOOKING HOW TIGHT THINGS ARE. I MEAN, EVEN IF WE COULD RECOVER A MILLION DOLLARS. AND AGAIN, Y' ALL HAVE BEEN VERY NICE AND VERY GOOD WITH OUR CITIZENS TO TRY TO WORK WITH THEM. AND IF THEY. THEY'RE JUST NOT PAYING WELL, YOU'RE NOT GONNA BE TREATED AS NICE. I MEAN, I HATE TO SAY THAT, BUT, I MEAN, YOU ATTEMPTED IT. THEY DIDN'T TAKE THE OPPORTUNITY.
SO THEN. BUT ONLY IF WE COULD FIND A FIRM THAT WOULD TAKE.
THAT'S CRAZY, BECAUSE I THINK THAT WE WOULD NET LESS IF WE HANDED THAT OFF AND YOU GUYS DIDN'T HAVE THAT. BUT THEN WE HAVE THE NEGATIVE EXPERIENCE.
WE'RE COLLECTING LESS MONEY. I HAVE TO LOSE, LOSE.
BUT IF WE COULD FIND SOMEBODY TO SAY, LISTEN, WE'LL GIVE YOU OUR STUFF THAT WE'RE HAVING A DIFFICULT TIME COLLECTING. IF Y' ALL COLLECT, GREAT. IT'S MONEY TO YOU. IF YOU DON'T COLLECT, WELL, I MEAN, YOU DON'T GET ANYTHING. WE HAVE ANY IDEA OF THE 22,000. WHAT PERCENT AREN'T CITIZENS OF AMARILLO OR PAPA RANDALL COUNTY? I DON'T HAVE THAT OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD, BUT I COULD GET THAT FOR YOU.
BUT SINCE WE. WE SEE A LOT OF PASS THROUGH TRAFFIC HERE AND EVERYTHING. SO THERE'S GOING TO BE A PERCENTAGE OF THAT THAT AREN'T CITIZENS OF THIS AREA. RIGHT. AND THAT'S PART OF THE PROBLEM. PROBLEM OF TRYING TO COLLECT SOME OF THESE. YEAH, BECAUSE THEY'RE OUT OF THE. THEY'RE OUT OF THE AREA. MOST COULD BE OUT OF STATE. AND SO THAT. THAT FORMS A PROBLEM. I KNOW ON THE LAW ENFORCEMENT END, IT'S A BENEFIT TO HAVE THOSE IN THE SYSTEM FOR 15 YEARS, BECAUSE IT. WHEN THEY. WHEN
[01:35:01]
THEY ARE STOPPED, THAT GIVES THEM A REASON TO TAKE THEM OUT OF THE VEHICLE. AND SO EVENTUALLY, YOU MAY GET PAID ON THOSE.ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU. ONE OF THE THINGS JUDGE HAMILTON AND I HAVE DISCUSSED IS IF COUNCIL CITY MANAGEMENT DIRECTED THAT WE SHOULD GO OUT FOR BID ON THIS, IT WOULD. I'M SURE IT'D BE A BID PROCESS THAT WE WOULD SEND THOSE THAT HAVE THAT JUDGMENT ENTERED. SO THOSE ARE. ARE WHAT I'VE CALLED IN THIS BAD DEBT. I MEAN, I WOULD AGREE. I MEAN, I. I THINK IT'S WORTH IT. I MEAN, AGAIN, WE'RE LOOKING AT A TIGHT, TIGHT BUDGET, AND WE'VE GOT. DEPENDING ON THE PERCENTAGE. I MEAN, A MILLION IS MAYBE ON THE LOW SIDE, BUT IF WE COULD DO IT AND Y' ALL HAVE ATTEMPTED. AND YOU'VE DONE GREAT TO TRY TO GET IT. AND IF THEY'RE JUST UNRESPONSIVE, LET. LET THAT FIRM GO WORK FOR THEIR 60 BUCKS. YEAH. I MEAN, TO GO COLLECT IT WHERE THAT BURDEN IS OFF OF YOU GUYS AND OUR NUMBERS EVEN GET BETTER. Y' ALL GET TO DO WHAT YOU DO WELL AND DO A GREAT JOB.
AND THEN WE JUST HAVE A LITTLE BIT EXTRA THAT Y' ALL DON'T HAVE TO MESS WITH AND IT'S.
OF ALL THE THINGS THAT WE'VE HAD ON OUR PLACE, THIS IS ONE I'VE HAD IN THE BACK BURNER. BUT THIS ONE I'VE BEEN THINKING MORE TOWARDS ABOUT BECAUSE I LIKE THAT APPROACH. THAT'S ACTUALLY WHERE I WAS GOING AT WITH THIS AS WELL IS I DON'T WANT TO GIVE THEM EVERYTHING BECAUSE WE'VE BEEN VERY SUCCESSFUL. AND I. AND I. WHAT I ASKED DONNA TO DO WAS HELP ME SHOW PROVED TO ME THAT WE ARE SUCCESSFUL.
AND SO SHE. SHE WENT OUT AND FOUND THESE OTHER CITIES. AND THAT'S BEEN THE LAST FEW WEEKS.
AND TO ME THAT TELLS ME THAT WE.
THAT WE ARE SUCCESSFUL. AND I'M WORRIED THAT WE WOULD GO DOWNWARDS IF WE WERE TO DO ALL OF IT. BUT SO THAT ME. IT REINFORCES THE IDEA, LET'S GO AFTER THAT. THAT 21% WITH A FIRM. LET THEM HAVE THAT IF THEY KILL, IF THEY EAT. AND SO IF WE GET A LITTLE BIT GREAT. IF WE DON'T, THAT'S FINE. WE WOULDN'T GOT IT ANYWAYS. AND SO THAT'S WHERE I DON'T WANT TO TAKE THIS. AND SO I WOULD AGREE. YEAH. I MEAN, GENERALLY, AND I MEAN A BUSINESS BEST PRACTICE IS, YES, YOU'RE. YOU'RE SPENDING YOUR TIME AND RESOURCES FOR A CERTAIN AMOUNT OF TIME WORKING DEBT. BUT AT A CERTAIN POINT IN TIME, IT'S NOT THE HIGHEST AND BEST USE. I MEAN TO CONTINUE TO SPEND THAT AMOUNT OF TIME.
AND I LOOK AT THIS, I GUESS WE'RE WRITING OFF $200,000 A YEAR ON BAD DEBT THAT'S 14, 15 YEARS OLD, AND WE'VE GOT THAT MUCH IN IT. SO I MEAN, IF IT'S NO COST TO US AND WE FIGURE OUT A TIMETABLE THAT'S FAIR TO US AND ALSO FAIR TO THE COMPANY, BECAUSE THEY'RE NOT GOING TO TAKE IT IF IT'S NOT FAIR. I THINK IT WOULD BE AND I WOULD HOPE NOT ALL COLLECTION AGENCIES DO WHAT YOU SAID OURS PREVIOUS ONE DID. WE'D CERTAINLY NOT WANT TO USE THEM AGAIN.
BUT I DO KNOW THERE ARE A LOT OF GOOD ORGANIZATIONS OUT THERE BECAUSE I THINK WE USE PEOPLE ON THE PROPERTY TAX SIDE TO DO COLLECTION FOR US AS WELL. AND SO I'M SURE THERE ARE GOOD ONES OUT THERE, BUT IT MIGHT BE WORTH SOMETHING TAKING A LOOK AT AND SEE HOW IT GOES. AND IF IT'S A MUTUALLY BENEFIT BENEFICIAL RELATIONSHIP, YOU KNOW, GOING FORWARD TO HELP US AND TO HELP THEM, I THINK IT'D BE WORTH SEEING IF WE CAN MAKE IT WORK. AND ONE OF OUR, ALSO ONE OF OUR PILLARS IS CUSTOMER SERVICE. AND THEN THE NICE THING ABOUT CONTROLLING IN HOUSE IS I CAN CONTROL THE CUSTOMER SERVICE ASPECT OF THIS FROM EXPERIENCE WORKING WITH SOME PREVIOUS FIRMS. SOME OF THAT IS NOT THERE BECAUSE WHENEVER A PERSON CALLS AN ATTORNEY, THEY'RE TALKING TO AN ATTORNEY AND THAT'S SCARY AND THAT'S HARD. AND SOME OF THESE FIRMS THAT I'VE BEEN AROUND, WE'RE ONE OF SEVERAL CLIENTS, THEY DON'T REALLY HAVE AN OWNERSHIP, THEY DON'T FEEL ACCOUNTABILITY TO OUR CITIZENS. THEIR STAFF DOES. AND I HOLD THEM RESPONSIBLE THAT WHENEVER YOU CALL OUR CITIZENS WE'RE GOING TO DO A IT RIGHT AND WE'RE GOING TO TREAT THEM RIGHT BECAUSE WE KNOW THEY HAVE EXTENUATING CIRCUMSTANCE.
BUT THEY STILL OWE US SOMETHING. BUT WE'RE GOING TO WORK WITH THEM. AND THAT CREATES A BETTER, BETTER FEELING TOWARDS OUR COURT SYSTEM IN AMARILLO AND VERSUS KIND OF A COLD ATTORNEY FIRM LOCATED IN HOUSTON OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT AND, OR WHEREVER IT'S AT. AND SO WHOEVER WOULD WIN THAT. SO I THINK THAT'S ONE THING WHEN WE WOULD GO WITH, WHEN WE PURSUE A FIRM TO DO THAT 20% I WANT TO WANT, I'M GOING TO WANT SOME REFERENCES, SOME EXPERIENCE FROM OTHER COMMUNITIES. OKAY, HOW ARE YOUR CITIZENS BEING TREATED BY THESE FIRMS? BECAUSE AGAIN FROM PRIOR EXPERIENCE, THERE WAS A FIRM THAT MY COMMUNITY HAD BEFORE, BEFORE I GOT THERE THAT WASN'T SERVICES, WASN'T QUITE, WASN'T IDEAL. SO THEY MADE A CHANGE. SO, AND THEN I ENDED UP WITH A FIRM THAT DID VERY, DID EXCELLENT CUSTOMER SERVICE.
HE'S AN INDIVIDUAL THAT I'D HOPE WOULD PURSUE THIS BECAUSE I KNOW HIM, HE DOES VERY, VERY ACCOUNTABLE, VERY SENSITIVE TAKE TO OUR CITIZENS. AND SO THEY DO EXIST, BUT THERE'S SOME THAT DON'T.
SO, SO HAVE WE EVER NOT AN ALL OUT AMNESTY DEAL, BUT DO WE EVER DO ANY TYPE WHERE IF THEY COME, THEY GET THEIR FINES DISCOUNTED? SO WE DON'T DO ANY AMNESTY. WE DO THE COURT COMPLIANCE CAMPAIGN. AND WHAT THE JUDGES DO DURING THAT MONTH OF THE COMPLIANCE CAMPAIGN CAMPAIGN BEFORE LAW ENFORCEMENT GOES TO SERVE THE WARRANT IS THEY DO ALLOW THEM THE ABILITY TO GO BACK ON A PAYMENT PLAN.
MOST OF THE TIME OUR JUDGES, IF
[01:40:01]
THEY HAVE BEEN NON COMPLIANT AND GONE TO A WARRANT WITH THAT JUDGMENT ENTERED, THEY. THEY ARE PRETTY STRAIGHTFORWARD AND DIRECT.YOU KNOW, YOU NEED TO PAY THIS, OR YOU NEED TO EXPLAIN WHY YOU DIDN'T PAY THIS AND HAVE THAT EXTENUATING CIRCUMSTANCES THAT WOULD MAKE THEM LOOK AT IT DIFFERENTLY.
BUT DURING COURT COMPLIANCE, THEY TYPICALLY WILL ALLOW THEM BACK INTO, LIKE, A PAYMENT PLAN OR SOME OTHER ALTERNATIVE TO RESOLVE IT. MAYBE.
COMMUNITY SERVICE. IS THAT PRETTY SUCCESSFUL? OH, YES.
DURING. DURING THE COMPLIANCE CAMPAIGN, WE DO HAVE MANY CITIZENS WHO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THAT, BUT WE ALSO HAVE MANY CITIZENS WHO JUST GO ON AND PAY. THEY'RE LIKE, OH, SOMEONE'S GOING TO COME LOOK FOR ME AND SERVE MY WARRANT.
AND SO IT'S TYPICAL FOR US TO HAVE 100,000 OVERNIGHT PAID ONLINE. THANK YOU. SOUNDS LIKE WE'VE GOT SOME DIRECTION HERE.
SO I THINK YOU'RE HEARING WHAT WE'RE COMMUNICATING. WE WERE IN FAVOR OF GOING OUT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH SOME CONTROLS. SO THAT WHAT IS AND IS NOT A CONTROL COUNTED FOR AS BAD DEBT ALLOWS US STILL TO INTERNALIZE AND NAVIGATE ALL THAT. AND THEN ONCE IT BECOMES BAD DEBT, WE JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WHOEVER THE FIRM IS THAT YOU GUYS SELECT IS BEST QUALITY, ONE THAT WE CAN AND REPRESENTS THE CITY WELL. I THINK THAT'S OUR ONLY CONCERN.
SO YOU DO NEED TO COMMUNICATE, LIKE, BACK TO THE COURT OVER THERE.
LIKE, THE. THE IMPROVEMENTS OVER THE LAST FOUR OR FIVE YEARS HAVE BEEN GREAT. AND SO, LIKE, WE'VE SEEN LOTS OF GOOD THINGS AND APPRECIATE ALL OF OUR JUDGES. YOU KNOW, THOSE BAILIFFS THAT YOU CAN'T HIRE THAT YOU JUST KEEP TRYING TO COME ON, HANG IN THERE ONE MORE YEAR, AND FOUR YEARS LATER, THEY'RE STILL THERE. RIGHT? SO, LIKE, THANK Y' ALL FOR EVERYTHING YOU GUYS ARE DOING.
THANK YOU. AND I WANT TO SAY JUDGE HAMLIN SENDS HER APOLOGY.
SHE WANTED TO BE HERE, BUT SHE HAD. SHE HAD MANDATED TRAINING SHE HAD TO GO TO, SO.
BUT SHE. I WANT TO LET YOU KNOW THAT SHE. SHE WOULD HAVE BEEN HERE OTHERWISE.
SHE. SHE HAD TO GO TO TRAINING. WELL, WE UNDERSTAND AND WE APPRECIATE YOU BEING HERE. THANKS. YOU WANT TO KEEP GOING? DO ONE MORE OR YOU WANT TO TAKE. WE CAN DO ONE MORE. IT'LL BE PRETTY BRIEF. BRING MITCH UP JUST FOR A QUICK UPDATE ON THE HEALTH PLAN ADD ON REQUEST THAT WE WERE KIND OF TALKING ABOUT YESTERDAY.
HOW ARE Y'? ALL? MITCH NORMAN, HR DIRECTOR. SO I APPRECIATE Y' ALL GIVING ME THE OPPORTUNITY TO SPEAK TO YOU REGARDING THE SUPPLEMENTAL PLANS THAT YOU INQUIRED ABOUT THE OTHER DAY. I RECOGNIZE THAT THERE ARE STAFF HAS ENGAGED IN EXERCISES REVIEWING SUPPLEMENTAL PLANS AND THE POTENTIAL BENEFITS TO THE CITY. AND BASED ON OUR REVIEW, THE DIFFERENT EXERCISES THAT WE ENGAGED IN, WE WERE UNABLE TO IDENTIFY THE BENEFIT, THE PROJECTED SAVINGS. WE COULDN'T MATERIALIZE THE PROJECTED SAVINGS. AND WE WERE DETERMINED THAT THERE WASN'T A PARTICULAR SUPPLEMENTAL ENGAGEMENT. EXCUSE ME, ARRANGEMENT THAT'S APPROPRIATE FOR OUR CITY WAS NOT. OKAY, I, SO I'M NOT UNDERSTANDING WHAT WE'RE SAYING THERE. SO LIKE YOU GUYS HAVE ENGAGED IN THIS. YES. YOU'VE LOOKED AT IT AND ON TWO AREAS. ONE, YOU COULDN'T FIND A REASON FOR A SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN AND YOU COULDN'T FIND A REALIZED SAVINGS. IF YOU IMPLEMENTED WHAT WAS PROPOSED DEFINITIVELY HOW THOSE SAVINGS WOULD BE REALIZED. BECAUSE THESE PLANS ARE DRIVEN BY TAX CODES, THE MONIES THAT YOU WOULD ACHIEVE IS THROUGH PAYROLL TAXES. BUT THERE ARE ALSO COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROGRAM ITSELF. IT'S NOT A NET ZERO PROGRAM BECAUSE THERE ARE CLAIMS EXPENSES THAT COULD BE ATTRIBUTABLE. ONE OF THE BIGGEST CONSIDERATIONS DURING OUR REVIEW OF THE PROGRAM PROGRAM IS THE INTRICACIES AND ASSOCIATED WITH THE IRS CODE THE APPLICATION OF THESE PROGRAMS. IF WE WERE TASKED TO DO A DEEPER DIVE INTO WHETHER OR NOT ONE OF THESE PROGRAMS IS AN APPROPRIATE FIT FOR THE CITY, WE WOULD RECOMMEND ENGAGING WITH A, WITH TAX COUNCIL, COUNCIL SPECIALIZED IN TAX AND BENEFITS TO ENSURE THAT WE GET THE APPROPRIATE AND NECESSARY INFORMATION TO CONFIRM THE APPROPRIATENESS.
YEAH, THE, I GUESS THE, THE PDF THAT I SENT YOU GUYS TODAY, I DON'T, I'M SURE YOU'VE PROBABLY GOT IT AS WELL.
YEAH. SO THAT, THAT FICA TAX SAVINGS IS LIKE, THAT'S WHAT IT'S ALL ABOUT.
AND IT PUTS ABOUT A THOUSAND DOLLARS IN EVERYBODY. THE EMPLOYEES POCKET THEIR TAKE HOME PAY INCREASES BY ROUGH, DEPENDING
[01:45:01]
ON WHAT THEY MAKE, BUT ABOUT $1,000 A YEAR. SO WHAT YOU SAID IS YOU VETTED THAT OUT AND THAT'S NOT EXACTLY TRUE. AND THERE'S SOME EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH ADMINISTERING THIS PLAN THAT, THAT WASN'T NECESSARILY DISCLOSED ON THAT. THAT'S CORRECT.THOSE, THOSE, THOSE ARE JUST PROJECTIONS.
THE PROGRAM'S ACTUALLY DRIVEN BY EACH INDIVIDUAL'S UNIQUE TAX CIRCUMSTANCES, YOUR ELIGIBILITY FOR CERTAIN TAX FOR THAT TAX INCENTIVE. AND THERE'S INFORMATION THAT WE JUST DON'T HAVE HAVE, YOU KNOW, UNFETTERED ACCESS TO REGARDING EVERY INDIVIDUAL'S TAX CIRCUMSTANCES. SO THE, THE DOCUMENTS THAT PROMOTE THE INFORMATION ARE ESTIMATIONS.
BUT WOULD IT BE WORTH LOOKING INTO? I MEAN FOR $1.5 MILLION? I THINK, I MEAN BASED ON 2,500 EMPLOYEES, I THINK IS WHAT IT SAID. IT'S ONE AND A HALF MILLION DOLLARS.
AND AGAIN, YOU KNOW, I JUST THINK IF WE'RE, IF WE'RE LOOKING AT BEING FRUGAL AND TIGHTENING EVERYTHING UP AND AGAIN, I DON'T WANT TO PUT A BURDEN ON OUR, OUR EMPLOYEES EITHER FOR. BUT I THINK IT'S JUST EXTRA. I MEAN IT'S JUST THEIR PLAN STILL WORKS AS THEIR PLAN. RIGHT.
IT'S ADMINISTERED THROUGH AETNA. BUT WE, THIS WOULD JUST BE EXTRA FOR PRESCRIPTIONS AND THOSE KINDS OF THINGS. BUT I WANT TO PUT AN EXTRA STEP FOR EVERYBODY BECAUSE THAT'S A PAIN. BUT IT SAVES US ONE AND A HALF MILLION DOLLARS IN FICA. I THINK WE, WE'VE GOT TO WEIGH THAT. BUT LIKE YOU SAID, WE DON'T KNOW EVERYBODY'S TAX SITUATION. IS THERE A WAY TO LIKE VET THAT AND, AND JUST SEE IF IT IS ACCURATE OR NOT? YEAH, YEAH. THIS MEAN I HAVE TO LITTLE CONTEXT. I MEAN WE GET LOTS OF SOLICITATIONS THROUGHOUT THE YEAR. SO, SO STAFF, THEY, THEY DO AN INITIAL DIVE, NOT TOO DEEP, AND THEN THEY, THEY KIND OF, THEY KIND OF TEST WHAT ARE THE, WHAT ARE THE INITIAL HICCUPS.
AND WE RAN INTO A FEW WHEN IT CAME TO THE IRS THAT COST US BECAUSE I KNOW MITCH MET WITH, MET WITH A FIRM HERE RECENTLY. HE DID SOME TRAINING, HE GOT SOME TRAINING ON IT FROM ANOTHER ENTITY. AND THERE WERE SOME INITIAL IRS CONCERNS THAT KIND OF CAUSED THE TIME JUST TO PAUSE. AND WE THOUGHT, WELL, GET SO MANY SOLICITATIONS, WE JUST KIND OF BIG PAUSE. WE DON'T DO A DEEP DIVE.
BUT IF YOU WOULD LIKE FOR US TO DO A DEEP DIVE, WE CAN. AND SO, AND AGAIN, LIKE I SAID, WE GET LOTS OF THESE AND WE KIND OF JUST, WE DO INITIAL REVIEW, WE RUN INTO ROADBLOCK, WE JUST MOVE ON.
BUT IF THE COUNCIL WOULD LIKE FOR US DO DEEP DIVE THIS ONE WE CERTAINLY CAN. YEAH. SO LET ME RECAP AND MAKE SURE WE KNOW WHAT WE'RE ASKING BEFORE WE GET THERE. SO THIS IS A BOLT ON PACKAGE, RIGHT. SO IT DOESN'T CHANGE AETNA, DOESN'T CHANGE HUB DOESN'T CHANGE ANYTHING. SO WE DON'T HAVE ANY DISRUPTION OF OUR 2,800 EMPLOYEES, RIGHT? I CAN'T SAY THAT DEFINITIVELY. OKAY. PLAN FUNCTIONS INDEPENDENTLY, INDEPENDENT OF OUR CURRENT GROUP PLAN THAT WE HAVE. AND IN ORDER TO EXERCISE THE BENEFITS AVAILABLE TO IT, MY UNDERSTANDING IS THAT THERE ARE POTENTIAL, THERE ARE CONSIDERATIONS. WE'D HAVE TO EVALUATE THOSE CONSIDERATIONS BECAUSE IT MAY IMPACT MEMBER EXPERIENCE. IS THIS NOT WHAT WE PAY HUB FOR ALREADY? LIKE THAT'S OUR CONSULTANT.
THEY'RE GETTING PAID FOR THIS.
I THINK IT'S A PREPAID EXPERT THAT WE SHOULD REACH OUT TO.
SO I THINK THE FIRST QUESTION WE'D LIKE ANSWERED IS IS THIS A BOLT ON PLAN OR DOES IT COME WITH STRINGS THAT COULD CAUSE COMPLICATIONS SO THE RISK ISN'T WORTH THE REWARD IF WE END UP WITH A COUPLE THOUSAND EMPLOYEES THAT HAVE COMPLICATED HEALTH CARE AND WE DON'T WANT TO DO THAT. SO IF WE CAN IMPROVE, YOU KNOW WHAT REALLY PROBABLY IS AROUND 4,500 BELLY BUTTONS IN THEIR ABILITY TO GO GET BETTER HEALTH CARE.
WE WANT THAT. SO ESSENTIALLY I THINK WHAT COUNCIL'S WANTING IS WE WANT EVERY BENEFIT THAT WE CAN PROVIDE FOR EVERY CITY EMPLOYEE. AND I MEAN, EVEN IF IT'S A CREDIT UNION BENEFIT WHERE YOU GO GET A LOW INTEREST LOAN, I MEAN JUST BENEFITS ARE BENEFITS. WE WANT THEM ALL. SO IN THIS, IF THIS IS A SUPPLEMENTAL HEALTH CARE, YOU KNOW, THIS THING SAYS PAYS FOR PRIMARY CARE VISITS, URGENT CARE, PRESCRIPTION DRUGS, THINGS LIKE THAT, IT'S NOT MAJOR MEDICAL. SO IF THIS PACKAGE IS SOMETHING THAT THEY CAN UTILIZE AS A BENEFIT AND THERE'S ZERO RISK IN IT AFFECTING AETNA AND SOME OF THE OTHER ONES. SO IF HUB CAN JUST GIVE AN ANSWER, YEAH, THEY CAN DO IT, YOUR EMPLOYEES CAN DO IT AND IT WON'T CHANGE ANY OF THE CONTRACTS THAT WE HAVE.
YEAH, WE'VE ENGAGED HUB. I'VE EVEN SEEN THE CORRESPONDENCE ON THIS LOOK MYSELF AS WELL.
SO, OKAY, THE, I THINK THE POTENTIAL OF REALIZED SAVINGS FOR THE EMPLOYEE IF WE CAN SAVE OUR EMPLOYEES, YOU KNOW, FIVE TO SIX HUNDRED DOLLARS PER YEAR IN THEIR PAYROLL TAX, WHERE THAT BECOMES THEIR ADDITIONAL MONIES THAT THEY CAN KEEP. AND WE DON'T COMPROMISE ANY OF OUR LOGISTICS. RIGHT. THE WAY IN WHICH THIS IS JUST A FORMULA THAT IS ENTERED AND IT GIVES, GOES THROUGH AND, AND WE DON'T COMPLICATE EVERYBODY'S. I REMEMBER NOT TOO LONG AGO WE HAD PAYCHECKS THAT WITH A NEW SYSTEM WE HAD TO CALL AND SAY, HEY, WE MISCALCULATED. CAN YOU BRING US THE MONEY BACK? RIGHT. SO I THINK COUNCIL HAS A CONCERN
[01:50:02]
THAT WE DON'T IMPLEMENT ANYTHING THAT'S GOING TO CAUSE A PAYROLL ISSUE. SO IF YOU CAN IDENTIFY THAT THERE'S NOT GOING TO BE A PAYROLL ISSUE, THAT THIS IS SOMETHING, THEN I THINK YOUR, YOUR CONCERN IS JUST TAX BURDEN. AND I THINK IF IT'S LEGALLY ALLOWED AND YOU KNOW, IT'S A WAY TO CALCULATE THE PRE TAX VERSUS POST, THEN I THINK THAT'S SMART, WE SHOULD UTILIZE THAT. IT WILL COME BACK TO THE CITY WITH, I DON'T KNOW, 2.2 MILLION IS WHAT THIS SAYS IN MAJOR MEDICAL CLAIMS IS THE PERCENTAGE. SO THE REAL THING HERE FOR THE CITY IS THAT WE'RE OFFLOADING SOME OF THAT CARE SO WE PROVIDING BETTER HEALTH CARE FOR THOSE EMPLOYEES IN A PREVENTATIVE WAY. SO IT ALLEVIATES, YOU KNOW, I GUESS THIS IS THEIR FORECAST OF MAJOR MEDICAL CLAIMS. SO THIS WOULD BE SOMETHING I'D HATE FOR US TO NOT TAKE A BETTER LOOK AT IT WHEN YOU'RE TALKING 2 TO $3 MILLION PLUS, REALLY, WE'RE JUST TALKING ABOUT TWO PHONE CALLS.HOPEFULLY WE DON'T NEED A STUDY. WE DON'T WANT TO HIRE ANYBODY. LET'S JUST GO AND GET A TAX PROFESSIONAL THAT SAYS, YEP, YOU CAN DO IT, OR NOPE, NOT ALLOWED. AND SO THAT'S. THOSE ARE THE THREE THINGS THAT I'M HEARING AND KIND OF GETTING. I DON'T KNOW IF COUNCIL HAS ANY OTHER QUESTIONS THEY'D WANT YOU TO DO, BUT THEN IF YOU CAN JUST COME BACK THROUGH CITY MANAGEMENT PROBABLY DOESN'T NEED TO BE AN AGENDA ITEM ON A COUNCIL MEETING.
JUST NEEDS TO BE DRIVEN BACK THROUGH MANAGEMENT OF, YES, WE CAN DO THIS. YES, WE CAN DO THAT. AND THIS ONE OVER HERE, WE STILL HAVE A CONCERN OR WHATEVER IT COMES. YEAH, I VERY MUCH RECOMMEND THAT ROUTE BASED OFF INFORMATION THAT WE'VE SEEN SO FAR. REAL GOOD. YEAH. ALL RIGHT. WHAT OTHER QUESTIONS? ANY OTHER QUESTIONS? Y'. ALL.
Y' ALL HAD CONCERNS ON THAT? ALL RIGHT. OKAY. THANK YOU, MITCH. THANK YOU. HEY, WE'RE RIGHT AT 10 O'. CLOCK. WHAT DO YOU HAVE LEFT ON THE. SO WE'RE GOING TO TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT THE HOT TAX SUBSIDY AND THE ALLOCATION. THEN WE'LL DIVE INTO THE RECOMMENDED SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTS THAT WE'VE PROVIDED, TOUCH A LITTLE BIT ON DEBT REQUESTS AND PRESENT KIND OF THE UPCOMING RETIRING DEBT.
AND THEN WE'LL CIRCLE BACK ON CASH FLOW, WATER, WASTEWATER, CALCS. AND THEN IT'S OPEN FOR QUESTIONS AND DIRECTION.
MAN. REAL GOOD. SO WE'RE MAKING PRETTY GOOD PROGRESS. LET'S.
LET'S RECESS TILL 1015 AND WE'LL COME BACK IN HERE THEN. THANK YOU ALL.
OKAY, WE'LL CALL OURSELVES BACK INTO SESSION HERE 1020, MOVE FORWARD. MR. PATH, WHERE YOU WANT TO START NEXT? I THINK WE'RE GOING TO START WITH THE HOT, BUT I THINK ANDREW IS BUSY COORDINATING. I THINK HE STEPPED OUT REAL QUICK TO. AND SO HE'LL BE RIGHT BACK. CAN WE COME BACK MAYBE AFTER LUNCH? WE'LL CATCH HOT TAX CIVIC CENTER BRIEFLY.
SURE. YEAH, WE CAN. YES. AND SO WE'LL BE READY TO GO ONCE HE'S BACK, BUT HE JUST HAD TO STEP OUT REAL QUICK, SO NO. DO WE WANT TO GO THROUGH. THE NEXT ITEMS ARE ALSO HIS AS WELL. SO HE'S DOING THE CIP SUPPLEMENTAL. SO THESE ARE ALL HIS. SO, YEAH. IF WE CAN MAYBE GIVE A COUPLE MORE MINUTES BEFORE HIM GET BACK. YEAH. OR IF WE WANT TO TRANSITION OVER TO SEWER AND WATER, WE COULD TALK ABOUT THAT. IS THAT ONE. THAT. WHO'S WORKING ON THAT ONE? I THINK THAT WAS KATRINA AND LOLA. OKAY, WE'VE GOT SLIDES THAT SHOW YOU THE WALK THE CROSSWALK FROM THE ACFR TO THE AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION. WOULD YOU LIKE TO SEE THAT? OH, YEAH.
THAT THE. SO THIS WOULD BE THE AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION.
HOW YOU ARRIVE AT THAT? RIGHT. OKAY, GREAT. GIVE ME JUST A MOMENT TO GET THAT PULLED UP. SO WE DID DECIDE, MS. KATRINA. I GUESS WHENEVER YOU'RE READY.
WE'RE JUST GETTING THEM PULLED UP. I GOT YOU. OKAY. AVAILABLE FUNDS IS THE STARTING POINT FOR DETERMINING HOW MUCH CASH WE'LL HAVE AVAILABLE TO FILL PRIORITIES. WE PULL PAGE 32 FROM THE ACFR. WE'RE GOING TO LOOK AT SOME CASH AND INVESTMENTS, RECEIVABLES, TAKEOUT LIABILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS. NOW, ON THE CURRENT ASSETS, WE HAD 19.2 IN CASH. WE HAD INVESTMENTS OF 57.6. THAT DOES ALREADY INCLUDE THE
[01:55:03]
APPRECIATION DEPRECIATION.THAT'S WHY IT'S NOT IN THERE TWICE. AND THEN WE HAVE RESTRICTED CASH. SO EVERY TIME YOU HAVE A BOND ISSUE, IT GOES INTO RESTRICTED CASH.
THAT IS 78.9, LEAVING A TOTAL OF 155.8 FOR CASH AND INVESTMENTS. THEN WE'LL JUST GO PAST DEPRECIATION BECAUSE WE ALREADY EXPLAINED IT. ASSETS CONVERTED TO CASH IS YOUR RECEIVABLES.
THAT ENTIRE AREA CAN BE LIQUIDATED TO CASH. WE HAVE SOME RECEIVABLES, A 7.5. WE HAVE A LEASE PAYMENT TO BE PAID OR RECEIVED OF 93,000. INTEREST TO BE RECEIVED OF 6.6. OTHER DEPARTMENTS OWE US 11.7. AND THEN SOME PREPAID EXPENSES COULD BE CONVERTED AT 4.2, LEAVING 30.3 IN RECEIVABLES FOR CASH. LIABILITIES, WE START AT A TOTAL OF 82.5. AND THEN WE HAVE TO BACK OUT WHAT IS ALREADY BUDGETED.
SO WE'LL BACK OUT SOFTWARE AND WE'LL BACK OUT COMPENSATED APPS. SO 82.5, MINUS THE 237 AND THE 159, THAT LEAVES US 84.2. AND ONE QUICK NOTE IN THERE ON THAT BOTTOM PART. WE'RE BRINGING BACK IN YOUR ENCUMBRANCES. THAT BOX DIDN'T END UP WHERE I WANTED IT TO. IF YOU LOOK RIGHT ABOVE THE RED BOX TO THE LEFT JUST A LITTLE BIT, YOU'LL SEE 2,000,069, 276.
THOSE ARE YOUR PURCHASE ORDERS.
WHERE WE HAD SOMETHING ENCUMBERED AT YEAR END, BUT WE DON'T HAVE AN ACTUAL INVOICE FOR IT YET. THANK YOU. I FORGOT ABOUT THAT PIECE. AND THEN THE LAST OR NEXT SLIDE IS GOING TO BE YOUR CIP. THIS IS NOTE 12, THE ORIGINAL NOTE. AND WE HAD ON WATER SEWER 81.9. THAT ORIGINAL BOX, GO BACK TO THAT PAGE, WAS THE FLOOR EXAMPLES AND WE JUST COPIED AND PASTED SO IT NEEDED TO COME DOWN TO THE 89.9. AND THEN THE LAST SLIDE GIVES YOU THE TOTAL.
WE HAD 20 POINT OR 20 MILLION AVAILABLE AS YOUR CASH, YOUR LIQUIDITY TO START WITH.
YOUR PRIORITIES FOR WATER SEWER. WHAT QUESTIONS DO YOU HAVE? MAYOR? ALL RIGHT, SO I LIKE THE PREVIEW. SO CAN WE GO ALL THE WAY BACK TO SLIDE ONE? YES, SLIDE ONE'S GOOD. SO LET'S GO BACK. SO THE CALCULATION GO BACK ONE MORE.
LET'S JUST IDENTIFY THE COMPONENTS. SO IN GENERAL, ON ANY FUND WE DO AN AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION, RIGHT? YEAH. THAT IS YOU TAKE A CASH AND INVESTMENTS NUMBER THAT IS ARRIVED AT. WHAT MAKES UP THAT CASH AND INVESTMENTS? GO TO THE NEXT SLIDE ON THAT ONE. SO IN YOUR ACFR ON THEIR BALANCE SHEET, YOU'LL HAVE A CASH AND INVESTMENTS LINE AND YOU'LL HAVE AN INVESTMENTS LINE, A RESTRICTED CASH, WHICH IS YOUR BONDS. ALL OF THOSE TOGETHER WILL BE THAT CASH AND INVESTMENTS. OKAY, SO IF WE'RE LOOKING AT THAT RIGHT THERE, YOU'VE GOT CASH OF 19 MILLION INVESTMENTS. WHAT, WHAT MAKES UP THOSE INVESTMENTS? THAT'S NOT OUR ASSETS, RIGHT? THOSE ARE INVESTMENTS. ARE THOSE, THOSE ARE, ARE YOUR TREASURIES, YOUR AGENCIES AND YOUR FIDELITIES, BUT NOT PIPELINES AND THINGS THAT ARE ASSETS.
THAT WOULD BE AN ASSET. SO, SO IN THAT INVESTMENT, THAT IS JUST, JUST MONEY SITTING IN THOSE FIDELITY ACCOUNT, CEDARS. OKAY, THEN YOU'RE COUNTING WHAT YOU STILL HAVE TO COLLECT FROM PEOPLE, RIGHT? THEN YOU'VE GOT YOUR ACCRUED INTEREST LINE ITEM.
THEN WHAT IS DUE FROM OTHER FUNDS.
LIKE WHAT MAKES THAT $11 MILLION UP. THAT'S GOING TO BE YOUR TRANSFERS INTO WATER SEWER. WE'LL HAVE TO DIG IN TO GET YOU THE EXACT DETAIL DETAIL OF WHAT MAKES THAT NUMBER UP.
WOULD, WOULD THAT AMOUNT OF MONEY BE PART OF THE INTER GOVERNMENT TRANSFERS? LIKE SO WHEN WE LOOK AT THIS BUDGET AND IT SAYS 146 MILLION OF IN INTERNAL TRANSFERS, THAT'S PART OF THAT, RIGHT? YOU'VE GOT, YEAH, YOU'VE GOT ENTITIES OR FUNDS THAT ARE PAYING SEWER AND WATER, RIGHT.
FOR, FOR, LIKE WHAT, WHAT ARE THEY PAYING FOR? FOR WATER USE? FOR WATER USE THAT'S NOT ON A METER. OH, IT WOULD BE, YEAH. SO LIKE THAT'S A TRANSFER THOUGH.
THAT'S NOT A BILL THAT GETS PAID. SO WE DON'T WRITE A METER FROM PARKS OR WE DON'T WRITE A CHECK FROM PARKS AND REC FOR ALL THE WATER USED TO SEWER AND WATER. IT WOULD BE A TRANSFER. IT TRANSFERS.
[02:00:02]
OKAY, SO YOU GUYS HAVE THE TRANSFER NUMBER THEN. PREPAID EXPENSES. OKAY, SO RESTRICTED CASH AND EQUIVALENTS DOWN AT THE BOTTOM. WHERE DOES. AND IS THAT THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF BORROWED FUNDS? THAT WILL BE YOUR TOTAL RESTRICTED THAT FOR WATER, SEWER, NOT EVERYTHING ALTOGETHER. SO THAT'S THE. THE DOLLARS THAT HAVE A PURPOSE THAT YOU CANNOT SPEND IT OTHER THAN FOR THAT PURPOSE. OKAY, SO MY QUESTION AND THEN LAND, LIKE IS WHY IS THERE A VALUE FOR LAND? THAT'S JUST A COPY OF THE ACT FOR PAGE. NOW, LAND IS NOT IN THIS CALCULATION. SO YOU'RE NOT CALCULATING IT.THAT JUST SHOWS UP ON THE ACFR AS AN ITEM. IT IS BALANCE SHEET. IT CANNOT BE CONVERTED EASILY TO CASH. THIS IS A LIQUIDITY CALCULATION.
CAN WE GO BACK TO ORIGINAL PAGE? FRONT PAGE.
THERE WE GO. OKAY, SO YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION IS YOU TAKE EVERYTHING THAT WE JUST WENT THROUGH, THAT, THAT ADDS UP TO 155 MILLION, RIGHT. THEN YOU ALSO HAVE ASSETS TO BE CONVERTED TO CASH. WHAT IS THAT? THAT'S THE AR. THAT. THAT BOX RIGHT THERE. THOSE ARE THOSE OTHER CURRENT ASSETS THAT WE TALKED ABOUT. SO IF YOU LOOK, EVERYTHING THAT IS BOXED IN RED ON THE ACFR IS EVERYTHING THAT IS PICKED UP IN YOUR 30.3 MILLION MILLION.
OKAY. AND SO THOSE ARE THINGS WE COULD TURN INTO CASH IN THE SHORT TERM IF WE NEEDED TO.
OKAY. THEY GO IN. SO GO BACK IF YOU WOULD. SO YOU HAVE THAT.
SO REALLY WHAT WE'VE GOT IS WE'VE GOT A TOTAL AMOUNT OF EVERYTHING THAT THAT FUND HAS WITHIN A CERTAIN LEVEL OF LIQUIDITY. RIGHT. INCLUDING WHAT'S RESTRICTED. BUT THERE'S COMMITMENTS THAT ARE ALREADY MADE TO THAT. RIGHT. SO THAT COMMITMENT IS CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS DOWN THERE AT 8.
81 MILLION. YES. SO THAT'S YOUR CIP PULL FORWARD OUT OF THAT FUND STILL LEFT TO PAY. SO AT THE END OF FY25, WE HAD $81 MILLION LEFT LEFT TO GET COMPLETED IN ALL COMMITTED CIPS FOR WATER, SEWER. YES, FOR JUST FOR THAT FUND. AND THAT'S FOR. NOTE THE ORIGINAL NOTE 12. OKAY. SO, YEAH, THAT, THAT CONFUSES ME, I GUESS THAT FLEET SERVICE SERVICES LINE ITEM, THAT'S NOT ANYTHING WE SHOULD LOOK AT.
WHEN WE HAD THAT EXAMPLE THE OTHER DAY, IT JUST NEEDED TO PULL DOWN TO THE WATER SEWER. THAT WAS ME NOT PULLING THAT RED BOX DOWN.
IF YOU LOOK AT THE YELLOW HIGHLIGHTED LINE, 81,000,819, 870. THAT'S WHAT WE'VE PULLED IN FOR. WATER AND SEWER. OKAY. SO APOLOGIZE FOR THE CONFUSION. NO, NO PROBLEM. I APPRECIATE YOU EXPLAINING IT. SO WE HAVE $81 MILLION OF WORK LEFT TO GO PAY FOR. RIGHT? THAT IS.
AND, AND DO WE EVER TRACK LIKE WHAT WAS APPROPRIATED FOR THAT. THAT'S IT. THAT'S THE BUDGETED LESS ALREADY INCURRED.
IF YOU LOOK ON THE SCHEDULE TOO, THAT FIRST COLUMN IS YOUR PROJECT AUTHORIZATIONS OF 264 MILLION FOR WATER AND SEWER. THAT.
THAT'S YOUR TOTAL. THAT LEADS DOWN TO THE 81 MILLION. THAT'S THE STILL REMAINING COMMITTED.
AND SO YOU'LL SEE THERE ARE COLUMNS THERE FOR ANY EXPECTED REVENUE AND FUNDING RECEIVED BUT THEN COMPLETED AT YEAR END. SO FOR THE PROJECTS THAT WE STILL HAVE OPEN, THAT WE HAVE COMMITMENTS ON THE ORIGINAL AUTHORIZATIONS ON THOSE PROJECTS, THE BUDGET'S 264 MILLION, IF THAT HELPS. NO, I GUESS I'M TRYING TO FOLLOW THAT. SO YOU'RE SAYING AS A, BECAUSE WE'RE ONLY LOOKING AT THE POINT IN TIME OF FY 2025. RIGHT. SO THERE'S $81 MILLION WORTH OF SEWER AND WATER PROJECTS THAT NEED TO GO GET DONE. WHAT. WHAT IS THE OUTSTANDING DEBT AT THAT TIME? LIKE WHAT. WHAT PAGE DOES IT SHOW SEWER AND WATER DEBT? IT WOULD STILL BE ON THAT SAME PAGE. IT'S JUST IN THE LIABILITY AREA, THE NON CURRENT. SO WE DON'T HAVE THE FULL BALANCE SHEET DISPLAYED BECAUSE WE'RE JUST PROVIDING THE LIQUIDITY CALCULATION. BUT.
YOU'RE SAYING PAGE 101 IS WHAT YOU'RE AT. IF YOU'VE GOT YOUR ACFA, GO TO PAGE 34 AND 35 OF YOUR ACFA. THIS IS YOUR WATER AND SEWER. OKAY, I'M THERE. STATEMENT IN NET POSITION FOR PROPRIETARY FUNDS. WATER AND SEWER IS THE FIRST COLUMN ON THERE. SO WHERE KATRINA WAS REFERENCING ON PAGE 35 UNDER NON CURRENT LIABILITIES, YOU SEE YOUR DEBT THERE AND THERE IS A CURRENT PIECE. SO THERE'S 19.2 MILLION OF CURRENT BONDED DEBT AND THEN THE NON CURRENT IS 236 MILLION. SO CURRENT IS WHAT WILL WE DO THIS NEXT FISCAL YEAR THAT WE ARE REQUIRED TO PAY? SO WE OWE 236 MILLION PLUS THE 19 PLUS THE
[02:05:02]
19 AT THE END OF FY24 IN THAT FUND. AND WE ONLY HAVE 81 MILLION THAT WE NEED TO GO SPEND TO FULFILL ALL THOSE COMMITMENTS. SO THIS IS WHERE I GET LOST.BUT YOU'RE LOOKING ONLY AT YOUR AVAILABLE CASH THAT YOU COULD PRIORITIZE. YOU NEED TO NOT FACTOR IN YOUR DEBT.
RIGHT. WE'RE TALKING APPLES TO ORANGES A LITTLE BIT BECAUSE OF THAT 81. IT'S NOT ALL DEBT EITHER. SOME OF IT MIGHT BE CASH FUNDED. SO CAN YOU GO BACK TO THE VERY FIRST PAGE AGAIN? THIS CALCULATION HAS ALL YOUR LIABILITIES ENCUMBRANCES.
RIGHT. RIGHT ABOVE. SO THAT 84 MILLION. WHAT IS THAT? RIGHT.
SO IT'S YOUR CURRENT LIABILITIES, YOUR OBLIGATIONS TO PAY WITHIN THIS NEXT FISCAL YEAR.
SO YOU WOULD HAVE ALL OF YOUR PAYABLES OUTSTANDING, WHAT YOU EXPECT TO HAVE IN ACCRUED DEFERRED REVENUES COMING IN, WHAT YOU PAY TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS. NOW, YOU ALREADY BUDGET FOR LEASES, YOUR SOFTWARE, AND YOUR COMPENSATED ABSENCES.
SO YOU BACK THAT OUT OF YOUR CALCULATION. AND THEN WE HAVE TO ACCOUNT FOR THE PO'S THAT HAVE NOT STARTED THE LIFE CYCLE JUST YET AND END UP IN PAYABLES. AND SO WE HAVE TO ACCOUNT FOR THOSE AS WELL.
WELL. AND THAT PUTS YOU AT 84.2. OKAY. SO FORGIVE ME FOR GETTING LOST RIGHT THERE.
SO WE'RE AT THE END OF THE BUSINESS YEAR. WE'RE NOT TALKING BUDGET. WE'RE JUST TRYING TO GET AN AVAILABLE FUNDS BALANCE. SO WE'RE JUST TRYING TO FIGURE HOW WE, HOW WE ENDED UP CASH, WHAT'S IN THE, THE DRAWER OR THE TILL AT THE END OF BUSINESS DAY.
RIGHT. SO THAT LINE ITEM, 84 MILLION, DID YOU SAY THAT'S FOR WHAT YOU STILL HAVE LEFT TO PAY AT THE END OF 25 OR THAT'S FOR NEXT YEAR? THAT WILL BE FOR THE NEXT YEAR. THAT IS WHAT WE'LL PAY DURING NEXT YEAR'S FISCAL YEAR.
OKAY, BUT WE'RE NOT, WE'RE NOT PLANNING ON PREPAYING ALL OF THAT. SO WHY IS THAT A DEDUCTION IN THIS, IN THIS CALCULATION? BECAUSE YOU OWE IT. HOW DO I OWE THAT? YOU'RE OBLIGATED TO PAY EVERYTHING IN THAT CURRENT LIABILITIES.
OKAY, SO GO BACK WITH ME HERE. THIS IS END OF FY25, RIGHT? RIGHT. THIS IS ALL OF THE MONIES THAT ARE IN THAT FUND. AND WE'RE CALCULATING LIKE HOW MUCH IS RESTRICTED AND IS GOING TO GET PULLED FORWARD. YOU'RE PULLING IN $84 MILLION WORTH OF BILLS THAT NEED TO BE PAID IN 26. RIGHT. BECAUSE YOU CAN'T SPEND THAT OR YOU'RE SPENDING IT TWICE. OKAY. IN RUNNING AN ENTERPRISE. SO HELP ME ON MY PRIVATE SIDE. SO LIKE IN, AT THE END OF BUSINESS DAY, I'M GOING TO ADD UP WHAT WAS IN THE TILL, LIKE WHAT WE STARTED WITH AND WHAT WE HAVE LEFT OVER NOW. THEN THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY, I'M GOING TO TAKE IN REVENUES AS I PERFORM THAT SERVICE.
BUT WHAT YOU'RE SAYING IS, AS WE PULL OUT OF THAT TILL FOR ALL OF THE EXPENSES FOR THE NEXT YEAR, THE IOUS THAT ARE IN THAT TILL HAVE TO COME OUT. SO KEEP IN MIND THOSE EXPENSES THAT LED TO THESE PAYMENTS THAT ARE DUE WERE IN 24, 25. SO WE HAD VOUCHERS PAYABLE. WE RECEIVED AN INVOICE FOR $10,000. WE OWE THAT 10,000, BUT WE DIDN'T PAY IT BY SEPTEMBER 30TH. WE KNOW WE HAVE TO PAY IT, AND THAT'S WHY WE BACK IT OUT.
AND SO WHERE WE'RE TAKING THESE CURRENT LIABILITIES, AMOUNTS WE KNOW WE WILL BE PAYING IN THE NEXT 12 MONTHS, THAT'S THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS ONE RIGHT HERE, WHERE WE'VE TAKEN OUR CURRENT ASSETS AND SAID THESE ARE AMOUNTS WE KNOW WE WILL BE RECEIVING IN THE NEXT 12 MONTHS. AND SO WE ADD THOSE IN BECAUSE WE EXPECT TO HAVE MONEY AVAILABLE THAT WE WILL BE RECEIVING, BUT AT THE SAME TIME, WE RECOGNIZE WE HAVE AMOUNTS THAT ARE DUE THAT WE WILL BE PAYING. DOES THAT HELP? WELL, I MEAN, IT'S HELPING ME UNDERSTAND WHY I CAN'T UNDERSTAND. SO I AM TRYING TO UNDERSTAND JUST WHAT THE ENTERPRISE DID DURING THAT FISCAL YEAR OF FY25. THIS CALCULATION IS CONSIDERING EVERYTHING THAT IT DID IN 25, PLUS WHAT IT'S GOING TO DO IN 26, BOTH IN INCOME THAT'S GOING TO COME IN AND EXPENDITURES THAT ARE GOING TO GO OUT. NOW, IF I HAD A LEFT TO PAY, MEANING. NO, NO, IN FY25, YOU HAD A BILL THAT CAME, CAME DUE, AND IT WAS IN THAT FISCAL YEAR. SO YOU, YOU BOOK IT AS AN EXPENSE EVEN THOUGH YOU DIDN'T PAY IT UNTIL THE NEXT YEAR. RIGHT. I COULD UNDERSTAND THAT SIDE OF IT.
BUT IS THAT WHAT YOU'RE SAYING? YOU, YOU CALCULATE ALL OF THOSE EXPENDITURES IN 26, BUT YOU PULL THEM OUT OF WHAT IS IN THE END OF 25.
THE EXPENDITURES ARE HITTING IN 25. THEY ARE YOUR EXPENDITURES IN YOUR AUDIT FOR 24,25. SO THEY'RE SITTING IN AN EXPENSE ACCOUNT. AND THE OTHER SIDE OF THAT IS YOUR LIABILITY ACCOUNT SAYING WE HAVE THIS VOUCHER PAYABLE. SO WE'VE EXPENSED. ABSOLUTELY.
LET'S SAY THAT WE HAVE PURCHASED A FIRE TRUCK AND
[02:10:01]
WE'VE RECEIVED THAT FIRE TRUCK.WE'VE GOT AN INVOICE SAYING WE OWE A MILLION DOLLARS FOR THIS FIRE TRUCK AS OF 930.
BUT WE DIDN'T CUT THAT CHECK BY 930. YOU'VE GOT YOUR, YOUR EXPENSE FOR THE FIRE TRUCK OF A MILLION DOLLARS. AND THEN YOU CREDIT YOUR VOUCHERS PAYABLE FOR A MILLION DOLLARS BECAUSE AS OF THE END OF THE YEAR, WE OWE A MILLION DOLLARS FOR THAT FIRE TRUCK. WELL, COME INTO OCTOBER. IN OCTOBER, WE CUT A CHECK FOR A MILLION DOLLARS. WE DEBIT THAT VOUCHER PAYABLE, IT GOES AWAY, OUR CASH GOES DOWN A MILLION DOLLARS. AND SO IF WE DON'T SHOW THAT MILLION DOLLARS COMING OUT OF YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS, THEN YOU MIGHT THINK YOU HAVE A MILLION DOLLARS. YOU REALLY DON'T.
BECAUSE WE NEED TO PAY THAT FIRE TRUCK. AND SO IF WE DON'T ACCOUNT FOR IT IN THAT AVAILABLE FUNDS, TAKING THAT MILLION DOLLARS OUT FOR THAT FIRE TRUCK, YOU COULD OVERSPEND IT. I KNOW WE'RE TALKING WATER AND SEWER ON THE SLIDES. THAT'S A GOOD EXAMPLE. SO YOU HAVE $84 MILLION WORTH OF PAYABLES THAT YOU EXPECT TO PAY IN 26, BUT YOU'RE DEDUCTING THEM IN THIS CALCULATION AT THE END OF 25 FOR BUDGET PURPOSES.
RIGHT? RIGHT. OKAY. AND THEN THOSE EXPENSES ARE PICKED UP DURING 26 OR THEY'RE NOT CONSIDERED RIGHT BECAUSE YOU'VE ALREADY DEDUCTED THEM OUT OF YOUR CASH. CORRECT. THEY WOULD JUST COME OUT OF YOUR CURRENT LIABILITIES.
SO YOUR LIABILITIES, ONCE WE PAY THAT ARE GOING TO GO DOWN AS WILL YOUR CASH.
THAT'S YOUR TWO SIDES OF THAT EQUATION. CASH GOES DOWN WHEN WE PAY IT, BUT YOUR LIABILITY ALSO REDUCES BECAUSE YOU DON'T OWE IT ANYMORE. SO NOTHING HITS THE INCOME STATEMENT. YOU'RE NOT SEEING ANY EXPENSE THERE. AND ONE OTHER NOTE THAT MIGHT HELP.
RIGHT. WHEN WE'RE THINKING AVAILABLE FUNDS, WE'RE THINKING 10, 1, 20, 25.
SO AVAILABLE FUNDS IS WHERE ARE WE STARTING OUR BUDGET YEAR? AND THAT, THAT'S WHAT'S SO IMPORTANT IN THIS IS LIKE YOU GOTTA, YOU GOTTA KNOW WHERE YOU'RE STARTING IS. SO IF YOU GO TO PAGE 36 IN YOUR ACFR. DO I NEED TO BE ON PAGE 34 LOOKING AT YOUR 19 MILLION CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS OR CAN I GO TO PAGE 36 AND LOOK AT THAT DEPRECIATION LINE ITEM? YOU CANNOT. WHY CAN I NOT? BECAUSE IT IS NOT PART OF THE AVAILABLE FUNDS. OKAY, SO LET'S GO WITH THE MILLION DOLLAR FIRE.
OKAY. IF WE LOWER CASH A MILLION DOLLARS, WE PUT IT AS A VEHICLE, SO IT'S IN YOUR CAPITAL ASSETS. SO IT'S, LET'S SAY IT'S A FIVE YEAR PROPERTY. WE TAKE A MILLION DOLLARS DIVIDED BY FIVE AND THEN WE TAKE THAT AND PUT IT AS ONE YEAR OVER AS DEPRECIATION. SO YOU SPENT THAT DOLLAR WHEN YOU BOUGHT THE FIRE TRUCK.
DEPRECIATION IS NOT AN ACTUAL DOLLAR. IT'S A JOURNAL ENTRY ON THE DEPRECIATION OF THE, THE VEHICLE. RIGHT? YEAH. SO I CAN'T, WE CAN'T SPEND THE DEPRECIATION. OKAY, WELL, I WAS DEFINITELY WITH YOU UNTIL THEN. RIGHT. SO LIKE THE DEPRECIATION IS. YOU ALREADY SPENT THE DOLLAR. WE DID. AND, AND WE ALREADY CALCULATED FOR IT. RIGHT. SO I'M NOT TRYING TO SPEND THE DEPRECIATION DEPRECIATION AGAIN, I ALREADY SPENT THE DOLLAR.
RIGHT. OKAY, SO THEN I HAVE A DEPRECIATION LINE ITEM IN THAT CURRENT YEAR, RIGHT? WHERE I PICK UP ALL OF THAT DEPRECIATION AS A JOURNAL ENTRY. RIGHT? OKAY. SO IF I BACK THAT DEPRECIATION OUT DURING THAT CURRENT YEAR TO JUST GET A CASH POSITION OR A NET PROFIT AT THE END OF JUNE, THE BUSINESS YEAR, WHY DO YOU THINK I'M SAYING I WANT TO SPEND THAT DEPRECIATION? BECAUSE I CAN'T. I DON'T KNOW WHAT. WHY WE. WHAT IS IT ABOUT DEPRECIATION THAT WE NEED? BECAUSE WE'RE DEALING WITH AVAILABLE FUND CALCULATION. SO I REALLY APPRECIATE THE PRESENTATION AND THE WALKTHROUGH. I SEE WHERE YOU'RE WORKING FROM. GO WITH ME. SO, LIKE, TAKE OFF YOUR ACCOUNTING HAT AND PUT ON, LIKE, JUST A PRIVATE BUSINESS HAT.
WELL, WE STILL HAVE TO OBSERVE GAPS. WE STILL HAVE TO OBSERVE THE RULES. NOT FOR THIS. NOT FOR THIS PAPER, YOU KNOW, EXAMPLE HERE.
BECAUSE IT WON'T AFFECT ANYTHING. RIGHT? SO SEWER AND WATER, END OF FY25. RIGHT. SO IT RAN $100 MILLION, 800,000 IN TOTAL REVENUE. SO PAGE 36, IF YOU WOULD. THERE WE GO. SO WE AGREE THAT THAT BUSINESS, THAT ENTERPRISE, RAN 100 MILLION FOR THE YEAR IN REVENUES. IT DID. OKAY.
THEN YOU LOOK DOWN AT SALARIES AND. WAIT, OR SALARY, WAGES, YOU GOT SUPPLIES, YOU GOT, YOU KNOW, FUEL, POWER, ALL THIS. SO THIS IS COST OF GOODS, RIGHT? COST OF DOING BUSINESS. SO OTHER
[02:15:01]
CHARGES, THAT 16 MILLION, I'M GONNA ASSUME THAT WENT TO CONTRACTORS AND WHATNOT.LIKE, LET'S NOT EVEN LOOK AT THAT. BUT THEN DOWN BELOW THAT, YOU SEE THAT LINE ITEM WHERE IT SAYS YOUR TOTAL IS 89 MILLION. RIGHT. SO YOU SPENT 89 MILLION THAT YEAR TO DO BUSINESS. RIGHT. OKAY, WELL, THE ONLY LINE I SKIPPED OVER IS THAT ONE FOR 17 MILLION THAT SAYS DEPRECIATION. SO IN YOUR COST OF DOING BUSINESS FOR 89 MILLION. RIGHT. BECAUSE IF I JUST SHOWED THAT TO MY BUSINESS PARTNER AND I SAID, HEY, WE DID GOOD THIS YEAR.
WE. WE BROUGHT IN 100 MILLION, I SPENT 89, WE MADE 11. HE WOULD GO, GREAT, YOU KNOW, CUT ME MY CHECK. RIGHT? BUT IF HE. IF HE LOOKED AND HE SAW, WELL, YOU TOOK OUT DEPRECIATION HERE OF 17 MILLION, HE WOULD KNOW WE DIDN'T REALLY EXPENSE THAT.
THAT'S NOT AN ACTUAL EXPENDITURE. SO WE WOULD BACK THAT OUT IN PRIVATE BUSINESS, AND WE WOULDN'T BE AT 89. WE WOULD BE AT 71 MILLION IN TOTAL COSTS. SO YOU ACTUALLY SPENT 71,600 TO DO BUSINESS IN THAT ENTERPRISE FOR 25.
CORRECT. NOW, BUT THAT'S NOT A PART OF THE AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION. WELL, AND I DON'T KNOW THAT. I DON'T KNOW THAT.
THAT'S MY CONTENTION. LIKE, I DON'T KNOW THAT I'M QUALIFIED OR INTELLIGENT ENOUGH TO SAY THAT IT SHOULD BE A PART OF YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION. WHAT I'M TRYING TO GET TO IS HOW MUCH MONEY WAS LEFT IN THAT ACCOUNT AT THE END OF THE YEAR. SO IF WE TAKE THAT, WE DIDN'T HAVE A PROFIT.
RIGHT. AN INCOME RIGHT OVER THERE OF 11 MILLION. WE HAD AN INCOME OF 29 MILLION.
SO AGAIN, IT'S APPLES TO ORANGES. AND I KNOW, AND I CAN TELL YOU. LET ME, LET ME SIDEBAR HERE A LITTLE BIT. I DID SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE REPORTING FOR HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT. I DON'T KNOW IF Y' ALL EVER SHOPPED IN THEIR STORES WHEN THEY WERE HERE.
THAT. THAT'S WHAT I DID PRIOR TO COMING TO THE CITY. AND ON OUR PROFIT AND LOSS STATEMENTS, WE SHOWED DEPRECIATION BECAUSE GASB, GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTING, OR EXCUSE ME, THAT ONE, IT WAS FASB, FEDERAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD, REQUIRES YOU TO SHOW DEPRECIATION. YOU HAVE TO SHOW AN ACCRUAL BASIS ON THIS INCOME STATEMENT.
HOWEVER, WHEN YOU GO TO YOUR CASH FLOW, WE ALWAYS TOOK DEPRECIATION OUT BECAUSE YOU'RE RIGHT, YOU'RE NOT SPENDING MONEY ON DEPRECIATION. NO CASH IS GOING OUT THE DOOR. BUT FOR YOUR PROFIT AND LOSS OR YOUR INCOME STATEMENT OR YOUR STATEMENT OF NET POSITION, YOU HAVE TO INCLUDE THAT DEPRECIATION FOR MEETING THE STANDARDS THAT WE HAVE TO MEET ON OUR REPORTING, BUT FOR CASH BASIS, WHICH WE'RE LOOKING AT FOR OUR CASH FLOW, WHICH WE WANT TO LOOK AT FOR AVAILABLE FUNDS, BECAUSE WE KNOW DEPRECIATION DOESN'T IMPACT YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS.
SO IT'S NOT EVEN INCLUDED ANYWHERE IN THAT CALCULATION.
YOU TAKE IT OUT. SO THAT'S WHY YOU CAN'T NECESSARILY LOOK AT PAGE 36 TO GET TO ANYTHING YOU WANT TO GET TO ON AVAILABLE FUNDS. OKAY, SO, BUT JUST. JUST TO THROW IN THERE, LIKE MY PRIVATE EXPERIENCE VERSUS GOVERNMENT EXPERIENCE. I'VE SEEN IT THAT WAY. BOTH. BOTH SIDES. OKAY, WELL, WELL, LOOK, LET'S GO BACK TO THE 29 MILLION. SO THAT ENTERPRISE RAN A NET GAIN OF 29 MILLION DURING FY25. IS THAT TRUE.
WITHOUT THE DEPRECIATION AND IT WOULD BE TRUE. OKAY, OKAY. SO LIKE WITHOUT THE DEPRECIATION, WHICH IS NOT A CASH ITEM, YOU DIDN'T WRITE A CHECK. AND WE'RE NOT TRYING TO SPEND THE DEPRECIATION. WE AGREE ON THIS. I'M NOT TRYING TO SPEND THE LINE ITEM THAT WE HAVE LISTED UNDER AN EXPENSE OF 17 MILLION. SO, WE'RE NOT GOING TO SPEND THE DEPRECIATION AND YOU SAID WE CAN'T. AND I'M NOT TRYING TO. SO, IF YOU DON'T FACTOR THE DEPRECIATION IN, WHICH IS NOT AN EXPENDITURE FOR THIS, THIS PURPOSE OF ME TRYING TO UNDERSTAND HOW MUCH THE NET GAIN POSITION OF THAT COMPANY WAS FOR THE YEAR, WE CAN AGREE $29 MILLION WAS THE NET GAIN ON OPERATING INCOME. YES.
OKAY, THEN YOU HAVE THE OTHER EXPENDITURES, YOU KNOW, BELOW THAT. SO YOU STILL HAVE TO FACTOR THOSE. YOU HAVE INTEREST AND FISCAL CHARGES, IS THAT RIGHT? RIGHT. AND I THOUGHT THAT GOT ADJUSTED, BUT I GUESS NOT. SEEMED LIKE THAT INTEREST WAS CRAZY HIGH, BUT WHATEVER IT IS. RIGHT, SO, SO IF YOU TAKE THAT DOWN, CAN YOU THEN GO BACK TO YOUR EXAMPLE AND SHOW ME THAT THAT 29 MILLION IS CALCULATED TO THE 19. SO, SO YOU'RE WORKING FROM POSITION. IT DOES NOT ROLL TO CASH. IT ROLLS DOWN TO THE BOTTOM OF THE BALANCE SHEET. NOT THE TOP, BUT, BUT IN YOUR, IN YOUR CALCULATION, IN ORDER TO GO INTO THE NEXT YEAR OF 26, YOU TAKE WHATEVER THE NET POSITION GAIN IS PLUS THE, THE AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION.
NO. OKAY, SO YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION IS TOTALLY SEPARATE FROM WHAT THE
[02:20:01]
ENTERPRISE GAINED. RIGHT. IT'S A BUDGETARY TOOL ONLY. IT'S NOT A REQUIRED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TELL YOU HOW MUCH CASH YOU HAVE. SO IN, IN SAYING ALL THIS. SORRY, I JUST DON'T WANT TO GET OFF TOPIC HERE. SO IN SAYING ALL THIS, OUR JOB IS TO HELP APPROPRIATE BUDGETS AND, AND TO SAY WELL, THIS IS MORE IMPORTANT THAN THAT.AND, AND THEN OUR JOB IS TO HAVE SOME LEVEL OF OVERSIGHT. RIGHT. AND SO LIKE HOW, HOW ARE WE DOING AT A COUNCIL AND GIVING GOOD DIRECTION IF THE ENTERPRISE NET GAIN ISN'T FACTORED IN ITS, IN ITS STARTING POSITION. SO WHEN WE SIT DOWN TO LOOK AT YOUR BUDGET HERE, IF YOU LOOK BACK, IT SAYS REVISED ESTIMATE, YOU EXPECT TO FINISH THE YEAR DOWN HERE AT 19:6.
ON A CASH BASIS. SO AFTER DOING BUSINESS IN 26 ON AN ACCRUAL BASIS. OKAY, GO AHEAD. ON AN ACCRUAL BASIS, WHICH IS WHAT THE ACTOR IS.
RIGHT. SO WE'RE APPLES TO ORANGES BECAUSE THAT DEPRECIATION IS ACCRUAL PART AND THE BUDGET IS A CASH BASIS.
SO THE AVAILABLE FUNDS ONLY GIVES YOU WHAT YOUR CASH IS TO SPEND. OKAY. AND ALL THIS COMES DOWN TO THE CIP, RIGHT? HOW MUCH YOU CAN GO GET DONE IN ADDITIONAL PROJECTS, HOW MUCH YOU CAN REINVEST IN THAT, THAT ENTERPRISE.
RIGHT. AND WE ARE ASKED TO WEIGH IN ON THAT. RIGHT? YES, ABSOLUTELY. SO WE, WE DO NEED TO KNOW HOW MUCH CASH IS AVAILABLE FOR ONE TIME SPENDS THAT ARE GOING TO CIP.
RIGHT. AND THEN WE DO NEED TO KNOW WHAT THE NET GAIN POSITION IS FROM LIKE THE END OF THE BUSINESS YEAR. RIGHT.
IT DOESN'T ROLL INTO YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION.
SO THE RESERVES MATTER TO US THOUGH, RIGHT? FOR YOU, YES. BUT FOR YOUR CASH LIQUIDITY, WHAT IS AVAILABLE TO SPEND FOR THE YEAR IS NOT FACTORED IN THE NET POSITION. WHAT HAPPENS ON THE INCOME STATEMENT AT THE END OF THE YEAR? OKAY, WHAT DID WE START THE NET POSITION WITH? THE AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION. WHAT DID WE START WITH IN 26? THIS NUMBER HERE SHOWING 22 MILLION ON MY PAGE 32 OF MY BUDGET.
RIGHT. IS THAT THE NUMBER? BECAUSE WHEN WE VOTED THIS IN, WE SAID WE STARTED WITH 7 MILLION. WE HAD AN ADJUSTMENT BACK THEN AND COUNCIL, I, I'LL MOVE IT FORWARD HERE.
GIVE ME A LITTLE BIT MORE TIME.
DO WE. ARE WE TALKING ABOUT CASH? THIS ONE YOU'RE TALKING. THE ORIGINAL WAS 22.2. YES. WHEN WE STARTED THE YEAR. SO WE STARTED SEWER AND WATER WITH 22 MILLION. THAT WAS THE AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION FOR THE YEAR BEFORE. YES. THIS IS ALL JUST BUDGET. OKAY, SO IN 25 WE FINISHED ACCORDING TO THE ACFR WITH THE 19 MILLION. SO UNDERSTAND ON THAT 22.2. THE ACFR IS NOT COMPLETED COMPLETE AT THAT POINT IN TIME BECAUSE. WELL, NO, IT WOULD BE COMPLETE AT THAT POINT IN TIME WHEN WE BUDGET.
SORRY, JUST TO PROVIDE SOME CONTEXT TO IT, THE NUMBERS WE'RE LOOKING AT ARE CALCULATED NUMBERS FROM THE ACFR. AND AS WE PRESENTED, WE SELECTED SOME ACCOUNTS TO ADD TO IT TO COME UP WITH WITH THE AVAILABLE FUNDS. AND CIRCLING BACK TO THE ACFR, IF YOU LOOK ON PAGES 38 AND 39, YOU HAVE THE STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS AND THAT'S WHAT GIVES YOU YOUR CASH FROM THE ACFR. AND IF YOU LOOK DOWN TO THE RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING INCOME OR LOSS TO NET CASH, YOU NOTICE THAT WE ADD DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION HERE TO GET TO RECONCILE THE NET INCOME PART.
SO THAT'S WHERE THAT FITS INTO YOUR ASSESSMENT. I JUST WANTED TO POINT THAT OUT.
LIKE OVERALL, LIKE BIG PICTURE. ALL OF THE MONIES THAT ARE HELD WITHIN THE COA ARE REPRESENTED EVERY YEAR IN THE BUDGET. YES OR NO? WHAT'S AVAILABLE CASH? YES. IN THE CALCULATIONS.
WELL, YOU WALKED US THROUGH THE CALCULATIONS
[02:25:02]
OF WE'RE ON INCOME STATEMENT ON THE BUDGET. WE DO NOT BUDGET THE BALANCE SHEET WHERE ALL OF THE INVESTMENTS IN CASH LIE. THAT'S THE AVAILABLE FUND CALCULATION. WE BRING YOU WHAT'S AVAILABLE.BUT IF YOU'RE, BUT IF YOU'RE WORKING THAT CALCULATION THROUGH TO THE BUDGET, ESSENTIALLY YOU'RE BRINGING IN THAT ITEM, THAT COMPONENT.
SO WHAT WE JUST SAID, AND LET'S SIMPLIFY THIS, SO WHAT WE JUST SAID IS WE'VE GOT INVESTMENTS. RIGHT. AND COMMITMENTS THAT AREN'T RECOGNIZED IN THE BUDGET BOOK. THEY'RE CALCULATED THROUGH AN AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION WHERE YOU'RE PICKING UP THAT $81 MILLION WORTH OF COMMITMENTS. YOU STILL GOT TO GO DO THAT WORK.
RIGHT? RIGHT. OKAY. HOW DOES COUNCIL EVER PROVIDE ANY OVERSIGHT TO THAT? LIKE, I THINK FOR US, WE HAND THIS OVER TO AN AUDIT FIRM, THEY AUDIT IT. AND THEY SHOULD BE LOOKING AT THAT NUMBER. NOT ON THAT. THEY'RE. THEY'RE NOT.
IF I SAID THAT OUR BUDGET DOESN'T REPRESENT ALL OF THE MONIES HELD WITHIN THE COA, THAT WOULD BE MORE IN LINE WITH YOUR STATEMENT. WE DO HAVE. NO, I WOULD. SO SAY THAT.
SAY THAT AGAIN. HOW. HOW IS THE. AND I WANT TO KEEP IT SIMPLE. YOU'VE GOT COMMITMENTS IN CIP THAT YOU'RE CALCULATING IN THE AVAILABLE FUNDS BALANCE SO THAT WE DON'T GO AND APPROPRIATE THAT MONEY AGAIN.
RIGHT. IN NOTE 12 AS WELL. SO YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION IS CALCULATED USING THE NUMBERS DIRECTLY FROM YOUR AUDITED ACFR. AND THAT'S WHAT WE'VE WALKED YOU THROUGH TODAY. RIGHT. SO THAT IS CALCULATED BASED ON THE END OF THE YEAR. THESE WERE OUR AUDITED NUMBERS. SO WE KNOW THIS IS YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS.
OKAY. THEN YOUR BUDGET IS CALCULUS IS PREPARED FOR REVENUES AND EXPENSES. SO THEN IT DOES. IT DOES CONSIDER ALL OF THE MONIES THAT ARE HELD WITHIN THE CITY. CORRECT.
OKAY. SO THE BUDGET'S TOTALLY COMPREHENSIVE. AND THEN WHEN THAT AUDIT GETS DONE EVERY YEAR, THAT'S A COMPREHENSIVE AUDIT, LIKE YOUR ACT FOR.
RIGHT. SO WE'RE CHANGING NOTE 12 FROM 288 IN COMMITMENTS DOWN TO 207. WE'RE STATING THAT WE OVERSTATED THAT COMMITMENT, RIGHT? THAT'S CORRECT. OKAY.
LIKE THE. THE OVERSIGHT IN IS LIKE, HOW DO WE KNOW THAT? RIGHT.
YOU'VE ALREADY DONE ALL THESE CALCULATIONS. YOU'VE PULLED FORWARD FORWARD THE CASH. IF WE GO FROM 288 DOWN TO 207, WHERE DOES THAT EVER LINE UP WITH THESE NUMBERS? LIKE, SO ARE WE ADDING THE 81 MILLION, YOU KNOW, RECONCILING THOSE TOGETHER? SO THE WAY THAT WE IDENTIFIED THAT ORIGINALLY MARE IS ONCE THE AVAILABLE CASH CALCULATIONS WERE RAN AND WE STARTED LOOKING AT THEM, WE THOUGHT, WAIT A MINUTE, SOME OF THE BALANCES, THE WAY THESE ARE COMING IN, LOOK OFF. AND SO WE STARTED TO DIG INTO THAT. WE LOOKED INTO CIP, AND THAT'S WHEN WE REALIZED, WAIT A MINUTE. THERE ARE PROJECTS ON HERE THAT WE KNOW WE'VE HAD EXPENDITURES FOR, BUT IT'S SHOWING ZERO EXPENDITURES, AND THAT'S BECAUSE THEY WERE CAPITALIZED AND SO, PERFECT EXAMPLE, THE CITY HALL PROJECT CAME IN. IT HAD A BUDGET, BUT IT DIDN'T HAVE ANY EXPENDITURE SHOWING.
SO THAT'S WHERE WE QUICKLY IDENTIFIED THAT. WE QUICKLY WENT BACK AND LOOKED AND SAID, WAIT A MINUTE, J.D. EDWARDS REPORTED IT ONE WAY, WORKDAY REPORTED AT ANOTHER, AND FIGURED THAT OUT. AND THAT'S WHERE THE STAFF THEN WENT BACK, REFIGURED THAT NOTE 12 PROACTIVELY REACHED OUT TO CLA TO SAY, HERE'S WHAT WE'VE GOT GOING ON WITH THIS NOTE. ADVISE US, DO WE NEED TO REISSUE IT? WHAT SHOULD WE DO? AND WE WENT FROM THERE. SO THAT'S WHERE THAT WAS IDENTIFIED, AND THAT'S WHERE YOU WOULD FIND SOMETHING LIKE THAT IS WHEN YOU'RE LOOKING AT YOUR NUMBERS, YOU'RE SAYING, WAIT A MINUTE, I'M NOT SURE. AND ONE GREAT WAY IS JUST TO LOOK AT HERE.
HERE'S WHERE WE THOUGHT WE WERE GOING TO START THE YEAR IN AVAILABLE FUNDS. HERE'S WHERE WE REALLY DID. IF THOSE TWO NUMBERS ARE OFF, THEN THAT'S A LITTLE FLASHLIGHT TO US TO SAY, HEY, WE NEED TO DIG INTO THIS AND LOOK FURTHER AND INSURE. OKAY, SO IF WE JUST WORK THROUGH YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION, WE DON'T SEE ALL THAT WORK.
YOU PERFORM ALL THAT AND YOU GIVE US A NUMBER TO START THE YEAR. AND I KNOW WHERE THIS REALLY GOT US KIND OF EYES OPEN WAS YOU GAVE US THE NUMBER OF LIKE, NEGATIVE 4 MILLION OUT OF FLEET. AND THAT'S BECAUSE OF NOTE 12, WHICH STARTED THE WHOLE CONVERSATION WITH CLA AND WORKING AND CORRECTING IT.
OKAY? SO I KNOW I'M NOT GOING TO GET ANY MORE CLEAR IN HERE, AND I APPRECIATE YOU BEING WILLING TO SHOW US THAT IN HERE BECAUSE I THINK IT'S GOOD THAT PEOPLE CAN SEE HOW COMPLEX ALL THIS IS. I STILL WOULD LIKE SOME TIME JUST TO SIT DOWN WITH YOU GUYS AND BE ABLE TO WORK THE MATH PROBLEM AND BE ABLE TO TAKE SOME TIME AND LOOK AT THE ACFR, TO SEE HOW THAT AVAILABLE FUNDS IS CALCULATED.
THEN I'D LIKE TO SEE, LIKE, WHERE WE DO IT IN FLEET AND THESE OTHERS. AND SO I'M WILLING TO JUST INVEST MY TIME WITH YOU NOT IN HERE, NOT TAKE
[02:30:01]
UP, YOU KNOW, STAFF TIME, BUT JUST, JUST WHEN YOU'RE.YOU'RE AVAILABLE TO UNDERSTAND MORE. BECAUSE IF WE HAVE A NET GAIN OF 29 MILLION COMING OUT OF, YOU KNOW, 25, ONE WOULD THINK YOU WOULD TAKE WHATEVER YOUR NET STARTING POSITION WAS AND THEN YOU WOULD ADD 29 MILLION TO IT. WELL, LET'S NOT EVEN DO THAT. LET'S TAKE OFF THE. IT DOESN'T ROLL TO CASH, THOUGH.
IT ROSE DOWN TO CASH NET POSITION. IT ROSE DOWN TO THE BOTTOM. I WANT TO HEAR WHAT YOU'RE SAYING.
BUT IN, IN THE CHECKBOOK, RIGHT. THE MONEY WAS IN THE ACCOUNT. AT THE END OF THE YEAR, WE'LL HAVE TO GO THROUGH YOUR FINANCIALS AND I HELP YOU CLOSE THEM FOR THE YEAR. THAT'S ALL I CAN DO. OKAY, SO. SO $100 MILLION REVENUE, $71 MILLION EXPENDITURE. THEN WE HAD INTEREST AND FEES OF $14 MILLION. WE ENDED THE YEAR WITH 15 MILLION. AND IT WROTE TO YOUR EQUITY ON YOUR FINANCIAL STATEMENT.
OKAY. AND SO WITH THAT 15 MILLION, YOU PULL THAT FORWARD. IT'S BEING RECOGNIZED AS 19 MILLION IN YOUR REVISED ESTIMATE BECAUSE OF PREVIOUS BALANCES THAT WERE THERE. AND IT INCORPORATES ALL THE ROLL OFF OF COMPLETED PROJECTS VERSUS THE BORROWED MONIES THAT CAME IN. AND THEN OF COURSE, THERE IS NO SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS FOR US ON THIS. YOU GUYS HAVE ALL THOSE, BUT YOU GO THROUGH AND YOU VALIDATE ALL THAT. AND INTERNAL AUDITOR DOES AS WELL. HE REVIEWED THE WORK THAT WAS PERFORMED. YES. OKAY. YEAH, I THINK I JUST WANT TO LEARN A LITTLE BIT MORE OUTSIDE OF THIS MEETING. DID YOU HAVE SOMETHING JUST READY TO MOVE ON? PROBABLY. SO THANK YOU ALL FOR. GIVE ME A MINUTE TO TRY TO UNDERSTAND THAT IT IS COMPREHENSIVE THOUGH. YOU ARE INCORPORATING ALL OF THE CIP MONIES THROUGH THIS BUDGET IN THAT CALCULATION? YES.
OKAY. MY LAST QUESTION THOUGH WOULD BE LIKE IN THE PURPOSE OF A CIP AUDIT, IT'LL GO THROUGH AND IT'LL PULL EACH PROJECT AND IT'LL GIVE ALL OF THOSE SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS.
SO WE WOULD BE ABLE TO SEE ALL THOSE THAT ARE CLOSED OUT AND VALIDATE THAT THOSE MONIES DID CARRY THROUGH.
BECAUSE I THINK THAT WOULD BE THE OTHER THING THAT FOR US AS REPRESENTATIVES AND FOR THE CITIZENS THAT ARE HEARING THIS, WE'RE CLOSING ALL THESE PROJECTS OUT. WE'RE EXPECTING TO BRING LOTS OF SEWER AND WATER MONIES BACK ON SAVINGS. AND THEN WE DON'T REALLY REALIZE IT WHEN WE'RE LOOKING AT THIS BECAUSE IT'S JUST A PART OF AVAILABLE FUNDS CAN CALCULATION BECAUSE YOU'RE TAKING IT AGAINST YOUR CASH AND INVESTMENTS AS WELL. AND SO IT, IT'S A TOTAL. SO IT, IT'S NOT ITEMIZED WHERE YOU'RE GOING TO SEE SPECIFICALLY THE 43 MILLION. WE'LL SIT DOWN AND WORK THROUGH IT WITH YOU. YEAH, I'LL TRY TO GET SOME TIME WITH YOU NEXT WEEK OR WEEK. I'M OUT NEXT WEEK. I FINALLY GET A VACATION WEEK AFTER. SOUNDS GOOD. I'LL WELCOME YOU BACK.
SO, YEAH, ONE OF THE THINGS THAT I KNOW COMING TO AMARILLO I'M SO GRATEFUL FOR IS THIS THE, THE TALENT WE HAVE IN OUR FINANCE TEAM. SO WITH IT, WITH THE DEGREES, THE EXPERIENCE, CERTIFICATIONS, HOW THE AUDITS PROVED THAT. I'M JUST, I'M ALWAYS JUST AMAZED AT THE TALENT THAT WE HAVE WITH THESE INDIVIDUALS HERE.
AND SO IT'S JUST, WE HAVE AN EXCELLENT TEAM SURVEY. IT'S COMPLICATED STUFF, IT'S HARD TO UNDERSTAND.
BUT SAME TIME I DIDN'T GO TO SCHOOL FOR IT, THEY DID.
AND I'M JUST SO GRATEFUL THAT WE HAVE LOLA AND KATRINA AND JUSTIN AND STEPHANIE AND ALL THOSE WHO WORK THIS STUFF FOR US AND DO THIS. SO I'M REALLY APPRECIATIVE OF ALL OF THEM. HYPOTHETICALLY, IF WE DECIDED TO SPEND 17 MILLION MORE IN DEPRECIATION, IF WE MADE THAT DECISION AND WE ASSUMED THAT THERE WAS $17 MILLION IN THE CHECKING ACCOUNT, WHAT WOULD HAPPEN? YOU WOULD BUST YOUR RESERVES. SO YOU WOULD NOT HAVE, YOU WOULD BE OUT OF COMPLIANCE OF YOUR 90 DAY POLICY. AND THEN WHAT WOULD HAPPEN? YOU WOULDN'T HAVE ENOUGH TO COVER YOUR EXPENSES AND THEN WHAT WOULD HAPPEN? PAYROLL DEPENDS ON EMERGENCY SITUATIONS AND THEN YOUR CREDIT RATING WOULD SUFFER. SO ALL THIS AND THEN WHAT WOULD HAPPEN? I MEAN THEN WHAT WOULD HAPPEN? EVENTUALLY YOU'RE NOT PAYING YOUR BILLS AND THEN THE CITY WOULD GO BANKRUPT. OUR INTO OUR UTILITIES GOES BANKRUPT. AND SO I MEAN I DEALT WITH MY FIRST COMMUNITY IN JETMORE. I HAD TO TURN THEM AROUND BECAUSE THEY WERE HEADING TOWARDS, THEY WERE SPENDING RESERVES BECAUSE THEY THOUGHT THEY HAD DEPRECIATING TYPE THING TO SPEND. I HAD TO STOP THAT. AND WE DID A NICK OF TIME AND THEY WERE ABLE TO GO BACK THE OTHER DIRECTION AND DEVELOP RESERVES. AND THEN WE'VE HEARD MANY TIMES, APPLES AND ORANGES, THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT TWO DIFFERENT, DIFFERENT THINGS. SO WHERE IS THAT 17 MILLION BEING RECOGNIZED AT? I MEAN IT'S DEPRECIATED. I UNDERSTAND.
[02:35:01]
WHERE'S THE 17 MILLION? LET ME, LET ME SHOW YOU ON THE SCREEN. YEAH, SO YOU HAVE YOUR 17 MILLION IN DEPRECIATION EXPENSE RIGHT HERE. IF YOU GO UP TO YOUR BALANCE SHEET AND WE'RE GOING TO GO TO NON CURRENT ASSETS, THIS IS ON PAGE 34. IF YOU'RE FOLLOWING ALONG IN YOUR BOOK, THERE IS THESE ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION ACCOUNTS SHOWING THROUGHOUT HERE. SO FOR EVERY TYPE OF ASSET, EXCEPT FOR LAND, LAND DOES NOT DEPRECIATE ALL YOUR OTHER ASSETS. WE HAVE PIPELINES FOR EXAMPLE, AND THEN WE HAVE ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION. SO WE ARE DEBITING DEPRECIATION FOR 17 MILLION. THE 17 MILLION CREDIT IS GETTING ADDED TO THESE ACCOUNTS. NOW MIND YOU, THESE ACCOUNTS ARE CUMULATIVE BECAUSE THEY'RE THE ASSETS. AND SO THEY GET YOU DOWN HERE TO THE BOTTOM TO SAY WE ACTUALLY HAVE A NET CAPITAL ASSETS OF 770 MILLION. AND SO IT'S GOING IS IN HERE. IT IS.IT'S REFLECTED IN THERE, THE EQUATION. THERE'S TWO SIDES TO IT. AND ONE OTHER WAY THAT MIGHT HELP IN DESCRIBING THE DEPRECIATION IS AS YOU TALK ABOUT, WELL, WE'RE NOT SPENDING THAT 17 BECAUSE IT'S NOT CASH. SO IT'S NOT GOING ANYWHERE. THAT 17 LEFT YOUR BANK ACCOUNT YEARS AGO. WHEN WE ORIGINALLY PURCHASED THOSE ASSETS, WE HAD TO PAY THE FULL AMOUNT. AND SO IT LEFT THE BANK ACCOUNT BACK THEN. AND SO THAT'S WHY WE USE THE BALANCE SHEET AND THE CASH ACCOUNTS TO CALCULATE YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS. AND WE DON'T PULL IN YOUR REVENUE AND EXPENSE ACCOUNTS, BECAUSE EVEN THOUGH DEPRECIATION IS AN EXPENSE AND WE HAVE TO SHOW IT IN THE PEER PERIOD THAT THAT ASSET IS BEING USED. SO WE DO IT OUT OVER HOWEVER MANY YEARS THAT CASH HAS BEEN OUT OF THE BANK FOR A LONG TIME.
BECAUSE YOU CAN'T USE YOUR CAPITAL ASSETS IN YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION BECAUSE YOU CAN'T EASILY CONVERT THAT TO CASH.
RIGHT, CORRECT. GREAT. GREAT POINT, KATRINA.
CAN WE GET A DEFINITION ON THAT? JUST A VERY HIGH LEVEL DEFINITION, LIKE WITHIN LIKE 30 DAYS.
YOU CAN'T USE YOUR HOUSE UNLESS YOU SELL IT OR GO GET DEBT FROM EXTENDING A LOAN FROM IT, WHICH WE USE FOR OUR CREDIT RATING. AND THAT'S HOW WE GOT OUR TWDB LOAN, BECAUSE OUR CREDIT IS SO GOOD AND OUR ASSETS SHOW THAT.
MIGHT ADD TO THAT. WE SPOKE TO TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD LAST WEEK, AND THAT'S ONE OF THE THINGS THAT THEY POINTED OUT TO US WHEN WE WERE APPLYING FOR A NEW 60 MILLION, WAS THAT IT'S BECAUSE OF YOUR CREDIT. YES.
YOU HAVE SOME OF THE BEST CREDIT IN THE STATE.
DOES THAT MAKE SENSE, COLE? I MEAN, A LITTLE BIT, YEAH. I THINK, YOU KNOW, THE 17 MILLION GETS LINE ITEM MOVED OVER TO THAT OTHER MIDDLE OR THAT OTHER LINE ITEM. WHAT FORM IS THAT? WHAT FORM DOES IT TAKE? I NEED MORE DEFINITION.
CAN YOU ASK THAT AGAIN? WELL, STEPHANIE, YOU DID A GOOD JOB. YOU SAID THAT 17 MILLION IS DEPRECIATED OFF OF THIS LEDGER. IT SHOWS UP OVER ON THE OTHER LEDGER. SO YOU GO UP. IT'S PART OF THE 770 MILLION.
IN WHAT FORM IS IT? IS IT CAPTURED THERE? IT'S A JOURNAL ENTRY.
WELL, BUT I'M SAYING THAT'S 17 MILLION WORTH OF CASH IN THAT ACCOUNT AT THE END OF THE YEAR.
17 MILLION OF EXPENSE, NOT CASH. WELL, SO THE OFFSET IS IN EACH OF THESE ACCOUNTS THAT YOU SEE AS A NEGATIVE ON YOUR BALANCE SHEET, ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION SO WE EXPENSE, FOR EXAMPLE, ON THAT FIRE TRUCK. LET'S SAY WE'RE GOING TO KEEP IT FOR 10 YEARS.
WE DON'T HAVE TO GO BACK THROUGH IT. OKAY, SORRY, LET ME CHANGE MY TERM. I SAID CASH.
MY MISTAKE. SO THAT'S 17 MILLION OF AN EXPENDITURE. SO IT SHOWS UP. YOU JUST DID A GOOD JOB. YOU SAID, WHERE ARE WE CAPTURING THAT? WHERE DOES IT COME IN? AND SO IT SHOWS UP UNDER, YOU KNOW, ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION. IS THAT THE RIGHT LINE? YES. ANY OF THESE LINES THAT ARE NEGATIVE, THERE'S A PIECE OF THAT, 17 IN ALL OF THEM.
SO IF IT'S AN EXPENDITURE, WHAT FORM WAS IT EXPENDED IN? THROUGH A JOURNAL ENTRY.
OKAY. AND THEN IF IT'S RECOGNIZED, IN WHAT FORM IS IT RECOGNIZED? IT'S RECOGNIZED AS THAT EXPENSE ON YOUR INCOME STATEMENT AND AS A CREDIT TO THE ASSETS ON YOUR BALANCE SHEET.
SO ESSENTIALLY, WHAT I HAVE A. AND MY ISSUE IS, IT'S JUST MY ISSUE. YOU DON'T HAVE AN EXPENDITURE THAT'S A JOURNAL ENTRY. YOU HAVE AN EXPENDITURE OR YOU HAVE A JOURNAL ENTRY. RIGHT? SO, LIKE, THIS IS NOT A TAX EVALUATION.
THIS ISN'T US FIGURING OUT OUR INCOME TAX WHERE WE'RE ALLOWED TO TAKE CERTAIN DEDUCTS. IT'S IN A ENTERPRISE AS A EXPENDITURE OF 17 MILLION. SO IT NEVER LEFT THE ACCOUNT.
YOU CAN'T HAVE AN EXPENDITURE WITHOUT A JOURNAL ENTRY. AND EVERY JOURNAL ENTRY REQUEST REQUIRES TWO SIDES. THEY HAVE TO BE BALANCED.
I UNDERSTAND. SO, LIKE, IF IT'S IT, WHAT VALUE IS IT RECOGNIZED THAT. ARE THOSE DOLLARS, IS THAT $17 MILLION? WELL, YOUR VEHICLE DEPRECIATES IN VALUE. SO THIS IS DEPRECIATING THE VALUE OF THOSE ASSETS.
SO IF YOU BOUGHT THAT VEHICLE IN 23, YOU PAID FOR IT IN 23.
RIGHT. AS AN EXPENDITURE, YOU PAID FOR IT IN 23 DOT AND YOU SET IT UP AS
[02:40:01]
AN ASSET, NOT AN EXPENDITURE EXPENDITURE.BUT YOU PAID FOR IT IN 23 WITH WHAT? WITH CASH. SO ASSET GOES UP A MILLION, CASH COMES DOWN A MILLION. THAT'S YOUR ENTRY IN 2023. IN 2024, YOU HAVE EXPENSIVE DEPRECIATION FOR A HUNDRED THOUSAND. YOU CREDIT ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION FOR A HUNDRED THOUSAND. THAT'S YOUR ENTRY. WHAT THAT LOOKS LIKE ON THAT 24 STATEMENT IS I HAVE DEPRECIATION EXPENSE OF A HUNDRED THOUSAND AND I HAVE A NET ASSET OF 900,000.
OKAY, I FOLLOW YOU 100% ON LIKE A BALANCE SHEET AND THINGS THAT WE ARE SAYING, YOU KNOW, GASB AND ALL OF THE ACCOUNTING PRACTICES.
AND MY CONCERN, OR MY QUESTION IS IN LOOKING AT THAT ENTERPRISE THAT HAD A NET CASH POSITION OF, YOU KNOW, SAY 29 MILLION, IF YOU DON'T FACTOR IN THE DEPRECIATION.
IN CONVERSATIONS WITH CLA AND ASKING HIM HEY, IS.
DOES THAT EVER COME OUT OF THE ACCOUNT? YOU KNOW WHAT HE SAID IS LIKE NO, THAT NEVER LEFT YOUR ACCOUNT.
LIKE IT'S NOT, IT'S NOT AN ACTUAL EXPENDITURE.
SO IT'S LISTED UNDER EXPENDITURES ON THAT PAGE. AND SO THAT'S, THAT'S MY DIFFICULTY WITH IT.
I THINK WHAT WE WOULD SAY IT IS, IT IS AN EXPENDITURE UNDER GASB, UNDER ACCOUNTING.
WHERE DID IT GO? IT'S A NON CASH ACCOUNT EXPENDITURE. AND SO IT HIT YOUR INCOME STATEMENT AS AN EXPENDITURE. IT HIT YOUR BALANCE SHEET. IT JUST DIDN'T HIT CASH. IT HIT THE ASSET. IT REDUCED THE VALUE OF YOUR ASSET FOR THE USE OF THAT ASSET ASSET OVER THE PRIOR YEAR.
BUT UNLESS YOU'RE GOING TO SELL YOUR WATER UTILITIES, YOU'RE NOT MAKING ANY MONEY.
YOU CAN'T SPEND IT AGAIN. SO YOU'RE WORTH A BILLION DOLLARS.
SELL YOUR UTILITIES. WE CAN THEN SPEND IT SOMEWHERE ELSE.
BUT WE, WE CAN. IT'S JUST ON THE BOOKS AS A BOOK VALUE.
AND IF YOU WERE TO TRY TO GO SELL THAT FIRE TRUCK AFTER A YEAR, YOU'RE NOT GOING TO GET A MILLION DOLLARS FOR IT. IT MIGHT BE WORTH THE 900,000 THEN. THAT'S WHY YOU HAVE TO RECOGNIZE THAT DEPRECIATION EXPENSE TO REDUCE THE ASSET DOWN TO THE, THE NET VALUE.
I UNDERSTAND THAT IN, IN THE WAY IN WHICH IT'S, IT'S BEING BOOKED. SO DON'T HAVE ANY PROBLEM WITH THE WAY IT'S BOOKED. BUT LIKE IN, IN WHAT PRESCOTT SAYING IS, WELL, WHAT IF WE WANTED TO SPEND THAT 17 MILLION ON NEW POT WATER AND, AND SEWER PIPE? LIKE WHAT HAPPENS? WELL, OUR, OUR NET VALUE WOULD COME DOWN.
OUR RESERVES WOULDN'T COME DOWN.
AND I THINK IF I WAS JUST UNDERSTANDING HIS QUESTION, IT WAS MORE IF WE SPEND THAT, WE'RE GOING TO OVERSPEND BECAUSE WE HAVEN'T INCLUDED IT IN YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS. WE'RE NOT SEEING THAT DEPRECIATION IS AVAILABLE TO.
WOULD BE TRUE IF THAT WAS AN EXPENDITURE THAT CAME OUT OF THE CHECKING ACCOUNT.
BUT IT. YOU'RE SAYING IT'S A JOURNAL ENTRY.
AS STEPHANIE MENTIONED EARLIER, IT CAME OUT OF YOUR CHECKING ACCOUNT YEARS AGO WHEN THE ASSET WAS PURCHASED.
SO IT'S ALREADY MONEY THAT'S GONE. BUT IT WOULD HAVE BEEN RECOGNIZED YEARS AGO IN THOSE EXPENDITURES.
NOT AS AN EXPENDITURE. NO, AS AN ASSET. IT'S NOT RECOGNIZED AS AN EXPENDITURE EXPENDITURE UNTIL YOU START TO DEPRECIATE IT.
SO THE EXPENDITURE IS DELAYED AND RECOGNIZED OVER THE LIFE OF THE ASSET WHILE THE CASH IS REMOVED FROM YOUR CHECKING ACCOUNT IMMEDIATELY.
OKAY. MY INTENT WITH THE QUESTION WAS IF THAT MONEY WAS AVAILABLE TO SPEND, I THINK EVERYONE IN THIS WOULD WANT TO BE ABLE TO UTILIZE AND FREE UP THAT CASH. WE KNOW IF WE USE THAT CASH NOW FROM THE RESPONSE OR THE PERCEIVED CASH, THAT WE ARE GOING TO KILL OUR RESERVES. AND ULTIMATELY WE ARE WRITING HOT CHECKS AT THAT POINT BECAUSE THE CASH IS NOT THERE. THAT, THAT WAS MY INTENT. IS THAT CORRECT? THAT'S CORRECT, YES.
COUNCILMAN, DID YOU HAVE ANYTHING.
WELL, MAYOR, JUST LET ME, LET ME JUST KIND OF MAKE SURE I'M GOOD.
YOUR THINKING IS THAT SOMEHOW WE'RE USING INCORRECT ACCOUNTING METHODS AND WE HAVE MORE MONEY AVAILABLE THAN IS SHOWING HERE BECAUSE WE'RE NOT USING CORRECT ACCOUNTING.
I THINK YOU'D HAVE TO SAY GASB. SO MY THINKING IS THAT WE ARE USING GASB ACCOUNTING, WHICH IS CORRECT FOR GOVERNMENT PURPOSES. AND I WAS TRYING TO APPLY AN ENTERPRISE BUSINESS, YOU KNOW, EVAL TO THIS ENTERPRISE. AND I JUST WANTED TO KNOW HOW MUCH THE NET GAIN WAS FOR THAT ENTERPRISE. AND WE GOT HUNG UP IN THIS DEPRECIATION BECAUSE IT'S, IT'S MUCH MORE CLEAR. NOW THE REASON THAT'S A FACTOR IS BECAUSE YOU, YOU INCORPORATE THAT INTO YOUR AVAILABLE FUND BALANCE CALCULATION EVERY YEAR, NOT DEPRECIATION. OH, WELL, THEN I'M NOT CLEAR. SO.
SO LIKE THE DEPRECIATION IS NOT PART OF THE AVAILABLE FUND BALANCE CALCULATION.
IT IS NOT. WE DON'T USE ANYTHING OFF OF THAT INCOME STATEMENT. WE JUST USE BALANCE SHEET. WE JUST USE YOUR CASH ACCOUNTS, YOUR CURRENT LIABILITIES, YOUR CURRENT ASSETS.
[02:45:03]
YEAH. SO COUNCILMAN SIMPSON, LET ME TELL YOU MY STRUGGLE AND WHAT I AM SAYING. WHAT I'M SAYING IS IT'S VERY DIFFICULT WHEN YOU ASK A SIMPLE QUESTION OF HOW MUCH DID THAT ENTERPRISE HAVE IN THE CHECKING ACCOUNT DAY ONE OF THE CURRENT YEAR? AND YOU CAN'T GET THAT ANSWER. AND THEN YOU CAN'T ASK A QUESTION OF HOW MUCH DOES THAT ENTERPRISE HAVE IN THE CHECKING ACCOUNT LAST DAY OF THE END OF THE YEAR.WHAT YOU GET IS THIS, AND THIS IS CORRECT ACCOUNTING ACCORDING TO GASB.
SO, AND AGAIN, YOUR AVAILABLE FUNDS IS CALCULATED OFF OF THE ACCOUNTING OFF OF THIS ACFR. SO IT'S ALSO CORRECT.
MY CONTENTION IS I JUST DON'T UNDERSTAND WHY WE CAN'T LOOK AT IT FROM A CASH VIEWPOINT, IF THAT WAS MY QUESTION. SO IF YOU HAD A MAYOR AND COUNCIL THAT SAID, I JUST WANT TO KNOW WHAT'S IN THE CHECKING ACCOUNT DAY ONE, AND I JUST WANT TO KNOW WHAT'S IN THE CHECKING ACCOUNT, DAY 365. AND I JUST WANT TO KNOW THAT CAN. I JUST KNOW THAT, LIKE, THAT SHOULD BE SOMETHING YOU CAN DELIVER, BUT WE HAVEN'T.
AND SO, LIKE, I GET THAT THIS IS THE WAY IT'S DONE. I'M NOT ARGUING THAT. I'VE HAD A QUESTION OF TRYING TO GO THROUGH THE ACFR, TO LEARN, LIKE, YOU KNOW, WHAT, WHAT IS THE NET GAIN POSITION FOR THE YEAR? AND SO MAYBE YOU ARE TELLING ME AND I'M NOT HEARING YOU.
WELL, I KNOW WE'VE GOT OVERSIGHT, BUT AT SOME POINT YOU GOT TO HAVE TRUST. AND I TRUST THE INFORMATION THAT HAS BEEN GIVEN TO US. AND SO, I MEAN, I APPRECIATE GOING, BUT IT'S SOMETHING, I MEAN, UNLESS WE'RE ALL GOING TO GO GET MASTER'S DEGREES IN ACCOUNTING, I CAN UNDERSTAND WHY THIS IS DIFFICULT, BUT AT SOME POINT IN OUR RELATIONSHIP, WE'VE GOT TO HAVE TRUST IN THAT INFORMATION. AND I DON'T WANT TO SPEAK FOR COUNCIL. I KNOW IT'S HARD TO PUT BUDGETS LIKE THIS TOGETHER AND THE DIFFICULTY AND CHALLENGE IS IT. AND AT THE END OF THE DAY, I JUST WANT TO KNOW, FROM MY PERSPECTIVE, I HAVE TRUST IN THE INFORMATION THAT YOU'RE GIVING ME. SO THANK YOU.
WELL, AND I APPRECIATE THAT LEVEL OF TRUST, AND I THINK IT'S A GREAT LEVEL OF TRUST THAT IS PUT INTO THE STAFF BECAUSE WE DON'T SEE ANY SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS, WE DON'T SEE THE CHECKING ACCOUNTS, WE DON'T GET THOSE EASY QUESTIONS ANSWERED. SO IT'S ALL TRUST, REALLY, AND THEN THE TRUST AND THEN VERIFY.
RIGHT. THERE'S A PROCESS FOR THAT. AND I THINK THIS COUNCIL'S DOING THAT THROUGH, YOU KNOW, THE ACFR AND TRYING TO UNDERSTAND AND THEN, YOU KNOW, THE AUDITS. SO I, I THINK YOU'RE SAYING IT VERY WELL, COUNCILMAN SIMPSON.
AND, AND, YOU KNOW, MY FRUSTRATION IS NOT WITH STAFF AT ALL. MY FRUSTRATION IS WITH PROCESS.
AND, AND I'M NOT THE FIRST GUY TO SIT UP HERE EXTREMELY FRUSTRATED WITH GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTING VERSUS PRIVATE BUSINESS. AND SO, YOU KNOW, MY, MY EXPERTISE COME THROUGH PRIVATE BUSINESS AT A VERY SMALL LEVEL. AND IT IS A DIFFICULT THING FOR ANYBODY TO TRY TO UNDERSTAND THE GOVERNMENT VIEWPOINT OF HOW AND WHY YOU GUYS ARE ALLOWED TO DO TRANSFERS. RIGHT. AND SO IT'S JUST DIFFICULT TO SEPARATE IT AND UNDERSTAND IT. AND SO I HOPE YOU GUYS HEAR, AS WE WRAP UP THIS ITEM, LIKE, IT'S NOT AN ISSUE OF STAFF, IT'S JUST A DESIRE TO DO THE JOB WELL AND TO ACTUALLY UNDERSTAND. SO, LIKE, IF ANYBODY THINKS, LIKE I'M DIGGING BECAUSE I DON'T TRUST THE STAFF, LIKE, IT REALLY IS NOT THE POINT.
THE POINT IS I'M DIGGING BECAUSE I JUST WANT TO DO A GOOD JOB. AND YOU GUYS ARE SAYING, WE NEED MORE MONEY. WE NEED THIS. WE HAVE ALL THESE PROBLEMS. AND WHEN YOU SIT ON THIS SIDE OF THE TABLE AND YOU REALIZE THESE ISSUES ARE ENORMOUS. RUNNING A CITY IS ENORMOUS TASK. AND THERE'S NO END TO THE PROBLEMS AND THE WATER MAIN BREAKS AND THE PERSONNEL ISSUES. AND SO I JUST WANT TO DO THE BEST JOB I CAN TO SAY I, I LOOKED IN EVERY DRAWER, I TURNED OVER EVERY ROCK, AND IF THAT'S THE ROCK YOU'RE SITTING ON, LIKE I'M GOING TO TELL YOU TO MOVE, I WANT TO KICK IT OVER. DOESN'T MATTER WHO'S SITTING ON THAT ROCK. I, I JUST WANT TO KNOW I DID A GOOD JOB. AND SO IT'S A HEART BEHIND IT OF SERVICE, BUT I KNOW IT COMES ACROSS INCORRECT. SO FOR THAT I APOLOGIZE. AND IF I COULD DO IT DIFFERENT, I WOULD. BUT THANK YOU FOR THE CALCULATION, KATRINA, AND I LOOK FORWARD TO GETTING A MINUTE TO DIGEST IT. FREEMAN, BACK TO YOU.
SO WE COULD DO TWO THINGS. WE COULD EITHER DO THE HOT TAX DISCUSSION OR DO WE. YOU WANT TO GO AHEAD AND GO THROUGH THE SUPPLEMENTALS THAT ARE RANKED HERE AND THEN FOLLOW BACK UP ON THE HOT TAX SINCE WE'RE LIMITED ON TIME.
WELL, I THINK OUR TIME'S BETTER SPENT ON SUPPLEMENTALS. WE COULD DO HOT TAX START THERE IF WE CAN PULL UP. THE FIRST ONE WE'RE GOING TO GO OVER IS THE FIRST PAGE ON THE SHEETS THAT I HANDED OUT. SO 7.2 MILLION AVAILABLE FOR GENERAL FUND RECURRING EXPENSES. DID YOU FIND THAT
[02:50:12]
ONE, JOHNNY? IT'S GONNA BE ONE OF THE 11X17S. IT'S THE ONE THAT HAS 7.2 MILLION ON IT.ALL RIGHT. SO SPENT YESTERDAY EVENING WORKING THROUGH THE VABLE FUNDS AND THE 19 MILLION OF ASP IN GENERAL FUNDS SPECIFICALLY.
SO THIS IS A CONSTRAINED VERSION BASED ON THE FEEDBACK WE WERE HEARING FROM COUNCIL RELATED TO PERSONNEL. AND THEN THE REMAINING 2 MILLION THAT WE COULD ALLOCATE TO THE RECURRING REQUESTS THAT WE HAD FROM ALL DEPARTMENTS IN THE GENERAL FUND ON THIS FIRST PAGE. SO JUST TACKLING THE PERSONNEL PIECE FIRST. WANT TO THROW OUT A POSSIBILITY FOR THE CIVILIAN SIDE OF A 2% COST OF LIVING ADJUSTMENT THAT WILL HELP US STAY COMPETITIVE ACROSS ALL LEVELS REGARDLESS OF THE COMPENSATION STUDY. SO THIS WOULD JUST IMPACT EVERYONE. THEN WE HAD THE CIVILIAN COMPENSATION STUDY, PHASE TWO IMPLEMENTATION. THIS IS BRINGING THOSE THAT ARE BELOW MARKET TO TRY AND GET THEM BACK IN RANGE TO BE MORE COMPETITIVE. THAT'S 444,000. THE 1% CIVILIAN MERIT PAY FUND. I ADDED FUND TO IT BECAUSE IN THE PAST LIKE CURRENT YEAR WE HAD 2% MERIT.
SO WE USE THE SAVINGS FROM NOT EVERYBODY GETTING 2% TO HAVE MERIT PAY WHERE WE COULD DO SAY UP TO 5% ADJUSTMENTS FOR THOSE HIGH PERFORMERS.
WHAT THAT AMOUNTED TO IN THIS CURRENT BUDGET IS WE SPENT APPROXIMATELY 200,000. THAT WAS BASED ON THE REQUESTS WE HAD AND THE CAPACITY OF FUNDS.
THAT WOULD GIVE US QUITE A BIT TO WORK WITH FOR HIGH PERFORMERS AND MERIT TO HELP SUPPORT THOSE EFFORTS OF SUPPORTING THOSE HARD WORKING EMPLOYEES. SO THAT IS THE PROPOSAL FOR THE CIVILIZATION CIVILIAN SIDE AND THE THE COMP STUDY PHASE TWO.
THAT MEANS SOME WILL SEE A SIGNIFICANT INCREASE BEYOND THIS.
THEY'LL GET SOME MORE TO GET THEM BACK IN THE RANGE OR WHERE THEY NEED TO BE MORE COMPETITIVE. AND IT'S STILL, IT'S NOT GETTING THEM TO LIKE A MIDPOINT MARKET. IT'S GETTING THEM INTO THE NEW GRADE BAND BASICALLY. SO THAT WOULD TAKE UP THE 3% VALUE BETWEEN THOSE TWO TOP LINE CIVILIAN PAY STUDIES SEPARATE AND THEN YOU GOT YOUR 3 POLICE, 3% POLICE, 3% FIRE FOR A TOTAL OF 05,098,000. SO THAT'S AT 5.1.
EVERYTHING BELOW THAT IS THE EXCESS BASED ON THE 7.2 MILLION THAT WE IDENTIFIED. REALLY TRIED TO SPREAD AROUND BASED ON THE PRIORITIES WE'RE HEARING.
WE'VE GOT OUR WORKDAY SOFTWARE.
WE HAVE TO PAY FOR THE SPLIT BETWEEN THE PRO TEAM TACTICAL WITH A CAVEAT. WE'RE STILL RESEARCHING THAT PROGRAM AND HOW IT RELATES TO WORKERS COMP AND TEXAS STATE LAWS AND WHAT OUR REQUIREMENTS ARE. SO THAT ONE WILL STILL HAVE TO BE VETTED A LITTLE BIT BEFORE WE CAN IMPLEMENT IT IF IT'S APPROVED. WE'VE GOT FEE INCREASES FROM GOLF COURSE.
BASICALLY THEY'RE RAISING 357,000. WE'RE SAYING WE'LL COME BACK IN SEPTEMBER AND THEY'LL PLUG THEM IN WHERE THE LINE ITEMS WOULD GO TO OFFSET THE INCREASE IN REVENUE. COUPLE HUNDRED THOUSAND TOWARDS POLICE AND FIRE OVERTIME TO HELP WITH THAT EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SPECIALIST ADDITION TO OEM. 2AMW ANIMAL MANAGEMENT OFFICERS AND RECLASS OF TRAINED OFFICERS. THE WAY IT WORKS IS YOU START AS A TRAINEE AND THEN AFTER YOU GET LICENSED HAVE TIME ON THE JOB, YOU'RE BASICALLY AUTOMATICALLY CONVERTED TO AN OFFICER. BUT WHAT WE FUND IT AS IS A TRAINEE. SO WE'D LIKE TO HAVE THEM AS OFFICERS AND WE'LL UNDER FILL TRAINEE AND THEN BUMP THEM UP ONCE THEY HIT IT.
AND I DID NOTE IN THE ROSE HERE IF THERE WAS FEE INCREASES THAT ARE HELPING WITH OUR 7.2, 42,000 OF THOSE FEE INCREASES ARE COMING FROM AMW ADJUSTMENTS. SO THEY'RE HELPING OFFSET THEIR REQUEST. WE'VE GOT A FACILITIES BUILDING MECHANIC AND A COUPLE OF CUSTODIANS. WE TYPICALLY EVERY YEAR HAVE REQUESTS FOR CUSTODIANS AND BUILDING MECHANICS AND WE DON'T GET TO GET THOSE ADDED. AND IT'S GETTING TIGHTER AND TIGHTER, PARTICULARLY WHEN WE'RE HAVING A NEW COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT OFFICE SPACE. WE'VE GOT NEW CITY HALL. THEY'RE JUST REALLY STRETCHED IN. SO TRYING TO GET A COUPLE MORE IN THERE.
I THINK THE ORIGINAL REQUEST WAS SEVEN OR EIGHT CUSTODIANS.
SO JUST TRYING TO GET A COUPLE
[02:55:01]
TO HELP OFFLOAD SOME OF THAT WORK THAT'S HAVING TO BE SPREAD BETWEEN THE EXISTING EMPLOYEES.WE HAVE A BUILDING AND SAFETY ELECTRICAL INSPECTOR ADDITION FUNDING FOR PARKS EVENTS AT 35,000. THAT'S JUST THOSE QUARTERLY EVENTS HELPING WITH THE 4TH OF JULY. THE OCTOBER EVENTS CONTINUE CONTINUING TO GROW. THOSE PROGRAMS, MOWING CONTRACT, ADDITIONAL ACREAGE, FOUR UTILITY WORKERS FROM PART TIME TO FULL TIME.
WE'VE GOT A VECTOR SUPPLY INCREASE FOR THAT PROGRAM. ONE NEW ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH TECHNICIAN TO HELP WITH VECTOR CONTROL. THE ORIGINAL REQUEST WAS 2. AN AECC POSITION, AN EMAIL BACK AND FORTH WITH MAX AND HOW I'D KIND OF CAVEAT SOME OF THESE AND PARTICULARLY WHEN WE GET TO THE CIP'S. BASICALLY WHAT WE'RE ASKING IS THESE DEPARTMENTS TO GET THESE FUNDING BETWEEN NOW AND SEPTEMBER. IF THIS IS A ROUTE WE GO, WE'D LIKE A LITTLE FLEXIBILITY OF SAY I PUT IN THE CIP, FOR EXAMPLE, THE ROOK FOR THE POLICE DEPARTMENT.
WELL, MAYBE THEY WANT TO BUY SWAT SUPPLIES VERSUS A ROOK.
SO GIVE US A CHANCE TO GO BACK TO THAT DEPARTMENT AND SAY IS THIS REALLY YOUR PRIORITY? OR IF YOU KNOW YOU HAVE 400 TO WORK WITH, WHAT WOULD YOU SPEND IT ON? BUT WE KNOW THAT'S YOUR FOCUS AREA.
SO AECC TERMINAL AGENCY WOULD PROBABLY BE A JUNIOR SUPERVISOR OR A SUPERVISOR LEVEL INSTEAD BASED ON MAX'S RECOMMENDATION.
AND THEN WE'VE GOT SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE FOR WORK ORDERS FOR THE FACILITIES CREWS AS WELL AS JANITORIAL SUPPLIES FOR THE NEW BUILDINGS. WE'VE TAKEN ON CITY SECRETARY ELECTION SUPPLIES FOR REQUIRED EARLY VOTING HOURS. AND THEN THE LAST ONE ON THERE IS CITY MARSHAL'S OFFICE RADIOS FOR CODE ENFORCEMENT AS A, WHICH IS REALLY A SAFETY RISK RIGHT NOW. ONLY THE PEACE OFFICERS HAVE RADIOS. THE CODE ENFORCEMENT HAVE TO RELY ON THEIR CELL PHONE AND THEY ARE OUT IN THE FIELD DEALING WITH.
SOMETIMES SOME CITIZENS DON'T LIKE TO BE TOLD THAT THEIR PROPERTY HAS A COMPLIANCE ISSUE AND SOMETIMES THEY NEED TO CALL FOR BACKUP AND BE MORE INSTANTANEOUS IN TRYING TO DIAL 911. SO THAT BRINGS US TO 2.1 MILLION WITH THE TOTAL OF BREAKING RIGHT EVEN AT THE 7.2 IN NEW REVENUE TO ALLOCATE.
SO JUST TO BE CLEAR, LIKE THIS IS FOR THE RECURRING EXPENSES, THIS IS A RECURRING SIDE.
SO LIKE CITY SECRETARY ELECTION SUPPLIES INCREASE PROBABLY. I MEAN WE'RE JUST GOING TO DO THAT EVERY YEAR NOW.
SO WE, WE PLAN IT IN THE BUDGET. SOMETIMES IT DOESN'T. AND THAT'S PART OF THAT, THAT COVERS OVERTIME FOR OTHER DEPARTMENTS THE YEARS THEY DON'T HAVE TO SPEND IT, FOR EXAMPLE. BUT YES, THEY DO HAVE A LINE ITEM FOR ANNUAL ELECTIONS IN CASE Y'ALL DECIDE TO CALL A VOTER APPROVED TAX RE ELECTION OR IF IT'S THE GENERAL ELECTION, WE HAVE TO HOLD FOR ODD NUMBER OF YEARS.
OKAY, MY BRAIN, SOME OF THIS, SOME OF THIS LOOKS LIKE ONE TIME STUFF, BUT YOU'RE SAYING WE'RE GOING TO GET THIS IN THE BUDGET AND IT'S GOING TO, IT'LL ALL BE.
YEAH. SO IT'S GROWING PROGRAMS OR IT'S COVERING SUPPLIES.
YES, THESE WILL BE CONSIDERED RECURRING.
AND THESE WERE THE PRIORITIES BASED ON WHAT YOU GUYS PUT TOGETHER AFTER YOU HEARD.
BASICALLY LISTENING TO ALL THE FEEDBACK AND LOOKING THROUGH ALL THE REQUESTS AND TRYING TO GET AS MUCH AS WE CAN IN THERE. YES, THIS IS THE RECOMMENDATION.
AGAIN, IT'S A PUZZLE PIECE AND SO YOU HAVE, YOU HAVE TO TRY.
YOU GOT 7.2 TO WORK WITH. SOME PUZZLE PIECES ARE NOT GOING TO FIT. SO WE HAD TO TRY TO FIGURE OUT WHICH PUZZLE PIECES DO FIT WITHIN THAT 7.2.
SO WE HAD 19.8 MILLION IN REQUESTS. YES, CORRECT.
WE CAN COVER 2.1 AND COVER 2.1.
BUT WE TOOK CARE OF THE, THE RAISES.
YES, THE RAISES COME RIGHT OFF THE TOP AND THEN IT'S 2.1 TO TRY AND ALLOCATE FOR THE OTHER 19 MILLION IN REQUESTS.
SO THE AVAILABILITY OF 7, BECAUSE IT'S BEEN A WHILE SINCE WE STARTED ON THIS. THE AVAILABILITY OF THE 7.2 MILLION, THAT IS WITH THE PROPOSED TAX RATE OF GOING TO THE $0.44.
SO IF WE WENT TO THE NO NEW REVENUE TAX RATE, WE WOULD BE LOOKING AT 7.2 MINUS 700. YES.
SO WE HAVE TO DEDUCT FROM THE 2.1.
AND THEN DID THE 7.2 INCLUDE OUR MILLION DOLLARS IN ADDITIONAL SALES TAX? YEAH, WE WENT FROM 6.2 TO 7.2.
YES. UNLESS I WANT TO GO A LITTLE MORE AGGRESSIVE AND RAISE THAT ANOTHER PERCENT.
JUST SO REALLY, IF NOT FOR THE SALES TAX FIND, WE'D BE AT 6.2, CORRECT? YES, SIR.
WHERE THE, WHERE I AM ON THIS BECAUSE I MEAN, AND I'M GLAD WE GOT THAT, BUT I'M JUST LOOKING ON PROPERTY TAX RELIEF AND IF WE GO TO THE NO NEW TAX RATE, AND I KNOW WE TALKED YESTERDAY ABOUT LOOKING AT ONE TIME EXPENSES OR WHATEVER THAT MAY BE FOR THE CAPITAL PART OF IT, BUT I MEAN, YOU KNOW, I'M GLAD WE GOT MORE SALES TAX, BUT I'D LIKE TO SEE A 1.7 REDUCTION IN OUR PROPERTY TAX REVENUE TO GO TO THE 700,000, GO FROM THE NO NEW AND THEN AN ADDITIONAL MILLION BECAUSE WE FOUND THE SALES TAX. I MEAN, WE DIDN'T EVEN KNOW THAT THAT WAS GOING TO BE THERE. AND SO I'D LIKE TO SEE A POSSIBILITY OF,
[03:00:01]
YOU KNOW, THE PROPERTY TAX PAYERS GETTING A LITTLE BIT OF A BREAK AND CONTINUING TO SHIFT TO MORE DEPENDENCE ON SALES TAX.WHAT, WHAT WOULD THE RATE BE? I THINK WE DISCUSSED IT YESTERDAY IF WE KEPT THE RATE FLAT, LIKE WHERE WE ARE NOW, LIKE NOT THE NO NEW RATE, BUT JUST KEPT IT WHERE WE ARE NOW, WE'RE WHAT, 42 SOMETHING? 43, 0.43077.
BUT WHAT DOES THAT, I MEAN, DO WE HAVE THAT CALCULATION LIKE, LIKE WE DIDN'T RUN ONE TO DROP IT BELOW THE NOON. WE WERE. SO WE'D HAVE TO RUN THAT CALCULATION.
BUT WE HAD THREE OPTIONS, RIGHT? I MEAN WE GO TO NO NEW, BASICALLY KEEP IT THE SAME SOMEWHERE IN BETWEEN.
WE KEEP THE SAME, BUT WE DON'T HAVE THAT NUMBER.
WE DON'T LIKE WE KNOW IF WE, IF WE GO THE NO NEW, IT'S $700,000 WHAT IT GENERATES IN THIS.
IF WE KEPT THE RATE FLAT, WE DIDN'T TAKE AN INCREASE, IT'S GOING TO BE SOMEWHERE BETWEEN 100,000 AND 700,000.
COUNCILMAN SIMPSON, BEFORE I GIVE, I'D LIKE TO TRY TO WEIGH IN ON THAT, BUT IS THERE ANY DESIRE TO LOWER THE TAXES MORE THAN A MILLION? BECAUSE WHAT I HEARD WAS IF WE KEEP A NO NEW REVENUE RATE, WE SAID 1.7 MILLION.
SO IF WE KEEP THE NO NEW REVENUE RATE, WE JUST SAY, LOOK, TAXES ARE GOING TO STAY THE EXACT SAME SAME, THEN WE, WE MISS OUT ON WHAT IS BEING COMMUNICATED TO US AT $700,000 INCREASE.
BUT THEN YOU HAD SAID LIKE, WELL, I'D LIKE TO LOWER THAT RATE ANOTHER, YOU KNOW, WAIT THREE QUARTERS OF A PENNY MAYBE, AND WE'D REALIZE A MILLION DOLLAR LESS REVENUE AND WE'D LOWER THE TAXES FOR THE FIRST TIME. I DON'T KNOW WHEN THE LAST TIME THEY WERE LOWERED, BUT WHENEVER SO IS THERE ANY DESIRE TO DO MORE THAN THE MILLION DOLLARS? WELL, ALL I'M SAYING IS THAT THE. NO NEW TAX RATE. WE GOT TO TIGHTEN OUR BELT. $700,000.
THE OTHER THING IS WE JUST GOT A NEW MILLION DOLLARS. AND I UNDERSTAND THAT WE'RE, THAT WE'RE, YOU KNOW, WANTING TO SPEND IT. I'M JUST LOOKING AT, CAN WE PROVIDE BECAUSE WE'RE.
OUR SALES TAXES PERFORMING BETTER, CAN WE PROVIDE A LITTLE BIT MORE PROPERTY TAX RELIEF? THAT'S, THAT'S KIND OF WHAT I'M. SO MY PROPOSAL IS TO LOOK AT 1.7 MILLION LESS.
OKAY. AND WE HAVE TIME. I MEAN, THIS IS, THAT'S GREAT DISCUSSION. AND THIS IS EXACTLY THE TIME FOR IT.
WE'VE GOT A MONTH TO FIGURE IT OUT AND BRING IT BACK AND GET IT SIGNED INTO PRACTICE. SO, COUNCIL, IS THERE ANYBODY ELSE THAT HAS A DESIRE TO LOWER THE TAX RATE MORE THAN A MILLION DOLLARS OR WE WOULD. WE JUST LOOK AT THAT AS LIKE, WELL, THAT'D BE A GREAT GOAL.
THAT'S, THAT'S, THAT'S THE MOST WE WOULD CONSIDER. AND YOU MAY BE ON THE OTHER SIDE OF IT.
YOU MAY BE LIKE, WELL, I WANT TO RAISE THE TAX RATE, YOU KNOW, A MILLION DOLLARS OR NOT A MILLION, I GUESS 700. WELL, WE'RE IN A UNIQUE SITUATION BECAUSE WE HAVE SOME, SOME OPTIONS.
AND I THINK IT'S WORTH THE TIME WE HAVE THE FEW WEEKS BEFORE WE DO A FINAL BUDGET JUST TO SEE WHAT THOSE FIGURES ARE.
ALSO REALIZING WE NEED TO OPERATE AS A CITY, AND OUR EMPLOYEES, I MEAN, WE'VE GOT TO GIVE THEM RAISES. AND IF IT'S GOING TO AFFECT THE AMOUNT OF MONEY THAT OUR EMPLOYEES MAKE FOR THEIR TAKE HOME, I THINK THAT'S A CONSIDERATION WE HAVE TO LOOK AT AS WELL AS THE TAX DOLLARS.
BUT I THINK WE SHOULD AT LEAST TAKE A LOOK AT IT AND SEE WHERE THOSE NUMBERS FALL.
AND FOR CLARIFICATION, WE WILL NEED TO SET A TAX RATE FOR PUBLICATION HERE AT THE NEXT COUNCIL MEETING.
YOU CAN ALWAYS COME IN UNDER THAT RATE. AND SO YOU BASICALLY HAVE TO TELL THE CITIZENS THAT WE ARE LOOKING AT A RATE OF 44, 43 OR 42 OR WHATEVER. YOU'RE GOING TO DO THAT. WE HAVE TO PUBLICIZE THAT FOR OUR BUDGET HEARINGS IN SEPTEMBER. YOU CAN'T. SO THEN IN THE HEARINGS, YOU CAN'T GO ABOVE THAT, BUT YOU CAN ALWAYS COME IN BELOW THAT. SO WE DON'T HAVE A FEW WEEKS TO. TO CONSIDER. WE DO NEED TO SET A RATE SOON, BUT YOU ALWAYS CAN COME IN UNDER IT.
SO YOU'RE SETTING YOUR CEILING, AND THEN THAT GIVES YOU TILL SEPTEMBER CEILING, WHEN YOU VOTE.
SO YOU HAVE TO KNOW BASED ON THAT, YOU'RE. WHAT YOU'RE BASICALLY TELLING US IS YOU SET THE CEILING AT THE PROPOSED RATE.
THAT'S GIVES COUNCIL THE MOST FLEXIBILITY TO GIVE YOU MORE TIME TO FIGURE OUT WHAT YOU WANT TO DO. BUT FROM A PERSONNEL SIDE, I THINK HEARING COUNCIL MEMBER SIMPSON, WE'D BE ABLE TO COVER THE 5 MILLION OF PERSONNEL RAISES. IT'S EVERYTHING ON THE 2 MILLION THAT WOULD GET CUT. IT WOULD BE WHAT WE'D HAVE TO WORK THROUGH TO SEE HOW YOU PRIORITIZE THAT DOWN TO A FEW REQUESTS BEING
[03:05:02]
FILLED.AND I GUESS, I MEAN, I LOOK AT THE ASKS OF BEING 19.8 MILLION AND I HEAR COUNCILMAN SIMPSON SAYING, WE WANT TO TIGHTEN OUR BELTS, YOU KNOW, BECAUSE EVERYBODY ELSE IS HAVING TO. SO WE DID. WE DROPPED 17.7 MILLION. RIGHT.
WELL, THAT'S ONE WAY TO LOOK AT IT. YES.
I MEAN, I GUESS, I DON'T. I MEAN, IT'S. IT'S DIFFICULT TO WEIGH, YOU KNOW, WHEN YOU, WHEN YOU SEE THESE. THIS ISN'T.
I MEAN, I DON'T SEE REALLY ANY PORK IN OUR BUDGET. I MEAN, I WISH WE HAD SOME, YOU KNOW, I WISH WE COULD DO SOME DIFFERENT THINGS, BUT I DON'T SEE A LOT OF WORK WHEN IT COMES DOWN TO, YOU KNOW, TIGHTEN OUR BELT. SO, I MEAN, I WOULD SAY THAT THESE ARE LEGITIMATE NEEDS THAT WERE PRESENTED, BUT WE'VE ALREADY CHOPPED IT BY 17 MILLION. I DON'T KNOW. I MEAN, I JUST LOOK AT. I MEAN, IT'S A TOUGH DECISION AND I AGREE WITH TIM AND NOBODY REALLY WANTS TO TALK ABOUT IT, I DON'T GUESS.
BUT I MEAN, I MEAN, IT SOUNDS GREAT TO LOWER TAXES, I MEAN, BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, WE'RE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE CITIZENS FOR SURE. AND I GET, I THINK YOU TALK TO, GOSH, THE VAST, VAST MAJORITY.
OBVIOUSLY IT WOULD BE LOWER RATES. I MEAN, I'M ONE OF THEM. I'D LOVE TO HAVE A LOWER TAX RATE.
BUT THEN THERE'S THE PART OF BEING ELECTED UP HERE AND WE HAVE TO MAKE HARD DECISIONS, AND SOMETIMES THAT'S. I MEAN, MOST PEOPLE DO NOT PAY ATTENTION TO WHAT WE'RE DOING HERE TODAY. I DON'T KNOW HOW MANY VIEWERS WE HAVE, BUT, I MEAN, IT'S GOING TO BE THE SAME PEOPLE. VERY FEW PEOPLE EVEN KNOW THIS IS GOING ON OR THESE ASKS OR WHAT ARE NEEDED. I DO KNOW THAT EVERYBODY ENJOYS WAKING UP, DRIVING TO WORK ON NICE STREETS, TAKING A SHOWER, FLUSHING THE TOILET, DOING THOSE THINGS, YOU KNOW, JUST THE DAILY THINGS. AND THEN ON TOP OF THAT, HAVING PARKS THAT WERE TAKEN CARE OF AND GOING. BEING ABLE TO GO GOLF AND DOING THE THINGS. QUALITY OF LIFE. BUT, YOU KNOW, THAT TAKES. THAT TAKES MONEY. AND OUR CITY'S GROWING, WHICH WE'RE BLESSED. I MEAN, THAT'S AMAZING. OUR CITY'S GROWING. SO NOT ONLY. NOT ONLY HAVE, LIKE, COUNCILMAN SIMPSON BROUGHT UP, I MEAN, THE EXPENSES OF EVERYTHING HAVE GONE UP.
WELL, THEY'VE GONE UP FOR ALL OF OUR EMPLOYEES, THEY'VE GONE UP FOR THE CITY, FOR EVERY SINGLE BUSINESS THAT WE DO, EVERY OPERATION WE DO. SO THOSE HAVE GONE UP. BUT WE'RE ALSO PROVIDING SERVICES TO MORE PEOPLE, YOU KNOW, SO IT'S JUST A TOUGH. IT'S A.
IT'S A TOUGH SITUATION SITTING UP HERE AS WE'RE ELECTED TO REPRESENT THE CITIZENS, BUT ALSO DO WHAT'S BEST FOR.
FOR THEM, WHICH MEANS HELP DIRECT YOU GUYS TO RUN THE CITY AND TO PROVIDE GREAT SERVICE, CUSTOMER SERVICE, AND DO IT WELL, ALL THE WHILE MAKING TOUGH DECISIONS, YOU KNOW. SO I HEAR COUNCILMAN SIMPSON IN HIS DESIRE TO LOWER RATES.
AND THAT'S GREAT IN THEORY. I MEAN, IT'S GREAT IN REALITY. I MEAN, IF WE CAN. IF WE CAN DO IT.
AND AGAIN, I'M JUST TALKING UP HERE, YOU KNOW, TO HAVE THIS DISCUSSION, BUT I THINK IT'S ALSO DIFFICULT TO DO, AND IT MAY NOT BE POPULAR, BUT SOMETIMES I THINK WE HAVE TO TAKE A HARD LOOK AT, WELL, WHAT IS NEEDED FOR THE CITY.
WHAT DO ALL YOU GUYS NEED? AND WE'RE UP HERE TELLING YOU YOU'RE NOT GETTING IT. I'M SORRY. IT'S GONNA BE A LIGHT CHRISTMAS, YOU KNOW, I MEAN, IT'S GONNA BE A. WE CAN'T.
CAN'T GET YOU EVERYTHING THAT YOU NEED. WE'RE GONNA GET SOME.
Y'ALL PRIORITIZE, WHICH IS GREAT, BUT WE'RE NO. NOWHERE NEAR WHAT WE NEED. THEN I'LL.
AND THEN NOW WE'RE KICKING AROUND THE DISCUSSION OR THE IDEA OF, LIKE, I WANT TO LOWER RATES, WHICH IS.
AGAIN, I'M WITH YOU. I MEAN, I BE GREAT. AND DO WE NEED TO GET OUR DEPENDENTS OFF PROPERTY TAX? YEAH, I THINK WE DO. BUT WHILE WE HAVE IT, I ALSO FEEL LIKE MAYBE WE'RE KICKING THE CAN DOWN THE ROAD LIKE A FEW COUNCILS DID BEFORE, OF, LIKE, WE'RE PUTTING OURSELVES IN A TOUGH SPOT OF NOT TAKING CARE OF SOME THINGS. YOU KNOW, AGAIN, NOT PORK, BUT TAKING CARE OF SOME IMPORTANT THINGS. SO I THINK WE HAVE TO BE CAREFUL WITH THAT, TOO. SO IN SAYING THAT, I MEAN, I JUST THINK OPEN DISCUSSION OF WHAT DO WE WANT TO DO POLITICALLY. YEAH, IT SOUNDS GREAT TO SAY, HEY, I'M GONNA LOWER TAXES. I MEAN, THAT IS A GREAT THING. BUT IN REALITY, I MEAN, IT'S ALMOST LIKE A PARENT.
SOMETIMES AS A PARENT, YOU HAVE TO MAKE HARD DECISIONS THAT YOUR KIDS DON'T LIKE, BUT LATER THEY'RE LIKE, MAN, I'M GLAD YOU DID THAT. YOU KNOW? SO, I MEAN, I GUESS I LOOK AT THAT AND I THINK WE NEED TO BE CAREFUL OF WHAT WE'RE DOING. IF WE'RE DIGGING OURSELVES IN A HOLE FOR NEXT YEAR OR THE NEXT COUNCIL THAT COMES, ARE WE HAMSTRINGING THEM? BECAUSE WE'RE NOT DOING ANYTHING. NOW, AGAIN, NO MATTER WHAT WE DO WITH TAXES, WHETHER WE LEAVE THEM THE SAME AND DON'T TOUCH THEM, WHICH I THINK IS A GOOD IDEA, WE'RE NOT RAISING TAXES. WE CAN LOWER TAXES OR WE CAN TAKE OUR THREE AND A HALF. I MEAN, I GUESS I'M SAYING ALL THAT TO SAY IT'S A TOUGH DECISION, AND I THINK IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE'VE ALL GOT AWAY AND SAY, WHERE ARE WE AS A COUNCIL? SO.
WELL, ONE THING I WOULD SAY IS, YOU KNOW, IN MY TIME, AND IF THIS BUDGET WERE TO BE APPROVED AS IT IS, OR EVEN. EVEN WITH THIS, I MEAN, NOBODY CAN SAY
[03:10:01]
DURING MY TIME ON HERE, YOUR TIME, OR MAYOR'S TIME IN HERE THAT WE HAVEN'T INVESTED. I MEAN, WE'VE RAISED TAXES EVERY YEAR, AND IF YOU LOOK AT THE AMOUNT THAT WE'VE RAISED, THE TAXES OVER THE COURSE, WHEN YOU LOOK AT M&O AND INS, I MEAN, PEOPLE'S SALARIES HAVE NOT INCREASED OVER THAT MUCH TIME IN THE SAME TIME PERIOD, SO.NEXT YEAR WE WOULD ALSO HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY BECAUSE WE HAVE DEBT ROLLING OFF. SO. AND AS I SEE OTHER TAXING ENTITIES TALKING ABOUT IT, I DON'T. I MEAN, MAN, WHAT PEOPLE'S TAX BILL IS GONNA. YOU KNOW, I DON'T SEE ANYBODY IN OTHER TAXING ENTITIES EVEN HAVING THIS DISCUSSION SO FAR, FROM WHAT I'VE SEEN. SO EVERYBODY ELSE MAY TAKE. I JUST THINK IT'S WORTH THE DISCUSSION TO BE COGNIZANT OF, YOU KNOW, THAT PART OF IT. AND CAN WE LOOK AT THIS AS A POSSIBILITY AT THE END? YOU KNOW, I WOULD SAY, YOU KNOW, AT A MINIMUM, THE NO NEW TAX REVENUE RATE, IF THAT'S SOMETHING THAT WE CAN LIVE WITH, TO COMMIT TO THAT, AND THEN THAT DOES GIVE US SOME MORE TIME TO HAVE DISCUSSION ON ANYTHING ABOVE AND BEYOND WHAT THAT WOULD LOOK LIKE.
AND I DON'T DISAGREE. I THROW ALL THAT OUT THERE JUST TO SAY THESE ARE ALL THINGS THAT WE NEED TO LOOK AT. AND I DON'T KNOW THIS, BUT I MEAN, YOU KNOW, ALL OF US, THE AMOUNT OF TIME THAT WE SPEND ON THIS, WHEN YOU TWO GUYS ARE, YOU KNOW, THE SECOND TIME AROUND. US NUMBER FOUR, YOU, SEVEN, SIX, EIGHT, TEN. I CAN'T IMAGINE ANY MORE TIME THAN THIS GUY SPENT ON THE BUDGET. AND I CAN SAY THAT WE'VE BEEN, I THINK, PRETTY GOOD. I MEAN, AND LES, TO YOUR POINT, YOU KNOW, WE'VE. WE'VE RAISED THE RATES, BUT WE'VE GOTTEN PRETTY CREATIVE IN USING THAT INS SIDE TO TAKE CARE OF SOME CANS THAT WERE KICKED DOWN THE ROAD. AND I THINK WE DID A PRETTY GOOD JOB. YES, WE DID RAISE RATES, BUT AGAIN, THE STREETS ARE IN, I THINK, BETTER SHAPE THAN THEY'VE BEEN.
YOU KNOW, THE ORGANIZATION'S FUNCTIONING.
IT'S. AND THAT'S WHY I WANTED.
I WANT THAT DISCUSSION TO HAPPEN, TOO.
ON NO MATTER WHAT WE DO WITH THE RATE, WHAT DOES THAT MEAN TO THE HOUSEHOLD? RIGHT? IS IT $5 A MONTH? IS IT $8 A MONTH? LIKE, WHAT IS THAT? AND TO LESSON POINT YESTERDAY, THAT MEANS SOMETIMES THAT'S A HUGE DEAL. YOU KNOW, I MEAN, YOU KNOW, THE OTHER THING, I THINK IT JUST IS JUST DOING THIS BECAUSE AGAIN, I THINK THERE'S A SILENT MAJORITY OUT THERE THAT WE NEVER HEAR FROM. THERE'S SOME PEOPLE THAT SAY, HEY, OUR TAXES ARE TOO, TOO LOW.
THEY NEED TO BE MORE. BUT, YOU KNOW, ONE THING I THINK JUST LOOKING AT THIS, HOPEFULLY IF WE SAY, YOU KNOW, WE'RE LOOKING AT THIS, AND IF ONE DAY WE EVER HAVE TO GO TO THE VOTERS, THEY CAN'T SAY, YOU KNOW WHAT, THAT COUNCIL, THEY JUST DIDN'T LISTEN TO US. THEY JUST RAISED OUR TAXES EVERY YEAR. YOU KNOW, AT LEAST IF WE HAVE TO GO TO THE VOTERS AT SOME POINT FOR SOMETHING THAT WE NEED, HOPEFULLY THAT WE'RE HAVING THIS DISCUSSION AND MAYBE WE'RE ABLE TO TAKE ACTION ON, IT WOULD SAY, YOU KNOW WHAT, THEY TIGHTENED THEIR OWN BELT BEFORE THEY CAME AND ASKED ME FOR MORE MONEY. SO I THINK THAT'S PART OF THIS DISCUSSION. NOW AT THE END, MAYBE EVERYBODY ELSE WILL SAY, NO, WE'RE NOT GIVING YOU ANY MORE.
BUT I DO THINK JUST HAVING THIS DISCUSSION TO SAY, HOW MUCH CAN WE LOOK AT? YOU KNOW, EVEN IF IT'S FIVE OR EIGHT FOR THAT SILENT MAJORITY THAT WE NEVER HEAR FROM, THAT COULD BE MEANINGFUL TO THEM OR FOR SOME PEOPLE, DEPENDING ON THEIR EVALUATION, MAYBE THE INCREASE WOULDN'T BE AS MUCH AS IT WOULD BE OTHERWISE.
WHAT PERCENTAGE OF THE COMES TO THE CITY? WHAT IS IT, ABOUT 20, ABOUT 22% OF THE TAX, DEPENDING ON WHICH COUNTY YOU'RE IN.
YEAH, 22% COMES TO US. SO, YES, 78% IS GOING JUNIOR COLLEGE, WATER DISTRICT, WHEREVER.
YEAH, I THINK THAT'S SO IMPORTANT, YOU KNOW, THAT WE'RE NOT GETTING THE FULL AMOUNT.
WE'RE TRYING TO OPERATE AND DO ALL THE THINGS THAT WE'RE DOING, YOU KNOW, ON A RESTRICTED AMOUNT. I JUST THINK PEOPLE NEED TO HEAR THAT.
I ALWAYS LIKE TO. I MEAN, I THINK EVERYONE ALWAYS. I THINK CITIZENS, THEY TEND TO FORGET ABOUT WHAT ALL THEY GET FROM THEIR TAX. I MEAN, I MEAN, NOT EVERY CITIZEN USES THE SCHOOLS. I MEAN, AT ONE POINT, MAYBE THEY DID OR NOT, I DON'T KNOW. SO SOME PEOPLE USE IT AS A COLLEGE, A LOT OF PEOPLE USE IT THE WATER DISTRICT, BUT EVERYONE USES THE CITY SERVICE. NOT EVERYONE EVEN USES THE COUNTY. WHAT'S ONE OF THE ISSUES THAT I HAVE IS THAT WE ALL PAY COUNTY TAXES, BUT HOW MUCH THAT COMES BACK TO THE CITY. AND SO.
BUT EVERYONE, EVEN PEOPLE IN MOUNT SINAI COMMUNITY USE THE CITY SERVICES. EVERYONE DOES.
AND SO. AND I ALSO OFFER THIS TOO. WHILE THERE'S LEGISLATIVE NOISE ABOUT CUTTING THIS AND CUTTING THAT AT THIS CURRENT TIME, THE LEGISLATION, WHICH IS A VOICE OF THE PEOPLE IN THE TEXAS, HAVE DECIDED THAT 3.5% IS A REASONABLE AMOUNT TO GROW.
THAT'S WHY THEY GIVE IT TO YOU TO DECIDE THAT THEY DON'T WANT ANY MORE, BUT THEY RECOGNIZE THAT COSTS ARE GOING UP, THERE'S ISSUES, BUSINESS GOES UP AND EVERYTHING. SO LEGISLATION HAS SPOKEN, WHICH SPEAKS FOR THE PEOPLE AND TEXAS THAT, THAT WE RECOGNIZE THERE IS A NEED TO KEEP UP WITH THINGS.
NOW, IN MY OPINION, 3.5 ISN'T ENOUGH. SO AS WE SEE $19 MILLION OF NEEDS, I CAN'T EVEN DO THAT RIGHT NOW.
SO. BUT LEGISLATION HAS SAID THIS IS A REASONABLE AMOUNT TO GROW. NOW, OBVIOUSLY YOU DON'T HAVE TO TAKE IT, BUT WHEN THERE IS NEED,
[03:15:01]
WHEN THERE IS, WHEN WE DO NEED TO SERVE OUR CITIZENS, WHEN THERE IS 19 PLUS MILLION DOLLARS OF NEED, AGAIN, NONE OF THIS STUFF IS JUST WE WANT TO DO IT. THIS IS STUFF THAT OUR CITIZENS ARE DEMANDING.THEY WANT FASTER RESPONSE TIMES, THEY WANT SAFER OFFICERS, THEY WANT MORE MOWED AND WATERED GRASS AND IN THE PARKS, THEY WANT THESE THINGS. AND SO THIS IS THE CITIZEN, THE STAFF'S RESPONSE TO THAT.
HEY, WE'VE HEARD ALL THE COMPLAINTS, THE CONCERNS, THE POSITIVE NEGATIVES. THIS IS WHAT WE'RE HEARING, WE NEED.
AND SO 3.5% DOESN'T EVEN GET THAT.
SO I WOULD JUST SAY FROM THIS SPOT, IT'S ALL VERY, VERY LOGICAL, ALL THE DISCUSSION, IT'S ALL VERY, VERY WISE AND IT'S NEEDED FOR CERTAIN FOLKS. BUT THE GREATER NEED IS TO CONTINUE TO MOVE THIS CITY FORWARD. I WOULD SUPPORT MOVING AS QUICK AS WE CAN TO GET THESE THINGS FIXED ACROSS THE BOARD. THE WORK IS NOT DONE THE WORK IS NOT DONE IN THIS CITY. IF THE WORK WAS DONE, WE HAD THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS, IF WE HAD EVERYTHING IN ALL OF OUR AFFAIRS IN ORDER, THEN WE WOULD LOOK AT LOWERING TAXES. I THINK IT'S A GREAT IDEA, LES, BUT TO ME, COST IS ONLY GOING TO CONTINUE TO INCREASE.
I THINK WE'VE HEARD THAT IF WE HAD DONE THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT HOW MANY YEARS AGO, JUST 15 YEARS AGO, IT WOULD HAVE BEEN $300 MILLION AND NOW WE'RE UP TO A BILLION.
THE TIME IS NOT NOW TO ALLOW THESE THINGS TO BE PUNTED. WE NEED TO GET THE WORK DONE WHILE WE CAN, ESPECIALLY IN A GROWTH PHASE. SO I WOULD NOT SUPPORT ANY TAX RELIEF.
WELL, I WOULD SAY $700,000 IS NOT GOING TO DERAIL THE TRAIN. AND TO BE HONEST WITH YOU, AGAIN, WHEN YOU LOOK AT, AND I'M JUST SAYING FROM WHAT I'VE DONE OVER THE LAST FOUR YEARS WITH THIS, IF THE CURRENT BUDGET IS IMPROVED AND IT'S NOT BEEN ON THE M AND O SIDE, IT'S BEEN ON THE INS SIDE, AND CORRECT ME IF I'M WRONG, WE'VE INCREASED OUR PROPERTY TAXES 27% WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE AMOUNT OF INCOME THAT WE'RE GETTING ON THE PROPERTY TAXES BEFORE THE YEAR. SO I WOULD NOT GO BACK AND CHANGE ANY OF THAT.
I THINK IT WAS GOOD INVESTMENT.
I THINK TO YOUR CREDIT, TO THE PART OF IT, IT SAID THE INS SIDE AND WE'VE ISSUED THAT DEBT FOR A LOT OF THINGS. I'M JUST SAYING CAN WE GIVE A LITTLE RELIEF TO THE PROPERTY TAX OWNERS RIGHT NOW? AND I DON'T THINK GIVING A LITTLE RELIEF IS GOING TO DERAIL ANYTHING MAJOR ON THE CITY IF WE'RE LOOKING AT.
AGAIN, I JUST THINK AS I HEAR TAX DISCUSSIONS, YOU KNOW, IT'S NOT THAT OFTEN THAT I.
THAT AND I'M GLAD WE'RE HAVING THIS DISCUSSION THAT WE'RE OPEN TO IT TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT.
SO, YOU KNOW, I'D FIND IT HARD TO SUPPORT SOMETHING THAT'S NOT GIVING A LITTLE BIT OF RELIEF TO THE TAXPAYERS BECAUSE WE PRESSED ON THEM PRETTY HARD.
FOR NOW, THIS WILL BE THE FOURTH BUDGET TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT. AND YOU KNOW, IF WE GET OFF TRACK FOR SOME REASON OR WE LOOK AT NECK BUDGET WHEN THE NEW COUNCIL'S HERE, THERE ARE WAYS TO MAKE THAT UP. WE CAN GO BACK AND, YOU KNOW, WE CAN CLAIM OUR 3% OR 3 AND A HALF PERCENT NEXT YEAR. AS I, AS I UNDERSTAND IT, WE'VE GOT SOMETHING THAT'S GOING OFF THE INS SIDE DEBT.
SO I'M JUST SAYING LET'S, LET'S JUST KEEP IN MIND OUR TAXPAYERS ARE HAVING TO FUND THIS AND THE PRESSURE AND HOW THEY'VE HELPED US NOW WILL BE THE FOURTH YEAR OF BEING ABLE TO DO THE THINGS THAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT.
JUST VERY QUICKLY, CAN I HAVE SOME CLARIFICATION ON THE 700,000 AND WHO IS PAYING? WHO WOULD SEE THE RELIEF IN THE 700,000? BECAUSE QUICK MATH ON 200.
I MEAN, IS IT REALLY, TRULY GOING TO GIVE INDIVIDUALS RELIEF? IT'S CASE BY CASE. SOME WILL SEE MAYBE SOME SAVINGS, SOME WON'T.
YOUR BIG BUSINESSES, ONES WHO HAVE LOTS OF PROPERTY VALUE, THEY'LL SEE THE GREATEST, THE SMALLEST, SMALLEST HOMES WILL SEE THE SMALLEST.
AND SO HOW MUCH WILL WE SEE OUT OF 700? I MEAN, WHAT WILL I SEE AS A CITIZEN? AVERAGE $5.
WELL, IT DEPENDS ON WHAT THE VALUE OF YOUR HOUSE IS. BUT ALL I'M SAYING IS YOU'RE NOT GOING TO BE PAYING AS MUCH AS YOU WOULD OTHERWISE IF WE'RE RAISING YOUR TAXES.
SO I'M GOING TO SAVE THREE, THREE DOLLARS FOR THE YEAR.
I MEAN THAT'S WHAT I'M ASKING.
700,000 OUT OF 204,000 INDIVIDUALS IN THE CITY.
WHAT, WHAT IS MY TAX RELIEF GOING TO BE? WELL, MAYBE IF YOU DIVIDE IT BY WHAT 78,000 UTILITY. THAT'S PROBABLY YOUR CUSTOMER BASE.
$10 ONE TIME. $10. NOT $10 A MONTH. IT'S $10. SO THE IMPACT ON TAXES WE SHOW FOR THE PROPOSED TAX RATE AT 0.44728 IS $58.99 FOR A RESIDENT IN RANDALL COUNTY.
[03:20:02]
THAT'S AN INCREASE. IF WE ADOPT THESE VOTER APPROVAL TAX RATES AND THE KNOWN NEW REVENUE TAX RATES, IT'S A REDUCTION OF 4.$4.95 FOR RANDALL COUNTY AND FOR PORTER COUNTY.
PER MONTH OR ANNUAL? ANNUAL $4.
BUT THAT'S, THAT'S ON THE MEDIUM HOUSEHOLD VALUE.
YEAH, IT'S JUST TAKING ONE ONE AND THAT'S THE WAY THE STATE MAKES IT LOOK AT. SO. BUT I THINK IT'S UP FOR US TO COUNCIL TO DETERMINE, YOU KNOW, WHAT WE WANT TO DO AND WHAT WE WANT TO SUPPORT.
UNLESS I HEAR YOU. I HEAR YOU.
COUNCILMAN TIPPS WANTS TO KNOW IF WE GET DEPRECIATION ON THAT LOWERED RATE AND IF THAT FACTORS SHADED HOUSE OR MY NOT. IT'S TOO EARLY FOR THAT ALREADY. I'M SORRY.
ON THAT NOTE, MAYOR, THE LUNCH IS ABOUT AVAILABLE.
SINCE WE KNOW NO ONE'S THINKING ABOUT LUNCH. WE'RE THINKING ABOUT TAXES. OH MY GOODNESS.
SO MUCH FUN. COUNCILMAN SIMPSON IS DOING A GREAT JOB HERE OF REALLY WALKING US THROUGH ALL THIS. AND WE'RE GETTING GOOD DISCUSSION. TWO AND A HALF PENNIES, 2.6 PENNIES IS THE DIFFERENCE IN THE TWO RATES. ONE PENNY REVENUES, US $1.6 MILLION.
THAT'S 4.1 MILLION THAT WE SHOULD BE LIKE LOOKING AT. AND THEN YOU GOT THIS 10 PAGE LONG, YOU KNOW, CONVOLUTED MATH PROBLEM. I'M SURE THERE'S DEPRECIATION IN HERE TOO.
ANYWAY, IT'S $4.1 MILLION THAT WE SHOULD. THANK YOU. I APPRECIATE YOU. WE SHOULD BE LOOKING AT A $4 MILLION SWING IN, IN THIS DECISION.
FOR WHATEVER REASON, WE ARE LOOKING AT A $700,000 SWING. AND I, I DON'T AGREE WITH IT, BUT I DON'T GET PAID TO FIGURE THAT OUT. SO I'M NOT WORRIED ABOUT IT. SO, LIKE, THAT'S THE ONLY NET REVENUE DIFFERENCE THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT. WHAT COUNCILMAN SIMPSON SAID IS HE WANTS TO SEE IF WE CAN DO MORE, WHICH WOULD BE ANOTHER MILLION DOLLARS. SO DOESN'T SOUND LIKE I HAVE ANY COUNCIL THAT WANTS TO GO AND DO MORE THAN THE MILLION. RIGHT. I THINK I HAD SOME COUNCIL THAT UNDERSTOOD, LIKE, MAYBE THIS NO NEW REVENUE RATE IS A POSSIBILITY. WE COULD KEEP OUR TAXES FLAT, WHICH WOULD ACTUALLY LOWER THE TAX RATE FROM 43 CENTS TO 42 CENTS.
REVENUE THE SAME AMOUNT LESS 700,000. AND WE NEEDED TO GO FIGURE THAT OUT. SO WE DID. WE FIGURED OUT A MILLION DOLLARS COMFORTABLY, IN ADDITION, ADDITIONAL SALES TAX. NOW, I WANT TO REMIND EVERYBODY, YOU RUN THE CITY ON PROPERTY TAXES THAT EQUATE TO 22% OF THE CITY'S COST. SO THIS BUDGET IN FRONT OF YOU HERE, YOU'RE ONLY LOOKING AT 22% OF IT IN THE GENERAL FUND THAT'S GOING TO BE PAID OUT BY THESE PROPERTY TAXES.
RIGHT? SO THAT MEANS OUR JOB, GENTLEMEN, IS TO HELP THIS STAFF PRODUCE A BALANCED BUDGET. AND OUR JOB IS TO MAKE SURE THAT WE RUN A BALANCED BUDGET RIGHT. AND SO LIKE, YOU GUYS BRING IT IN ON, ON TIME AND ON SCHEDULE. BUT, BUT WE SHOULD HAVE A BALANCED BUDGET GOING FORWARD. SO IN ALLEVIATING THE COST, WE'VE GOT 78% OF OUR COST THAT WE CAN, WE, WE CAN LOOK AT. WE DON'T HAVE TO DEDUCT A MILLION DOLLARS OUT OF THESE ASKS. WE COULD LEAVE THESE AS PROPOSED BY THE STAFF. BUT YOU KNOW, ADMINISTRATION COST ALLOCATION, THAT'S LINE ONE IN YOUR BUDGET. SO QUESTION.
WE ARE SPENDING A TREMENDOUS AMOUNT OF TIME WITH ADMIN ON ALL THINGS WASTEWATER TREATMENT. AND SO LIKE, CAN WE INCREASE THAT REVENUE BUDGET LINE ITEM $500,000. THAT'S JUSTIFIABLE THROUGH EXECUTIVE STAFF ALLOCATIONS AND OTHER STAFF ALLOCATION. WHAT COMPRISES THAT, GRAYSON, THAT'S 8.4 MILLION IN REVENUES IN YOUR BUDGET.
WELL, TO YOUR QUESTION, WE DO A FORMULA THAT WE DO CHARGE THE WATER AND SEWER FOR ADMIN LEGAL HR THOSE PIECES. THERE'S A FORMULA FOR THAT. AND SO AGAIN TRYING TO BE FAIR TO THE RATE PAYERS AT THE SAME TIME THE RATE PAYERS AND THE TAXES, THEY'RE NOT ALWAYS THE SAME PEOPLE. SO TRYING TO BALANCE ALL THAT AND I KNOW WE'RE NOT EVEN TALKING ABOUT THE RATE LIKE OUR SEWER WATER RATE, BUT WE'RE GOING TO TALK ABOUT THAT HERE LATER. AND SO YOU KNOW, I STILL FEEL LIKE THAT FUND IS STRONG AND HEALTHY AND YES, IT'S GOT TO GO DO A WHOLE LOT BUT AT THE SAME TIME IT'S PART OF OUR BALANCED BUDGET. THE OTHER ONE WAS THE NON BUSINESS LICENSES AND PERMITS. I KNOW WE HAD REMOVED ROUGHLY A MILLION DOLLARS DOWN ON THAT. WE WERE GOING TO YOU KNOW, RELY ON SOME OF OUR INTERNAL EXPERTS IN, IN CALCULATING THAT. BUT LIKE DO WE HAVE ANY, ANY LATITUDE THERE? CAN WE STILL BE CONSERVATIVE AND INCREASE THAT AMOUNT? SO THESE ARE EXPECTED REVENUES IN THE BUDGET. I WOULDN'T BE OPPOSED
[03:25:03]
TO LOWERING TAXES A MILLION DOLLARS AND OFFSETTING THAT STILL PROVIDING ALL OF THE ONGOING EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS WITH, WITH ALLEVIATING SOME OF THOSE THOSE COSTS BY REVENUING IN THESE OTHER AREAS. SO I WOULD POINT TO NON BUSINESS LICENSES AND PERMITS AS A POTENTIAL AND THEN MAYBE WE COULD LOOK AT THE ADMIN COST ALLOCATION AND THEN I WOULD ALSO LOOK FOR ANY OF THAT INTERGOVERNMENTAL REVENUE THAT WE WOULD ABLE TO CAPTURE AT THE END OF 25. IT CAME IN IN 26 AS A REVENUE. DO WE, DO WE HAVE ANY OF THAT LEFT OVER THAT WE CAN USE? AND SOME OF THESE OVER HERE ARE ONGOING EXPENDITURES THAT WE COULD PULL OUT TO ONE TIME EXPENDITURES IF WE NEEDED TO. NOT MANY.I'VE GOT A SEPARATE LIST FOR THAT. YOU DO? PERFECT.
ANDREW'S ALWAYS IN FRONT OF IT. SO I SMELL LUNCH BACK THERE.
SOMEBODY DROPPED IT IN A TOASTER. BUT WE, WE COULD TAKE A MINUTE HERE AND WE CAN STOP BUT, BUT WE SHOULD AT LEAST EVALUATE. DO WE WANT TO DO ANYTHING MORE THAN A MILLION DOLLARS TAX RELIEF? LET'S NOT GO WORK THIS BUDGET, FIND THE MILLION DOLLARS AND THEN SAY WELL I'D LIKE TO DO TWO. RIGHT. SO I MEAN IS THAT, IS THAT, WOULD THAT ACCOMPLISH WHAT YOU'RE. YOU'RE WANTING TO DO, MR. SIMPSON? IF IT'S AS POSSIBLE, YEAH, I'D LIKE TO SEE. I MEAN, YOU KNOW, I GUESS FIRST WE HAVE TO AGREE THAT WE'RE ALL ON BOARD WITH THE NO NEW TAX RATE. THAT WOULD BE A START AT 700. AND THEN IF 300 MORE IS ALL WE THINK WE CAN DO, THEN 300 IS BETTER THAN NOTHING. ONE THING I DO WANT TO REMIND PEOPLE, WE ARE RAISING PEOPLE'S TAXES ON THE INS SIDE. WE'VE. WE'VE ISSUED DEBT THIS PAST YEAR FOR I GUESS WHAT DEBT DO WE START PAYING FOR NEXT YEAR? THAT RIGHT NOW THEY'RE NOT FIRE TRUCKS, STREETS.
SO WE DON'T HAVE ANY DEBT ROLLING OFF. THIS YEAR WE'VE INVESTED 12 MILLION IN THE STREETS AND I CAN'T REMEMBER HOW MUCH IS IN THE FIRE TRUCKS. SO CITIZENS ARE STILL GIVING THEIR FAIR SHARE TO HELPING US DO THAT.
BUT THEY'RE THERE NOW AND WE COMMITTED A COUPLE OF MAJOR EXPENDITURES. THE.
THEY'RE GOING TO BE PAYING FOR NEXT YEAR, BUT HAD TO.
I'M NOT SAYING WE DIDN'T HAVE TO. I'M JUST SAYING AS WE THINK ABOUT THE TAXPAYERS AND SAYING, I MEAN, THEY, THEY HAVE BEEN PAYING, THEY HAVE BEEN SUPPORTING, WE HAVE BEEN RAISING TAXES TO IT. AND THAT'S WHY I'M SAYING A LITTLE BIT OF RELIEF, I THINK WOULD BE SOMETHING THAT I'D BE SUPPORTIVE OF.
COUNCILMAN, I DON'T SUPPORT RELIEF RIGHT NOW.
UNTIL WE SEE WHERE WE'RE GOING TO END UP, THE DISCUSSION IS GOOD.
I'M NOT GOING TO MAKE A COMMITMENT TO WHERE WE NEED TO BE UNTIL I SEE THOSE NUMBERS.
BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, I'M SITTING HERE PLAYING WITH NUMBERS AND THERE'S ALL KINDS OF THINGS YOU COULD DO. TAX RELIEF IS ALWAYS GOOD AS LONG AS IT DOESN'T AFFECT THE OPERATION OF THE CITY.
WELL, WHAT I HEARD YOU SAY, MAYOR, IS LIKE IF WE FIND A MILLION, IF WE DROP A MILLION, WE GO FIND IT SOMEWHERE ELSE.
WHICH MANY PEOPLE WOULD SAY A TAX IS A TAX, WHETHER YOU CALL IT A FEE OR YOU, YOU KNOW, HAVE A TAX RATE. A TAX IS A TAX, AND IF YOU HAVE TO PAY IT, IT'S TAX. SO IF WE FIND A MILLION OVER HERE, BUT THEN WE, WE GO GET IT IN FEES AND THAT TYPE OF DEAL. WE'VE HAD THIS TO SOME DISCUSSION. WELL, THAT'S TAX TOO. SO YOU'RE JUST TAXING THE USERS, YOU KNOW.
BUT I MEAN, AND I AGREE, I THINK WE'VE GOT TO SEE THE NUMBERS BEFORE WE DISCUSS ANY TAX RELIEF FOR SURE.
BUT I THINK WE GOT TO GIVE DIRECTION TO STAFF ON WHAT WE'RE THINKING. I MEAN, I MEAN. OR WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO GIVE THEM DIRECTION IN TWO WEEKS AT THE NEXT COUNCIL MEETING.
BUT WE CAN ALWAYS ADOPT WHAT YOU SAID. NO NEW REVENUE RATE.
I THINK THAT'S. AND THEN WE CAN GO UP OR DOWN THERE.
SO YOU DON'T HAVE TO SET THE CEILING AT THE THREE AND A HALF PERCENT. AND THEN BY SEPTEMBER YOU DECIDE, LET'S GET OFF THE FENCE AND MAKE A DECISION.
I THINK NEXT MEETING WE COULD COME BACK PREPARED TO SHOW YOU WHAT THE POSSIBLE TAX CALCULATIONS WOULD WORK OUT IF YOU DO THE NO NEW REVENUE UNDER IT. WE CAN ALSO SCRUB OUR NUMBERS AGAIN, SEE IF THERE'S ANY OTHERS THAT WE CAN ADJUST. BUT I CAN ALSO GO AHEAD AND RANK THE. SO WE KNOW WHAT WE COULD SPEND AT THE CERTAIN LEVELS. SO YOU KNOW WHAT YOU'D BE CUTTING IN SERVICES. WE COULD HAVE A DISCUSSION I HAVE ON THE 25TH ON THAT.
THE ONLY THING I WAS ADD IS BEFORE WE STARTED THIS THING, WE HAD 6.2 AND WE GOT A MILLION DOLLARS AND WE JUST, WE SPENT IT AS QUICK AS WE COULD. I MEAN WE COULD HAVE GIVEN THE TAXPAYER, I MEAN IF WE JUST TODAY SAID THAT, WE WOULD HAVE FIGURED OUT WHAT THE 6.2 WAS AND SAID, WAIT A MINUTE. SO I THINK THE MONEY'S THERE TO BE ABLE TO PROVIDE THE RELIEF. WE DIDN'T EVEN EXPECT IT COME WHEN WE STARTED THIS ON TUESDAY.
BUT WE HAD $19 MILLION IN ASK AND THEN WE CUT IT DOWN
[03:30:01]
TO 2.1. SO YOU CAN SAY THAT TOO BECAUSE I THINK IF WE HAD THE MONEY, DO WE HAVE NEEDS FOR IT? AND I'M GOING TO SAY ONCE, DO WE HAVE NEEDS? WE DO TO ALLOCATE IT.SO I MEAN, YOU CAN LOOK AT IT BOTH WAYS AND I AGREE WITH YOU. I'M NOT DISAGREEING, BUT IT'S GOOD DISCUSSION.
BUT WE, I MEAN, AND I THINK THE FOUR TIMES THAT WE'VE DONE THIS, MAN, I THINK WE'VE, LIKE YOU SAID, WE'VE, WE'VE ISSUED DEBT, WE'VE INCREASED THAT INS.
BUT MAN, WE'VE BEEN TIGHT. I MEAN, I THINK WE'VE GONE. I DON'T KNOW ANYBODY THAT'S, YOU KNOW, SCOURED THE BUDGET MORE THAN MAYOR. I MEAN, HE SPENT COUNTLESS HOURS ON THAT THING.
BUT WHAT I WOULD LIKE TO HEAR TOO IS FROM STAFF.
WHERE DO Y'ALL THINK WE ARE? I MEAN, ARE WE IN DIRE STRAITS? I MEAN, I MEAN, YOU GUYS ARE THE ONES RUNNING THE ORGANIZATION. AND I KNOW, YOU KNOW, I TRUST THAT Y'ALL ARE ALL HONEST. RIGHT? AND I DO TRULY TRUST THAT, THAT, YOU KNOW, YOU JUST SAY YOU GIVE US ALL YOU CAN GET. BUT WHERE ARE WE TRULY WHEN WE'RE LOOKING AT A 19 MILLION DOLLAR ASK AND WE'RE LIKE, SORRY, YOU GOT TWO.
I NEVER HAVE ANYONE CALLING ME AND SAYING, YOU'RE DOING TOO MUCH OTHER THAN I'M ENFORCING SOMETHING UPON THEM. AND SO ALL I GET ALL DAY IS NOT ENOUGH, NOT GOOD ENOUGH. YOU'RE NOT DOING THIS DEBT RIGHT. YOU'RE NOT COVERED HERE. YOU SHOULD BE COVERING THIS OVER HERE. WHERE IS THIS? WHY ISN'T THIS DONE YET? THIS ISN'T FAST ENOUGH.
THAT'S ALL I THINK ALL OF YOU GET. THAT'S ALL I GET.
IT'S ALL MY STAFF GET, IS, WE'RE NOT KEEPING UP. THAT'S ALL I GET.
AND IT'S BASED ON THE STATE CONSTRAINTS, THE 3.5%, SO THE O AND M SIDE ALWAYS SUFFERS.
SO, YEAH, WE CAN ISSUE DEBT AND DO A CAPITAL PROJECT, BUT.
BUT YOU NEVER CATCH UP ON THE O AND M SIDE.
SPEAKING ON BEHALF OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL LIST, I THINK YOU HAVE TO HEAR IT FROM THE EMPLOYEES THEMSELVES, WHO. I CAN'T THINK OF ANYBODY IN THE ORGANIZATION WHO DOESN'T COME HERE AND WANT TO COMPLETE THEIR JOB AND DO A GOOD JOB EVERY SINGLE DAY THAT THEY'RE HERE. THE THING THAT THEY CONTINUALLY ASK US FOR IS GIVE US THE TOOLS TO DO OUR JOB WELL SO THAT WE CAN GET PRAISE FOR. WE CAN SAY, HEY, WELL DONE.
BUT THEY'RE CITIZENS. WOULD THEY NOT WANT TO SEE TAX RELIEF? I'M NOT GONNA SPEAK ON THAT BEHALF.
I'M JUST SAYING THEY WANT TO DO A GOOD JOB. THEY REALLY DO.
YEAH. I MEAN, I'M JUST SAYING MOST PEOPLE DON'T. THE VAST MAJORITY, THEY DON'T SEE THIS. THEY DON'T UNDERSTAND RUNNING THE ORGANIZATION. I DIDN'T UNDERSTAND IT UNTIL I SAT IN THE SEAT. YOU JUST DON'T GET IT.
I THINK FOR ME, AS A CITY MANAGER, I MEAN, TO ME, IT'S NOT A MATTER OF TAX LEAVE. NOT TO ME. I WANT TO GET STUFF DONE.
I WANT TO SERVE PEOPLE. AND THAT TAKES MONEY. AND SO I DON'T WORK FOR FREE. THEY DON'T WORK FOR FREE. CONTRACTORS DON'T WORK FREE. THE CHLORINE PROVIDERS, THE PART.
THE VENDORS, THEY DON'T WORK FOR FREE. THE ROAD CONSTRUCTION, ASPHALT, NO ONE WORKS FOR FREE. WE WANT TO GET STUFF DONE.
OUR OPERATIONAL TEAMS HAVE BROUGHT AND HAVE SPENT A CRAZY AMOUNT OF TIME, CRAZY AMOUNT OF DOLLARS GENERATING THESE.
THEY'RE THE SUBJECT MATTER EXPERTS. WE HAVE TO TRUST THEM. IT IS OUR JOB TO DO THE BEST WE CAN WITH THE AVAILABLE RESOURCES.
WE'VE GOT TO COMPLETE THE MISSION, PERIOD. THAT'S OUR JOB UP HERE. AND THEY NEED THESE THINGS. I MEAN, I SIT HERE AND LOOK ON THE FIRST THE FIRST PAGE.
I MEAN, WE NEED SOMETHING THAT DOESN'T ALLOW THE BAD GUYS TO KNOW WHAT OUR LAW ENFORCEMENT IS DOING ON RADIOS. THAT'S A NO BRAINER. I MEAN, AND, BUT IN EVERYTHING SINCE I'VE BEEN HERE FOR, I DON'T EVEN KNOW WHAT, 14 MONTHS, 16 MONTHS, WHATEVER IT IS, THE REOCCURRING THEME IS WE NEED MORE AND COSTS ARE INCREASING.
AND WHAT DO WE NEED? $5 BILLION RIGHT NOW TO COVER EVERYTHING THAT WE NEED TO DO.
I MEAN, IF WE GOT $5 BILLION, COULD WE HONESTLY SAY, HEY, WE'RE CAUGHT UP? WELL, THERE'S A WAY TO DO THIS, BUT WE GOT TO ASK THE VOTERS. I MEAN, ALL THESE THINGS. I MEAN, AND I THINK IT'S SOMETHING, I MEAN, WE CAN'T DO IT NOW, IT'S TOO LATE AND THERE'LL BE A NEW GROUP HERE NEXT YEAR. ONE THING THAT WE OUGHT TO LISTEN TO IS, I MEAN, WHAT DO WE NEED? I MEAN, WHEN WE TALK ABOUT THE THINGS THAT PUBLIC SAFETY NEEDS OR OTHER DEPARTMENTS OR WHATEVER IT MAY BE, YOU KNOW, MAYBE NEXT YEAR IS SOMETHING THAT WE LOOK AND SAY, HEY, WE'VE GOT THESE NEEDS. IF WE'RE GOING TO KEEP UP THEN. AND THEN, YOU KNOW, LET'S LET THE VOTERS HAVE A CHANCE TO SAY, HEY, THESE ARE SOME, YOU KNOW, PICK OUT THESE REALLY IMPORTANT THINGS THAT ARE ON THIS LIST, PARTICULARLY IN THE AREAS THAT ARE KIND OF OUR PILLARS AND FUNDAMENTALS AND WHAT PEOPLE WANT AND GET THEIR PERMISSION TO GET MORE MONEY.
AND THAT'S PART OF THE GOAL OF GIVING YOU ALL THE 19 MILLION PICTURES THAT YOU GUYS NOW HAVE. YOU GUYS NOW HAVE SOMETHING YOU CAN TAKE OUT TO THE VOTERS. IF WE DO PURSUE A VADER, A VOTER FOR A TAX RATE ELECTION, YOU HAVE THIS TO SAY, HEY, THIS IS WHAT, THIS IS WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO GET DONE FOR YOU. AND SO THEN THEY CAN DECIDE, YEAH, WE WANT IT OR NOT. THE ELECTION, IF WE DO ONE NEXT YEAR, COULD BE THE BIGGEST TELLTALE FOR FUTURE COUNCILS OF WHERE CITIZENS, THE MAJORITY STAND.
AND THEN IT'S NOT US DETERMINING IT OR RAISING THEIR
[03:35:02]
INS RATE AS MUCH AS WE WANT TO, IT'S THEM SAYING, HERE'S SOMETHING THAT WE'RE WILLING TO INVEST.SO STAFF, THEY WERE ASKED TO PUT A BUDGET TOGETHER AND THEY DID. THEY PRESENTED IT HERE.
WE'VE GOT ALL THE PAPERWORK, WE'VE GOT THE BINDERS, AND THEY'RE TELLING US THIS IS WHAT THEY NEED TO RUN THE CITY. OUR JOB, BASED ON WHAT THEY'VE TOLD US, IS TO LOOK AT IT AND JUST SAY, ARE YOU SURE? IS THAT WHAT YOU NEED? IS THERE A PLACE WHERE WE CAN CUT BUT TO JUST OUTRIGHTLY GO AND SAY, LET'S CUT THE RATE DOWN TO THIS BECAUSE OUR SALES TAX WAS A MILLION DOLLARS HIGHER THAN WHAT WE EXPECTED. I DON'T THINK THAT'S A GOOD PROCESS TO GET TO START BECAUSE EVERY YEAR WE MAY HAVE THAT. WHAT HAPPENS IN THE YEAR THAT WE'RE $2 MILLION SHORT AND WE HAVE TO GO BACK TO THE TAXPAYER AND SAY, GUESS WHAT? WE WERE $2 MILLION SHORT AND IT'S TWO YEARS OUT AND NOW WE'RE GOING TO RECAPTURE FROM TWO YEARS AGO WHAT WE DIDN'T DO. AND WE'RE LOOKING AT A 7% INCREASE. SO UNTIL WE MAKE THOSE DECISIONS, I'D LIKE TO SEE THE NUMBERS IN COMPARISON FOR WHAT YOU'VE RECOMMENDED AS PROFESSIONAL STAFF AND WHAT WE MIGHT, WHAT ROOM WE MIGHT HAVE. AND IT MAY BE JUST STAYING AT THE RATE WE ARE TODAY AS OPPOSED TO THE NO NEW REVENUE RATE. WE DON'T KNOW UNTIL WE SEE THOSE FIGURES.
BUT THE PRUDENT THING AS WE GO OUT IS TO SAY WE ARE ADOPTING OR PROPOSED TAX RATE IS WHAT THE STAFF HAS RECOMMENDED. AND THEN IF WE SEE FIT THAT WE CUT IT, THEN WE DO AND THEN STAFF HAS TO WORK AROUND, AROUND THAT.
BUT I WOULD LIKE TO SEE THOSE FIGURES.
AT YOUR AUG. 25 MEETING WHEN YOU ALL SET THAT TAX CEILING, WE COULD HAVE A SEPARATE DISCUSSION WITH THAT INFORMATION AND GET A LITTLE MORE DIRECTION AND THEN WE WILL BUILD IT BASED ON THAT FOR SEPTEMBER. IT'S A GREAT PROCESS.
ANY MORE DISCUSSION? OKAY, SO ARE WE ANY FURTHER THAN WE WERE 30 MINUTES AGO? I DON'T THINK SO.
WE, WE HAVE DISCUSSED THE ROUND TABLE AND IT IS STILL ROUND.
RIGHT. WE, WE DIDN'T REALLY MOVE IT FORWARD TOO FAR.
SO I THINK WE DIDN'T. WE DECIDE TO RIGHT NOW ACCEPT THE NO NEW TAX RATE. IS THAT WHAT WE DECIDED? SO WE ALWAYS GO DOWN.
WE'RE GOING TO SET THE CEILING AT THREE AND A HALF PERCENT AND THEN GIVE Y'ALL COMPLETE FLEXIBILITY OF ANYTHING BENEATH THAT. AND THEN WE WILL WORK ON VETTING THE NUMBERS, ALSO COMING UP WITH SCENARIOS IF Y'ALL CUT 700,000 MILLION, WHAT WE COULD DO WITH THAT AMOUNT OF MONEY.
YOU WANT THAT 3.5% AVAILABLE, CORRECT? I HEARD YOU SAY LIKE YOU WEREN'T INTERESTED IN LOOKING AT LIKE, LIKE THE NO NEW REVENUE RATE YET BECAUSE THAT REPRESENTED A SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLAR SWING THIS YEAR. AND, AND YOU NEEDED THAT. SO LIKE COUNCILMAN REID, YOU WANT THE THREE AND A HALF PERCENT AS WELL.
FLEXIBILITY. THAT FLEXIBILITY THAT PROVIDES US THE FLEXIBILITY WE NEED TO MAKE DETERMINATION. AND, AND WE'VE TALKED IT, YOU KNOW, SO I'M NOT TRYING TO TALK IT AGAIN, AGAIN, I'M JUST SAYING THAT'S A $700,000 DIFFERENCE THIS YEAR.
AND IT'S JUST NOT MATERIAL WHEN YOU'RE PROVIDING A 611 MILLION DOLLAR BUDGET. AND SO LIKE, I WOULD, I WOULD HAVE PUSHED FOR THE NO NEW REVENUE RATE TO BE THE HIGH SIDE.
LIKE THAT'S IT. LIKE WE JUST GO NO NEW REVENUE RATE. IF WE CAN DO BETTER, WHETHER IT'S 500, 700, A MILLION, THAT'S WHAT WE DO.
BUT THEN IT HAS TO BRING ALL THESE DELIVERIES.
SO I'M JUST, I'M JUST WORKING ON THE REVENUE SIDE. I'M IN AGREEMENT WITH THE EXPENDITURES. SO YOUR EXPENDITURES, AS YOU'VE PUT THEM OUT THERE, I SAY IS BEST WE CAN DO IN A BALANCED BUDGET. AND YOU ARE, YOU'RE HITTING A LOT OF DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS. I KNOW EVERYBODY IS LOSING SOMETHING OUT OF THEIR REQUEST, WHICH I THINK IS A GOOD JOB.
AND I THINK TOO, OBVIOUSLY, AS BUDGET PROCESSES GO ON, WE ARE STILL DOING BUSINESS TODAY.
WE HAVE ANOTHER MONTH OF DATA WE CAN LOOK AT. SO IF WE HAVE ANOTHER. WHEN'S OUR NEXT. WHEN WE HAVE TO TALK A WEEK FROM NOW? OR IS IT A WEEK AND A HALF OR THE 25TH, 25TH, IS THAT WHAT IT IS? SO WE CAN, WE CAN LOOK AT SOME OF THOSE HIGH DOLLAR REVENUE FIGURES.
SEE, DO WE HAVE, IS THERE ANOTHER, IS THERE ENOUGH DATA NOW TO SUPPORT AN INCREASE THERE? AND SO BECAUSE AGAIN, WE DON'T WANT TO, WE DON'T WANT TO JUST AGAIN, WORD YESTERDAY. WE DON'T ARBITRARILY JUST GIVE YOU A SIX MAN OR FIVE MEN OR FOUR. WE BASE OFF OF TRENDS OFF OF DATA WE'VE GOT. SO NOW IF WE HAVE A LITTLE MORE INFORMATION, WE MIGHT BE ABLE TO SQUEEZE OUT A LITTLE BIT MORE ON SOME OF THESE BIG TICKET ONES.
WE'RE NOT GONNA GO TO THE LITTLE 1,000 LINES, THOSE KIND OF THINGS. WE'RE
[03:40:01]
GONNA LOOK AT THE ONES THAT ACTUALLY MEAN SOMETHING. SO WE CAN WORK ON THAT. AND MAYBE WE CAN BRING BACK A BETTER REVENUE PROJECTION IN THE OTHER 79% POT.OKAY, REALLY GOOD. I DON'T WANT TO MOVE THE SCHEDULE UP. SO WHAT IS THE, WHAT DOES THE LAW REQUIRE? WHAT'S THE LAST DATE THAT WE CAN VOTE FOR THE HIGHEST RATE? WE COULD ALWAYS COME DOWN. BUT WHAT DOES THAT DATE LOOK LIKE? LET ME PULL THAT CALENDAR UP.
SO IF WE HAVE A COUPLE COUNCIL MEETINGS BETWEEN NOW AND THEN, LET'S GIVE OURSELVES SOME LATITUDE.
DON'T BRING IN THE THREE AND A HALF PERCENT INCREASE TO BE VOTED ON IF THAT'S NOT WHERE WE REALLY ARE GOING TO LAND.
YEAH, I THINK OUR AUGUST MEETING WILL HAVE TO HAVE THAT CEILING SET. AND SO. BUT THEN YOU WANT TO COME UP BECAUSE AGAIN, YOU HAVE TO. YOU HAVE TO GIVE THE VOTERS TIME FOR A PUBLIC HEARING IN SEPTEMBER TO THEN BECAUSE WE HAVE STATUTORY LANGUAGE, WE HAVE TO PUBLISH AND EVERYTHING.
SO YOU MAY BE SUGGESTING HAVE ANOTHER MEETING NEXT WEEK TO DISCUSS SOME MORE BEFORE Y'ALL VOTE.
YEAH. SO IT COULD BE THAT WE'LL FIND THE LAST AVAILABLE DATE THAT. WHICH WE CAN. WHICH WE HAVE AVAILABLE. IT MAY NOT BE AUGUST 25TH. MAYBE IT'S AUGUST 29TH KIND OF THING. I DON'T KNOW.
I CAN TELL YOU WHILE I'M TRYING TO PULL IT UP THAT YOUR TWO DATES FOR APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF YOUR BUDGET AND TAX RATE ARE SEPTEMBER 15 AND SEPTEMBER 22.
THE 15TH IS A SPECIAL MEETING JUST FOR PUBLIC HEARINGS AND FIRST READINGS. SO WE HAVE AN EXTRA WEEK BUILT IN THERE. THE 29TH IS A TUESDAY THAT WE COULD USE IF WE NEEDED TO FOR FIRST OR SECOND READING.
YOU WILL HAVE THE SEPTEMBER 10TH MEETING IN BETWEEN AUGUST 25TH AND SEPTEMBER 15TH. SO THAT MIGHT BE AN OPTION. AND I APOLOGIZE. EDOCS IS BEING A LITTLE SLOW WITH ME.
YEAH. WE'LL NEED TO VERIFY BOTH STATUTE AND OUR CODE AS TO WHICH ONE SAYS BY A CERTAIN DATE YOU HAVE TO PUBLISH SOMETHING. SO WE CAN WORK ON THAT. AND SO. AND I THINK WHAT WE CAN DO IS, MAYOR, WE CAN WORK WITH YOU TO DETERMINE WHAT IS THAT LAST DATE WE HAVE TO WORK WITH TO PUBLISH SOMETHING. AND THEN THAT CAN BE THE DAY BEFORE IS WHEN WE GET TOGETHER AS A COUNCIL FOR LIKE ANOTHER BUDGET WORKSHOP OR SOMETHING AND SAY, OKAY, COUNCIL, THIS IS. YOU ARE NOW REQUIRED TO ISSUE A CEILING FOR THE PUBLIC HEARINGS STARTING TOMORROW KIND OF A THING.
WELL, SEEMS LIKE A GOOD TIME TO TAKE LUNCH AND THEN COME BACK AT ONE. IT'S 12:10 RIGHT NOW. THAT WOULD GIVE US TIME.
IF YOU GET THOSE DATES, THEN TODAY WE'LL STILL WRAP THAT UP.
WHAT DO WE STILL HAVE LEFT ON THE AGENDA THAT WE NEED TO COVER? WE CAN STILL COVER SOME OF THE SUPPLEMENTALS OF THE OTHER DEPARTMENTS, BUT Y'ALL HAVE IT HERE.
SO YOU COULD REVIEW IT DURING LUNCH AND SEE IF ANY QUESTIONS.
OTHERWISE, WE JUST NEED TO TALK HOT SUBSIDY AND ANY OTHER DIRECTION FEEDBACK AS WE CONTINUE THROUGH THE PROCESS OF WHAT Y'ALL WANT TO SEE.
AND I MADE THE DECISION I WON'T BE GOING TO THE FUNERAL.
STAY FORWARD. SO WE GOT PLENTY OF TIME.
SO WE CAN GET. WE CAN KIND OF COMB THROUGH THE OTHER FUNDS THAT ARE FULLY SUPPORTED. YOU DON'T HAVE TO WORRY ABOUT TAX RATE, BUT WE CAN GO AND HIT THE HIGH POINTS OF THOSE FUNDS.
GET YOUR CIP THE ONE TIME DOLLARS TOO.
COUNCIL, DO Y'ALL WANT TO TALK RATES TODAY? AND SOME OF THOSE. THAT WAS THE OTHER THING THAT WE WERE THINKING.
YES, WE CAN PULL THAT SLIDE BACK UP. YES, SIR.
OKAY, LET'S TAKE A LUNCH BREAK.
WE'LL COME BACK HERE AT ONE AND THEN IF WE CAN GET OUR SCHEDULE FROM THERE, WE'LL DO IT TODAY. THANK YOU.
ALL RIGHT, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, THANK YOU ALL FOR COMING BACK. WE'LL CALL OURSELVES BACK INTO SESSION.
LET'S TRY TO WRAP UP. SO, GRAYSON, YOU GUYS TAKE OFF RUNNING WITH THOSE LAST TWO OR THREE ITEMS AND WE'LL GIVE FEEDBACK.
SO WE COVERED THE GENERAL FUND SUPPLEMENTAL SO WE CAN GO QUICKLY THROUGH THE OTHER FUNDS.
OF COURSE, WATER AND SEWER HAD THE TWO AND A HALF MILLION AVAILABLE OUT OF NOT INCLUDING RAISES AND COLA IN THAT CONVERSATION.
THEY HAD 4.3 MILLION OF REQUESTS. SO WE'VE BEEN ABLE TO ACCOMMODATE 1.675 OF ADDITIONAL OPERATIONAL RECURRING INCREASES. YEAH, IT HAS 2.5 MILLION AT THE TOP FOR WATER AND SEWER. SHOULD SEE 824,000 FOR PERSONNEL. SO WHEN IT COMES TO THE FUNDS LIKE UTILITIES, WE'RE GOING TO FINALIZE THESE AS WE MOVE TO SEPTEMBER. BASICALLY MAKE SURE WE HIT THEM IN THE RIGHT LINE ITEMS. BUT THIS WAS THE INITIAL PRIORITY LIST. BUT NOW THAT WE KNOW IT'S CONSTRAINED TO 1.6, THEY MAY MOVE A LITTLE DEPENDING ON WHICH DIVISION OF THE UTILITIES. DONNIE RECOMMENDS THEY PLACE THOSE WITH HIS TEAM. SO THAT'S WATER AND SEWER. NEXT PAGE IS DRAINAGE UTILITY FUND. THEY BASICALLY HAD ENOUGH TO COVER THE COST OF LIVING AND MERIT PAY. AND PHASE TWO IMPLEMENTATION AND ADDING ONE DRAINAGE UTILITY, FOUR PERSON. THIS IS GOING
[03:45:03]
TO BE, I BELIEVE, A SUPERVISOR FOR SWEEPERS. YEAH. SO THERE'LL BE A SUPERVISOR OVER STREET SWEEPER AND THEN THERE'S A CAPITAL PURCHASE TO ACTUALLY HAVE THEM OUT THERE IN A STREET SWEEPER. SO IT ADDS TO THE VEHICLES YOU'LL SEE OUT ON THE STREET. NEXT UP IS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY THAT'S JUST COVERING COST OF LIVING AND MERIT PAY FUND.AIRPORT IS COST OF LIVING MERIT PAY AND A PHASE TWO IMPLEMENTATIONS PLUGGED IN THERE IT SHARE OF THE WORKDAY ANNUAL COST AND THEN THREE NEW FTES. THEY WILL BE SLIGHTLY DIPPING MORE INTO RESERVES AROUND 200,000 ONCE YOU ADD IT TO WHERE THEY CURRENTLY SIT, WHICH WE THINK IS REASONABLE.
AND THEN THE FLEET FUND IS ALSO COVERING COST OF LIVING AND MERIT PAY. NO ADDITIONAL ALLOCATIONS ON THAT ONE. ANY QUESTIONS ON THOSE FEW? OKAY, SO MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LARGE STACK.
THIS IS THE ONE TIME CIP OR CAPITAL OUTLAY PARTICULARLY WHEN YOU LOOK AT GENERAL FUND. I.
YES SIR, QUICKLY. IT LOOKS LIKE THE NEW ELECTRICIAN FTE.
IS THAT PRICE CORRECT? THAT WILL HAVE. LET'S SEE HERE.
THAT SHOULD BE THE FULLY ENCUMBERED SALARY PLUS BENEFITS. THAT'S FOR THE 94.
OKAY. YES, I THINK THAT'S PRETTY LOW COMPARED TO WHAT ELECTRICIANS ARE GOING FOR RIGHT NOW.
WHICH IS OUR COMPENSATION STUDY CHALLENGES. YES SIR, WE AGREE. AS FAR AS THE ONE TIME CAPITAL, 11.9 MILLION IN GENERAL FUND. YOU'LL SEE SPRINKLED IN HERE, YOU'LL SEE SOME THAT CAME FROM THAT SUPPLEMENTAL RECURRING REQUEST THAT I'M RECOMMENDING THAT CAN BE ONE TIME PURCHASES FROM CAPITAL SUCH AS THE ROOK WITH TRAILER FOR PD, THE PUBLIC SAFETY WELLNESS VEHICLES.
INSTEAD OF LEASING THOSE, JUST BUY THEM OUTRIGHT. AND THEN SOME OF THEM ARE TASERS FOR THE BAYLESS AND AN APD.
WHAT WAS IN THE RECURRING WAS ANNUAL LEASE PAYMENT. I'M PROPOSING JUST. I DIVVIED THAT UP BY THE FIVE YEARS AND PUT A ONE TIME COST. HOPEFULLY WE CAN GET A LITTLE CHEAPER FOR BUYING IT UP FRONT. BUT FOR NOW THAT'S KIND OF A PLACEHOLDER FOR BUYING TASERS OUTRIGHT.
YOU'VE GOT YOUR POLICE RADIO ENCRYPTION. BUILDING SAFETY WAS ALSO IN THE RECURRING CYCLE FOR NEW CODE CYCLE BOOK PURSES FOR ALL THE STAFF WHICH THEY CHARGE A LOT FOR THOSE BOOKS.
UNFORTUNATELY WHEN YOU NEED TO GET ALL YOUR STAFF COPIES OF THOSE. WE'VE ALSO, WE BASICALLY HAVE TRIED TO SPREAD IT ACROSS MULTIPLE DIFFERENT PRIORITIES AND DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS. WHEN IT COMES TO AFDS WHICH WE TALKED A LITTLE BIT ABOUT ABOUT BUILDING A NEW REPLACEMENT FOR FIRE STATION 6. WE'VE GOT IT REDUCED DOWN TO JUST KNOCK OUT THE DESIGN THIS YEAR AND THEN WE'LL WORK ON FUNDING FOR NEXT YEAR. SAME FOR THE MULTI PURPOSE CLASSROOM DESIGN ONLY. AND THEN COME BACK JUST FOLLOWING OUR SAME NEW MODEL OF WE WANT TO DESIGN STUFF FIRST BEFORE WE PLUG IN A NUMBER THAT'S NOT NOT CORRECT FOR THE BUILD. WE DO HAVE A NUMBER PLUGGED IN FOR THE LAND ACQUISITION FOR FIRE STATION 6 THAT MIGHT BE ABLE TO BUY FIRE STATION 6 AND MAYBE A NEW LOCATION AS WELL.
SO THAT'S JUST A PLACEHOLDER FOR NOW. YOU'VE GOT YOUR TYPICAL TRAFFIC SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS, WHETHER IT'S NEW LIGHTS, ENTIRE SIGNAL AND CONSTRUCTION, PAVEMENT MARKINGS, TRAFFIC SIGNAL DISPLAY. YOU'VE GOT YOUR PARK CNI 922,000 PUMP STATION FOR IRRIGATION, CENTRAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR IRRIGATION, THE PARKS RESTROOM REMOVAL AND THEN THERE IS BUILT IN AT LEAST FOR ONE PLAYGROUND REPLACEMENT IS BUILT IN THERE THAT COULD ALSO BE USED TO BUILD RESTROOMS IF WE WANTED TO SWAP THAT AROUND MUNICIPAL COURT REPORTER SOFTWARE THAT'S DUE TO A SHIFT IN PERSONNEL.
INSTEAD OF HAVING A COURT REPORTER, THERE'S SOFTWARE THAT CAN REPLACE HAVING THAT FTE IN THE COURTROOM. AND THEN JUST OTHER EXAMPLES, FACILITIES BUILDING AUTOMATION FOR FORKLIFT, SCISSOR LIFT. SO REALLY, REALLY TRIED TO COVER A LOT OF THE BIG NEEDS FROM PUBLIC SAFETY STANDPOINT, INFRASTRUCTURE AND THEN JUST THE ONGOING PROJECTS IN THESE DEPARTMENTS. KENNELS PROJECT FOR AMW, E&I FOR AMW.
AND THEN THERE IS STILL A NEEDS ASSESSMENT MASTER PLAN FOR MUNICIPAL COURT AND PD AT A 400,000. THE PREVIOUS NUMBER WE HAD IN THERE ALSO WAS CONSIDERING SOME DESIGN COSTS.
SO. SO START WITH JUST THE PLANNING EFFORT AND THEN IN THE FUTURE WE COULD COME BACK FOR POTENTIAL DESIGNS OR BUILDING NEEDS FOR MUNICIPAL COURT OR POLICE DEPARTMENT.
AND WE GAINED 45,000 BECAUSE OF THE IRRIGATION PUMP. SO THAT WENT FROM 350 TO 305,000. SO WE GAINED 45.
YEAH. SO THAT WILL GIVE US ANOTHER OPPORTUNITY TO ADD SOMETHING ELSE WITH THAT COST COMING DOWN. SO REALLY JUST THESE ARE, THESE ARE RECOMMENDATIONS IF THERE'S SOMETHING CRITICAL WE MISSED OR
[03:50:01]
WE NEED TO SWAP AROUND. WE'RE JUST LOOKING FOR FEEDBACK GENERAL FUNDS, THE ONE THAT IT COULD GO TO A LOT OF DIFFERENT THINGS.SO IF THERE'S A CERTAIN PROJECT YOU'RE NOT SEEING ON THERE THAT YOU WANT TO DISCUSS FURTHER, WE'RE HAPPY TO HEAR IT.
ON THE PARKS RESTROOMS FOR IN THE SCHOOL PARKS, WE'RE GOING TO TAKE THEM DOWN. IS THAT THEN GOING TO BE LEFT UP TO THE SCHOOLS IF THEY WANT TO REPLACE. I'M NOT SURE THAT THEY WANT TO, BUT IF THEY WANTED TO REPLACE THEM, THAT'S GOING TO BE ON THEM.
YES SIR. THAT'S BEEN OUR RECOMMENDATION AND CONTRACT DISCUSSIONS WITH THE SCHOOL.
WE IN THE ORIGINAL IT WAS PARKS REPLACEMENTS OF OUR RESTROOMS. RIGHT? YEAH.
THAT ARE EITHER FAILING OR NEED TO BE REPLACED OR A NEW ONE IN A REGIONAL PARK WHICH IS TOTALLY CITY OWNED.
THOSE, THOSE RESTROOMS ARE GOING TO BE EITHER REPAIRED OR REPLACED.
BUT THE ONES THAT ARE IN THE SCHOOL PARKS AS UP TO THE SCHOOL AISD AND THAT'S GOING TO BE UP TO THEM.
WE WOULD JUST BE PROPOSING SINCE IT WAS ORIGINALLY OUR ASSET, WE WOULD TEAR IT DOWN.
BUT IF THEY WANTED ANOTHER ONE IN, THEY WOULD NEED.
THEY WOULD THEN HAVE TO PAY FOR IT.
YES, SIR. YES, SIR. ANY OTHER FEEDBACK OR QUESTIONS ON GENERAL FUND? OKAY, SO THE 13 MILLION FOR WATER AND SEWER, IT'S A VERY SHORT LIST BECAUSE IT ALLOWS THAT FLEXIBILITY FOR DONNIE'S. DONNIE HAS A LIST OF 13 MILLION AS OF TODAY THAT THEY MIGHT PUT THAT TOWARD.
BUT DEPENDING ON HOW THE NEXT FEW MONTHS PLAY OUT AND WHAT THEIR PRIORITIES SHIFT. THIS ALLOWS THE FLEXIBILITY TO BUILD THOSE PROJECTS, BRING THEM TO COUNCIL AND GET APPROVAL COME CONTRACT TIME.
SO ANY QUESTIONS ON THAT ONE? OKAY.
SOLID WASTE 3 MILLION TO ALLOCATE. WE'VE GOT THOSE CITIZEN CONVENIENCE CENTERS THAT WOULD REPLACE PUTTING THEM AT THE LIBRARIES IN THE PARKS, WHICH WILL CLEAN UP THOSE AREAS BECAUSE WE HAVE GOTTEN QUITE A FEW MORE COMPLAINTS ABOUT HOW THINGS ARE LEFT TO THE SIDE AND IT'S JUST SPILLING OVER. SO WE HOPE THAT WILL HELP ADDRESS THAT. CONTINUATION OF THE DUMPSTER REPLACEMENT PROGRAM, THE ENI ACCOUNT AND THEN THE ADDITIONAL LANDFILL ENGINEERING SERVICES CONTRACT.
I BELIEVE THAT'S FOR THE GAS MONITORING AND SOME OF THE CHANGES.
YEAH, GAS PERMITTING. ANYTHING ELSE THAT WE. THAT'S CONTINUAL EVERY YEAR THAT WE.
AND THEN MOVING ON TO DRAINAGE UTILITY. IT'S JUST A PURCHASE OF A NEW STREET SWEEPER FOR THAT NEW FTE THAT'S PROPOSED.
ON THE RECURRING SIDE OF THE PROPOSAL, AS FAR AS CIVIC CENTER GOES ON THE SECOND PAGE AT 1.9 MILLION TO ALLOCATE, THERE ARE TWO PROJECTS THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED TO BE COVERED BY VENUE DISTRICT. THAT'S THE ASPHALT REPLACEMENT FOR THE ADMINISTRATION LOT AND NEW SOUND COMPONENT UPGRADES TO THE GNC AND THE AUDITORIUM.
THEN WE'VE GOT THE REST ALLOCATED TOWARD CHAIR REPLACEMENT.
CIVIC CENTER ICE PLANT REPAIRS, WHICH IS A MORE OF A RECURRING HAVING AVAILABLE FUNDS TO REPAIR IT THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
NEW COLISEUM SOUND SYSTEM AND THEN A NEW ONE THAT'S BEEN ADDED FOR THE REMAINDER THAT WAS AVAILABLE IS COLISEUM SEATING UPGRADES. THAT'S A NEW PROPOSAL THAT WE DISCUSSED IN OUR ONE ON ONES FROM CHRISTOPHER. AS FAR AS ADDING SOME ADDITIONAL SEAT AND FREEING UP SOME AVAILABLE SPACE THERE. AND THEN THE LAST ONE ON THE LIST IS OUR AIRPORT FUND.
THEY HAD 5.7 MILLION AVAILABLE.
THE UPPER HALF IS RELATED TO GRANT MATCH FOR THOSE PROJECTS. THE BOTTOM HALF THAT DOESN'T HAVE GRANT MATCH LISTED WOULD BE AIRPORT REVENUE FUNDS. WE ARE STILL REVIEWING SOME POSSIBILITIES FOR THIS ONE. WHEN IT COMES TO OUR R SIMULATOR, WE'VE HAD SOME TIMING WHEN IT COMES TO THE FTA GRANTS THAT RIGHT NOW WE'VE JUST BEEN FUNDED TO GET THE SIMULATOR ITSELF.
BUT NOT THE CIVIL CONSTRUCTION SIDE. WE MAY HAVE SOME OPPORTUNITIES TO GO AHEAD AND FUND THE CIVIL CONSTRUCTION SO WE CAN GO AHEAD AND GET THAT TRAINING SYSTEM OFF THE GROUND INSTEAD OF WAITING A COUPLE MORE YEARS TO GET THAT PROJECT DONE.
WHERE IT WOULD MOST LIKELY COME FROM IS A PORTION OF THE PREFERRED CANOPIES AND TAKING THE 510,000 THAT HASN'T BEEN ALLOCATED. BUT WE'RE STILL CRUNCHING THOSE NUMBERS AND SEEING WHAT WHAT OPPORTUNITIES WE HAVE THERE. SO OTHERWISE IT'S. IT'S A CARPET REPLACEMENT, MOWING, TRACTOR, UTV, AIRPORT, CAPITAL E AND I PROGRAM 140,000 AND THEN JUST VARIOUS EQUIPMENT. AND THEN THERE'S THAT ALBERS GRANT THAT WE'VE DISCUSSED WITH Y'ALL RECENTLY FOR 300,000 IS INCLUDED IN THIS LIST AS WELL. ALL RIGHT, SO THAT COVERS. THAT COVERS THE CIP PIECE. I THINK NEXT WE WERE GOING TO ALSO TALK ABOUT THE DEBT THAT'S ROLLING OFF AND THEN WE CAN VISIT ABOUT WHAT'S IN THE CIP AS FAR AS DEBT RECOMMENDATIONS AND MAKE SURE WE'RE HEADING DOWN THE RIGHT PATH. THE UTILITY SIDE, THAT'S ONE WHERE YOU HAVE TO SET RATES OCTOBER 1ST. WHEN YOU'RE TALKING STREETS AND THE FIRE APPARATUS, WE STILL GOT MORE TIME BECAUSE YOU'D BE ISSUING THAT IN SPRING
[03:55:02]
FOR TAX RATE TO COME THE FOLLOWING YEAR.SO. OKAY, WE WILL WAIT ON PULLING THOSE SLIDES UP. I'LL JUST GIVE A REFRESHER ON WHICH ONES ARE PROPOSED FOR.
FOR DEBT, WE'VE GOT 6.2 MILLION FOR NEW FIRE TRUCKS FOR THE NEXT CYCLE. THAT ONE IS PRETTY MUCH DOESN'T REALLY HAVE AN IMPACT ON YOUR RATE. WE STARTED THAT CYCLE AND IT CONTINUES TO BUILD IN WITH JUST MINOR FLUCTUATION.
IT'S COMMUNITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM YEAR 1 BY FUNDING SOURCE. IT'S GOT BLUE SHADES TO IT. NO, THAT'S THE AIRPORT.
SPECIFICALLY ONE. THERE SHOULD BE ONE MORE LARGER 11 BY 17.
YEAH, IT WAS FROM EARLIER. IT WASN'T FROM TODAY. IT WAS FROM LAST MEETING. COMMUNITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM YEAR 1 BY FUNDING SOURCE. YES, THAT ONE. SO YOU'VE GOT 6.2 MILLION FOR THE FIRE TRUCKS. WE'VE GOT 42,500,000 PROPOSED FOR STREETS. THAT INCLUDES A LARGER AMOUNT TO ACCOMMODATE POTENTIALLY TWO ANNUAL RTO RECONSTRUCTIONS IN OSAGE AND COLTER. AND THEN THE CONTINUATION OF THIS 12.5 MILLION FOR THE SUMMER MAINTENANCE PROGRAM FOR RESURFACING. AND THEN WE'VE GOT THE 60 MILLION TWDB LOAN FOR THE WASTEWATER PLANT PROJECT AND THE DRAINAGE BONDS OF 9.5 MILLION THAT GO WITH THE CORRESPONDING OSAGE AND COLTER STREET PROJECTS. SO I WILL LET LOLA SPEAK TO THE DEBT ROLLING OFF OR KATRINA, ONE OF THE TWO. THAT IS JUST ON THE SCREEN. SHE'S GOING TO MAKE IT A LITTLE BIT BIGGER.
WE'D LIKE TO GIVE YOU A BRIEF OVERVIEW OF THE EFFECTS OF MATURING DEBT ON OUR INS TAX RATES. WE HAVE ALSO ASKED OUR FINANCIAL ADVISORS TO PROVIDE THIS INFORMATION AND FACTOR IN THE EFFECT OF THE DEBT ISSUANCES PROPOSED FOR THE FY 2026, 2027 BUDGET.
SO IN FY 2026, 2027, WE HAVE THREE DEBT MATURITIES.
WHICH INCLUDE THE SERIES 2017 GEODET, THE SERIES 2020 TAX NOTES AND THE SERIES 2022 TAX NOTE FOR THE CITY HALL. THE TOTAL DEBT MATURING WHICH WILL COME OFF OUR ROLL IS $4.9 MILLION AND THE INS RATE IS ESTIMATED TO REDUCE BY 0.029350 IN 2027 2028.
SO NEXT FOR 20282029 WE HAVE THE SERIES 2022 B WORKDAY ERP DEBT OF $1.8 MILLION MATURING.
AND AS SUCH THE INS RATE IS ESTIMATED TO REDUCE BY 0.01150 FOR FISCAL YEAR 2029 2030.
SO FINALLY FOR 2029 2030, THE SERIES 2010 CO DEBT OF $387,791 WILL MATURE AND THE INS RATE IS ESTIMATED TO REDUCE BY 0.02320 FOR FY 2030 2031.
I'D ALSO LIKE TO ADD WE WON'T HAVE ANYTHING ELSE MATURE UNTIL 2037.
AND SOME OF THE BENEFIT FROM THESE. WE HAD A COUPLE IN THERE THAT WERE JUST SEVEN YEAR NOTES. LIKE CITY HALL. IT WAS SEVEN YEAR.
THAT'S WHY THAT ROLLED OFF SO QUICKLY.
YES SIR. THE WHOLE LIST IS IN THE BACK OF DEBT SERVICE.
SPEAKING OF CITY HALL, DO WE. I DIDN'T SEE IN THE BUDGET ANYWHERE FOR THE OLD ONE.
IT'S IN OUR, IT'S IN OUR CURRENT CIP. SO IT'S NOT A NEW PROJECT. WE ARE STILL WORKING ON THAT.
OKAY, SO WE HAVE CURRENT RATE RIGHT NOW AS PROPOSED IS WHAT WITH
[04:00:02]
THESE ADDITIONAL BORROWED MONIES. JUST GENERAL FUND INS FOR THE PROPOSED FOR THIS CURRENT YEAR. 0.10134 IS AN INTERESTING SINKING RATE.0.10134 SO PROJECT THAT TO 28 COMES DOWN TO $0.08 OR $0.07 $0.07 WITHOUT THE ADDITIONAL DEBT WE'RE PROPOSING FOR FY 2627.
WHAT, WHAT WILL THAT EQUATE TO WITH THE PROPOSED ADDITIONAL DEBT IN 27. SO OUR FINANCIAL ADVISORS, WE'VE ASKED THEM TO RUN THE NUMBERS FOR US FOR THE DEBT AND WE'LL HEAR FROM THEM.
SO WE WILL HAVE TO FOLLOW BACK UP WITH YOU ON WHAT IMPACT THAT WILL HAVE.
AND SO THE OVERALL GOAL WILL BE I THINK PROBABLY AT OUR NEXT MEETING, PROBABLY THE 25TH, WHENEVER WE MEET, IS TO PRESENT TO YOU WHAT THE WHAT THE TWO STREETS, THE ARTERIAL RESPECT TO WHAT THAT WOULD LOOK LIKE IN A DEBT RATE AS COMPARED TO THAT. SO I THINK THAT'S WHAT, WHAT THE COUNCIL IS HOPING TO COMPARE IS IS IF WE DID THE TWO STREET RECONSTRUCTIONS PLUS OUR 12 AND A HALF ANNUAL WE'RE TRYING TO DO, HOW DOES THAT, HOW DOES THAT FIT WITHIN WHAT'S GOING OFF? IS THERE A PLUS MINUS BREAK EVEN? SO THAT'S WHAT WE'RE HOPING TO BRING BACK TO YOU.
DO YOU REMEMBER DONNIE? BECAUSE I KNOW THE, THE RATE, THE, THE BORROWING POWER PER PENNY CHANGED A LITTLE BIT DEPENDING ON WAS THAT A SEVEN YEAR ASSET OR A TEN YEAR ASSET.
RIGHT. SO DO YOU REMEMBER FOR EVERY PENNY IN THAT INS RATE WE WERE ABLE TO BORROW, WAS IT 12 OR 14 MILLION? I DO NOT REMEMBER THAT NUMBER. OKAY.
IT'S LESS NOW BECAUSE THE INTEREST RATE WENT UP. I THINK WE'RE CLOSER TO LIKE JUST UNDER A MILLION, I THINK.
SO WE'LL GET THAT BACK TO YOU THEN THE FINANCIAL ADVICE, THEY'LL GIVE YOU HARD NUMBERS WITH FOR THAT.
SO BEFORE WE VOTE ON THIS IN SEPTEMBER, WE WOULD KNOW DEBT ROLL OFF IS GOING TO EQUATE TO SAY ALMOST THREE PENNIES.
THAT'S GOING TO GIVE YOU A DEBT CAPACITY OF $40 MILLION. YOU WOULDN'T EFFECTIVELY ADJUST THE RATE.
COULD WE JUST KEEP OUR RATE THE SAME AND DO 40 MILLION PROJECTS? YES, AND AGAIN WE'LL GET THAT ANSWERED.
THAT'S GOING TO BE FOR THE 27, 28 FISCAL YEAR. SO WE'RE BUDGING FOR 26, 27.
SO BUT YOU, BUT YOU HAVE TO HAVE IT IN YOUR CIP. SO YOU KNOW, AT LEAST AN IDEA.
AND THE DECISION WILL BE MADE FEBRUARY OF NEXT YEAR. YOU COULD ISSUE THE 40 MILLION.
YOU COULD ISSUE LESS. SO YOU'LL HAVE THAT COMFORT LEVEL OF KNOWING HOW THAT TAX RATE LOOKS.
AND THEN AS FAR AS THE DRAINAGE AND THE WATER AND SEWER, WE CAN KIND OF SHIFT AND BRING UP THE FEE SCHEDULE BECAUSE IT'S. THERE ARE FEES BUILT THAT WOULD GO IN EFFECT OCTOBER 1ST TO BE ABLE TO SUPPORT THOSE DEBT ISSUANCES. STEPHANIE WILL PULL THOSE UP.
SO I GUESS OVER THE COURSE OF THE NEXT THREE BUDGETS OR TWO BUDGETS, I GUESS. WELL, THREE, WE'RE PICKING UP ABOUT 4 CENTS, RIGHT? THAT'S CORRECT.
AND THEN, BUT EVEN WITH THAT, I GUESS NEXT YEAR WILL BE THE BIGGEST AT ABOUT 3 CENTS. BUT AT A PENNY FOR 10 MILLION, 12 MILLION, IT DOESN'T REALLY MATTER IF IT'S SOMEWHERE BETWEEN 30 AND 36 MILLION.
THAT DOESN'T EVEN PAY FOR COLTER AND OSAGE.
AGAIN, YOU'RE TAKING THAT DEBT FOR THE PAYMENTS THEMSELVES.
SO YEAH, WE'LL RUN THOSE NUMBERS AND FIGURE OUT HOW MUCH OF THOSE PENNIES GET YOU IN DEBT. SO YEAH, I'M NOT GOING TO PROMISE TODAY THAT WAS ROLLING OFF WILL COVER THOSE PROBLEMS. PROJECTS WE DON'T KNOW, BUT WE'LL GET THAT BACK TO YOU.
BUT IT MAY REDUCE IT TO WHERE YOU'RE TYPICALLY USED TO RAISING IT FOR THE 20 MILLION. MAYBE IT'S LESS THAN WHAT YOU WOULD HAVE RAISED FOR THE ORIGINAL 20 IS A HOPE.
SO THIS, THIS CHART HERE SHOWS WHICH SIDE'S OPERATING. SO, SO WE'VE GOT OPERATING FOR WATER AND SEWER AT 8% AND THEN DEBT SERVICE FOR TWDB IS ALSO AN ADDITIONAL 3% ON THE RATES WITH THE ASSOCIATED REVENUE TO COVER THOSE PAYMENTS AND THEN DRAINAGE OPERATING AT THE BOTTOM. SO YOU GOT WATER AND SEWER SIDE OF THE RATE AND THEN DRAINAGE AT 5% FOR THE BOND AT 478,000 REVENUE.
SO TIMING ON THAT, I MEAN IF YOU'RE NOT ISSUING THAT DEBT AND IT'S NOT COMING TO YOU FOR A WHILE. ARE YOU PROPOSING THE RATE CHANGES AS OF OCTOBER ONE? YES. JUST BECAUSE OF THE WAY THE ENTERPRISE FUNDS WORK.
THEY WANT TO SEE THE RATE BUILT IN BEFORE IT'S REVERSE OF THE PROPERTY TAX. YOU HAVE TO SHOW YOU HAVE THE CAPACITY
[04:05:01]
TO ISSUE THE DEBT AHEAD OF TIME.QUESTIONS COUNCIL ON THOSE NUMBERS. DO WE HAVE A SLIDE FOR OUR AVERAGE WATER USER IMPACT? I DON'T THINK WE HAVE THAT. WE CAN GET THAT THOUGH.
CAN WE GUESS AT IT IF WE DON'T HAVE ONE? I WOULD LIKE TO PROPOSE A BILLING STRUCTURE CHANGE. THE PEOPLE THAT ARE GOING TO BE THE MOST IMPACTED BY THAT ARE THE ONES THAT ARE THE MOST CONSERVATIVE WATER USERS. SO GRAYSON, YOU AND I HAD A GENTLEMAN THAT CONTACTED US. IT WAS $2.74 WAS THE DIFFERENCE IN OUR OVERCHARGE.
SO TO EXPLAIN IT, YOUR SEWER IS BILLED IN ACCORDING WITH YOUR WATER USAGE. BECAUSE THE THOUGHT IS, IS YOU'RE RUNNING THAT WATER THROUGH THE HOUSEHOLD AND THEN IT'S GOING THROUGH THOSE PIPES WHICH AGE AND WE NEED A BUILT IN COST RECOVERY SO WE CAN REPLACE ALL THAT INFRASTRUCTURE ONE DAY. RIGHT. WELL IT'S ALSO CALCULATED DIFFERENT FOR IRRIGATION. SO IF YOU HAVE AN IRRIGATION METER, YOU'RE JUST PAYING FOR THE WATER USED IRON IRRIGATE, YOU'RE NOT GETTING CHARGED THE SEWER CHARGE. SO WE HAVE A POLICY THAT ALLOWS FOR A WINTER USAGE AVERAGE TO BE BILLABLE FOR THE SEWER COST. AND HE HAD BEEN BILLED DOLLAR FOR DOLLAR IN THE SUMMERTIME, WHICH HE WAS RIGHTLY SAYING, HEY, THAT THAT WATER NEVER RAN THROUGH YOUR PIPES SO I SHOULDN'T BE BILLED THAT SEWER COST. AND SO I THINK DID WE MAKE AN ADJUSTMENT FOR HIM PROBLEM? YES. IN HIS SITUATION HE WAS.
I'VE NEVER SEEN THIS IN MY CAREER. HONESTLY. HE WAS SO FRUGAL THAT IT DIDN'T REGISTER FOR OUR RATES DURING THE WINTER, THE WINTER MONTHS AND SO WE, WE START, WE START SETTING THE WINTER AVERAGE AT A THOUSAND OR MORE. HE, HE USED BELOW THAT. AND SO ON THE SOFTWARE, IT SHOWED LIKE A BLANK. AND SO TO THE SOFTWARE, TO THIS, TO THE STAFF IS LIKE, HE'S A NEW ACCOUNT. SO WE'RE GOING TO APPLY THAT, WE'RE GOING TO APPLY, APPLY THE NEW ACCOUNT RATE UNTIL WE HAVE A WINTER AVERAGE.
WELL, HE WAS JUST SUCH A LOW USER, IT WAS ACTUALLY ZERO. SO WE CORRECTED THAT FOR HIM. I THINK HE'S MORE OF AN ANOMALY THAN ANYTHING ELSE.
SO GOOD FOR HIM. WE DON'T HAVE A LOT OF USERS THAT LOW IN USAGE.
YEAH. AND I THINK THAT IF WE WERE LOOKING AT RATE CHANGES, DO WE HAVE A WAY OR WHAT WOULD STAFF RECOMMEND? IF WE HAVE INDIVIDUALS THAT ARE THAT FRUGAL, THEY'RE EITHER THAT MUCH OF A WATER CONSERVATIONIST OR THEY ARE THAT FRUGAL ON THEIR BUDGET AND THEY'RE THAT TIGHT ON THAT HOUSEHOLD INCOME, DO WE HAVE A WAY TO HOLD THOSE MINIMUMS TO WHERE YOUR RATE DOESN'T CHANGE ON YOUR MINIMUM, YOUR RATE CHANGES ON YOUR USAGE. SO THERE'S, THERE'S PEOPLE LIKE ME THAT, YOU KNOW, WE USE 40,000 GALLONS TO RUN THE HOUSEHOLD.
WE'RE NOWHERE NEAR THE 3,000 MINIMUM. SO WHATEVER THAT MINIMUM COST IS TO PURCHASE THAT SERVICE, THE ONLY TIME I SEE THAT IS ON CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS WHERE I DIDN'T USE 10 GALLONS OF WATER. I STILL HAD TO PAY THE MINIMUM. YOU KNOW, IT'S 80 BUCKS OR WHATEVER. SO I AM THINKING IN, OKAY, WE WANT TO RAISE THE FEE 5%. AND SO THE MAJORITY OF OUR USERS ARE WELL ABOVE THE MINIMUMS. BUT THEN WHEN WE TAKE THAT MINIMUM USER WHO USES 500 GALLONS INSTEAD OF 50,000 AND WE'RE INCREASING THAT COST, IT MAY BE LIKE THAT GENTLEMAN. IT WAS AN ISSUE OF PRINCIPAL MUCH MORE THAN IT WAS THE DOLLAR VALUE.
SO DO WE HAVE A WAY TO FREEZE, MUCH LIKE WE FREEZE PROPERTY TAXES, YOU KNOW, TO FREEZE SOME MINIMUMS AND NOT APPLY THAT INCREASE? WELL, I THINK THIS IS, THESE ARE ACTUALLY EXCELLENT QUESTIONS AS ME PART OF OUR RATE STUDY. AND SO AGAIN, I THINK AS THE COUNCIL'S AWARE, WE ARE DOING A RATE STUDY WITH CHRIS ECKHART VIA NUGENT CONSULTING. HE HAS GIVEN US ADVICE ON FEE INCREASES IN AS HE FIND, AS HE FINALIZES NUMBERS. I THINK THAT'S GOING TO BE ADDRESSED. I KNOW WORKING WITH HIM IN PARIS, HE WILL COME BACK. MY UNDERSTANDING IS HE'S GOING TO COME BACK WITH A RATE STRUCTURE THAT IMPACTS YOUR LOWEST, YOUR HIGHEST, YOUR MIDDLE, YOUR COMMERCIAL, YOUR RETAIL, YOUR RESIDENTIAL, TIER ONE, TIER TWO, TIER THREE.
SO WHEN WILL THAT BE? HE'S PLANNING ON THIS FALL. HE WANTS TO LET THESE NEW METERS HAVE MORE DATA BECAUSE HIS VIEW, WE'VE NOT HAD ENOUGH DATA TO SEE HOW THIS IS GOING TO PLAY OUT WHEN IT COMES TO THE, COMES TO THE BETTER USAGE WE'VE BEEN SEEING FOR THE NEW METERS. SO HE WANTED, HE PUSHED BACK HIS DEBT, HE REQUESTED PUSH BACK HIS DEADLINE FROM LIKE THIS LAST MAY
[04:10:01]
TO THIS FALL TO GIVE US BETTER DATA BECAUSE THE METERS ARE REGISTERING BETTER. BUT AT THE SAME TIME WE DON'T KNOW IF THAT'S GONNA BE A LONG TERM THING OR NOT. SO HE'S COMING BACK THIS FALL OR WINTER WITH THAT INFORMATION. BUT HE ADVISED US THAT WE DO NEED TO START MOVING THAT MEAT, THAT INCREMENT UP. HE ADVISED BETWEEN 5 AND 8, HE PUSHED 8% IS WHAT HE RECOMMENDED BECAUSE WE KNOW WITH THE TREATMENT PLANT WE'RE GOING TO GO WELL BEYOND THAT AND WE WANT TO START ACCLIMATING OUR RESIDENTS TOWARDS THAT. BUT THEN WHEN HE DOES HIS RATE STUDY THAT SHOULD ADDRESS A LOT OF YOUR QUESTIONS FOR THE REALLY FRUGAL TO THE LESS FRUGAL INDIVIDUALS.AND I CAN, AND I CAN RELATE ALL OF THIS TO HIM. SO HE'S MINDFUL OF LOOKING FOR SOME KIND OF OPTIONS WHEN IT COMES TO THE VERY FRUGAL USERS ON SUICIDE.
SO WE'RE, WE'RE HAVING GOOD DISCUSSIONS ABOUT LIKE NO NEW REVENUE RATE AND WHAT DOES THAT SAVE THE OWNER AND, OR PROPERTY OWNER AND, AND SOMETIMES IT'S NOT MATERIAL IN LIKE THAT'S ONLY $5 A MONTH OR THAT'S ONLY YOU KNOW, $60 A YEAR. BUT THEN WHEN YOU LOOK AT THESE RATES, THESE IMPACTS ARE MUCH QUICKER AND USUALLY TO A BIGGER DEGREE. SO IN TRYING TO PRIORITIZE, YOU KNOW THAT THAT EXAMPLE OF THAT SINGLE MOM WITH THREE KIDS AND HER BUDGET IS SPENT BEFORE SHE PACKS THE FIRST LUNCH. RIGHT. I WOULD MUCH RATHER PUSH TOWARDS LIKE RATE ADJUSTMENTS AS WE GET THROUGH THE YEAR IF WE SEE THOSE STUDIES COMING BACK WHERE THEY'RE NOT AS GOOD.
BUT RIGHT NOW WE'RE HOPEFUL TO SEE THE CONTINUED INCREASE IN, IN USAGE, WHETHER THAT'S METERING OR JUST GROWTH OF THE CITY. I MEAN WE WERE 9% UP IS WHAT HE HAD LAST TIME. AND SO YOU COULD SEE 9% INCREASE IN SALES. RIGHT. COMING IN.
PLUS I THINK WE COULD IF WE WANTED TO STICK. WE'VE DONE 5% EVERY YEAR FOR FIVE YEARS NOW. YOU KNOW, IF WE WANTED TO CONSIDER A 5% INCREASE TO JUST STAY IN LINE WITH. WE DON'T EVER WANT TO HIT OUR PUBLIC WITH 20% INCREASE IN ONE YEAR, BUT LET'S BUILD OURSELF INTO IT. WHAT I HEARD HIM SAY WAS WITH THE CRMWA TWO AND A REASONABLE EXPECTED AMOUNT WITHIN PHASE ONE OF WASTEWATER TREATMENT. HE WAS SAYING EIGHT AND A HALF PERCENT WOULD COVER BOTH OF THOSE.
AND YEAH, HE WAS SAYING, HE SAID IT WAS AN INITIAL ESTIMATE OF NEEDED 3.7% OVERALL WOULD BE NEEDED FOR YEAR OVER YEAR FOR THIS NEXT YEAR. AND SO AGAIN, WE'RE GONNA HAVE MORE GOING BEYOND THAT POINT AS WELL.
SO, COUNCIL, COULD WE. COULD WE LOOK AT. AND GRAYSON, YOU TELL ME IF THIS IS A GOOD PLAN, BECAUSE I DON'T. I KNOW WITH OUR ABILITY TO BORROW, SAY 60 MILLION IN ORDER TO GET THAT FIRST TRANCHE OF THINGS MOVING AND THEN KEEP EVERYTHING ELSE MOVING, YOU KNOW, OUR RATES ARE GOING TO JUSTIFY THAT AS IS IS RIGHT NOW. BUT THEN WITH ADDITIONAL MONIES THAT YOU'RE TRYING TO BORROW AND BIG PROJECTS, COULD WE LOOK AT A 5% RATE INCREASE IN SAY, OCTOBER 1, WHICH WOULD BE THIS BUDGET CONSIDERATION. THEN YOU GUYS BRING IT BACK WITH CHRIS ECKROOT AND WE GET THOSE.
THOSE DATA SO THAT WE KNOW, OKAY, WE DON'T NEED TO MOVE IT ANYMORE OR WE DO NEED TO MOVE IT THAT OTHER 3%. WE CAN DO THAT, YOU KNOW, END OF YEAR, MID YEAR, WHATEVER THAT THAT WOULD LOOK LIKE. YOU AND I BOTH KNOW AS SOON AS WE INCREASE AT 8%, IT'S GOING TO STAY AT 8. I DON'T THINK WE'RE EVER GOING TO COME BACK AND SAY, WELL, LET'S REDUCE THAT DOWN TO FIVE.
NO, IT'S GOING UP FROM THERE WITH THE TREATMENT PLANT PROJECTS FOR SURE.
OKAY, SO COULD WE LOOK AT A, YOU KNOW, YOU'RE WANTING TO WALK US INTO THIS INCREMENTALLY. COULD WE LOOK AT A RATE ADJUSTMENT AFTER WE GET THAT DATA? SO WE WOULD JUST CONSIDER FOR THESE PURPOSES HERE IN THIS MEETING FOR BUDGET, 5% INCREASE IS UP TO THE COUNCIL.
WE'VE RECOMMENDED 8 AS DRAFTED IN THE BUDGET, BUT THE COUNCIL REQUESTS 5. WE CAN DO 5. WE JUST NEED TO BACK THAT OUT THE 3%, BACK THAT OUT OF OUR BUDGET AND BRING IT BACK TO YOU AT THE NEXT MEETING? WELL, I WOULD SAY THIS IS WHEN WE HAD OUR PROPERTY TAX DISCUSSION. I SAY THIS IS A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT BECAUSE.
BECAUSE AT THE END OF THE DAY, WE HAVE NO OPTION BUT TO BUILD A WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT. AND SOMEBODY.
AND CRMWA TOO. SO. BUT I MEAN, WE COULD SAY FIVE. BUT IT'S GONNA TAKE MULTIPLE RATE.
I MEAN, WE MAY SAVE NOW, BUT IT'S NOT GONNA CHANGE HOW MUCH WE'RE GONNA PAY OVERALL FOR CRMWA AND THAT. I MEAN, IT'S GONNA TAKE MULTIPLE RATE CHANGES TO BE ABLE TO DO THAT. SO I UNDERSTAND THAT. BUT AT THE END OF THE DAY, WHETHER WE RAISE AT 5 OR 8 IS NOT GOING TO BE ENOUGH. IT'S GOING TO TAKE CONTINUED INCREASES TO BE ABLE TO PAY FOR THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT AND THAT. AND I GUESS WE'RE USING 8%. AS I UNDERSTAND IT'S GOING TO TAKE SOME SIGNIFICANT INCREASES FOR US TO GENERATE ENOUGH REVENUE TO PAY OFF FOR THESE TWO PROJECTS.
AND THAT 8% IS ALSO FOR ONE TIME CAPITAL PROJECTS AND WATER AND SEWER RIGHT NOW. SO YOU KNOW, WE HAVE IDENTIFIED THIS
[04:15:02]
YEAR JUST ALONE $65 MILLION IN NEEDS. SO 13 DOESN'T EVEN COME CLOSE TO THAT.SO WE'RE NOT SOCKING THIS MONEY AWAY LIKE YOU JUST, YOU JUST SAID, WE'RE GOING TO TAKE A RATE INCREASE. WE'RE NOT PUTTING IT UP IN THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PIGGY BANK.
IT'S THE SAME THING THAT WE DID LAST YEAR AND LAST YEAR'S WAS 10 MILLION. AND WE'VE ALMOST SPENT ALL OF THAT JUST ON EMERGENCY, A LOT OF IT ON EMERGENCY PURCHASE.
BUT THINGS THAT WE NEEDED, YOU KNOW, YOU HAVE LIFT STATIONS, PUMP STATIONS, OVERHEAD STORAGE TANKS, DISTRIBUTION LINES, MAIN TRANSMISSION LINES, THE WELL FILLED, ALL THOSE THINGS THAT ARE BUILT INTO OUR CIP FIVE YEAR PLAN AND EVEN IN THE ONE YEAR PLAN IS VERY SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF MONEY.
SO WE'RE TAKING THE RATE INCREASE FOR THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT EVENTUALLY WE'RE GETTING OURSELVES PREPARED FOR IT.
WE'RE USING IT TODAY BECAUSE I, I DON'T NEED THE MONEY TODAY FOR THE PLANT. WE KNOW WE'RE GETTING THERE, SO WE'RE GETTING OUR CITIZENS ACCLIMATED FOR THAT ULTIMATE RATE.
BUT WE'RE PUTTING THE MONEY TO WORK ON OTHER PROJECTS WE NEED DONE TODAY. CREMO'S DOING THE SAME THING. AND SO THEY'RE, THEY'RE, THEY'RE CHARGING THEIR, THEIR MEMBER CITIES INCREASING AMOUNTS. AND THEN WHEN THEY ACTUALLY DO THE PROJECT, WE'RE ALREADY PAYING THAT LEVEL. BUT IN THE MEANTIME THEY'RE PUTTING THAT MONEY TO WORK ON OTHER PROJECTS TO GET OTHER THINGS DONE.
REMEMBER ONE OF THE THINGS WE TALKED ABOUT SEVERAL TIMES TOO IS WE DO HAVE THE EXISTING TWO WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS THAT WE HAVE TO CONTINUALLY REPLACE. HIGH DOLLAR ALBUM. THOSE HAVE TO KEEP RUNNING FOR THE NEXT SIX YEARS, FIVE YEARS WHILE WE BUILD THIS OUT.
SO THAT'S A LOT OF THE ONE TIME EXPENSES.
WE'LL USE THAT FOR EACH AND EVERY YEAR.
THAT'LL BUILD INTO THAT RATE FOR WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT CONSTRUCTION LATER. THAT MAKES SENSE.
YEAH, I GUESS WE COULD DO THAT IN EVERY DEPARTMENT ACTUALLY. I MEAN IF WE HAD, IF WE HAD A WAY TO CAPTURE MONEY, IT'S STREETS, THEN WE'D SAY, WELL WE'LL BRING UP STREET FEE.
I DIDN'T SAY IT, BUT I MEAN IT'S, IT'S EVERYTHING, RIGHT? I MEAN WE, WE HAVE THIS ENDLESS NEED OF AGING INFRASTRUCTURE AND SO WE'RE, WE'RE TAKING THIS RATE INCREASE. I MEAN, I DON'T. IT JUST.
WELL, I KNOW, I KNOW IT'S PROBABLY A GOOD TIME TO INSERT THIS. I KNOW THERE'S BEEN A LOT OF COMMENTS ABOUT THAT. OUR UTILITIES FUND IS VERY HEALTHY.
AND REALLY WHEN I LOOK AT THE 5 YEAR CIP LIST AND IT'S NOT WANTS, EVERY BIT OF IT IS NEEDS AND IT'S CLOSE TO $500 MILLION AND WE HAVE 13 MILLION WE'RE PUTTING TOWARD IT. THAT'S NOT HEALTHY, RIGHT? NOT AT ALL. IT'S NOT EVEN CLOSE TO BEING HEALTHY.
SO I MEAN IF WE COULD GET 60 MILLION THIS YEAR, THAT'S WHAT WE NEED RIGHT NOW THAT WE THINK WE'RE GOING TO HAVE PROJECTS THIS YEAR THAT WOULD, THAT WE WOULD HAVE TO USE IN ALL THOSE DIFFERENT CATEGORIES.
I WAS TELLING YOU ABOUT ALL UTILITIES. SO THERE'S, THERE'S A LOT OF THINGS THAT ARE, THAT ARE A LOT OF MOVING PIECES THAT KEEP THAT UTILITY RUNNING AND WE HAVE TO KEEP IT ALL FUNCTIONING.
SO DO WE HAVE THE CAPACITY, WHEN WE DO GET THIS REVENUE, DO WE HAVE THE CAPACITY TO DO THE PROJECTS? SAY THAT AGAIN. PERSONNEL OR ENGINEERING PERSONALITY? YEAH.
DO WE HAVE. BECAUSE YOU KNOW, THERE'S A CERTAIN POINT WHERE WE JUST, WE MAY HAVE THE MONEY, BUT WE DON'T HAVE THE MAIN MANPOWER OR EVEN CONTRACTUALLY, YOU KNOW, WE GO GET OTHER PEOPLE. DO WE HAVE THE ABILITY TO USE THAT MONEY? YES. AND I'LL USE THE EXAMPLE FROM, FROM WHAT WE'RE DOING IN THIS CURRENT YEAR. LAST YEAR IS THE FIRST TIME THAT WE, WHEN WE WENT INTO THE BUDGET PROCESS THAT WE SET ASIDE 10 MILLION JUST AS AN ENI CIP SO THAT UTILITIES WOULD HAVE THE ABILITY TO ANALYZE EACH AND EVERY PROJECT AS THEY CAME UP.
AND WE'VE HAD THAT HAPPEN MULTIPLE TIMES SINCE THEN. AND THEY HAVE SAID THIS IS THE BEST WAY TO DO THIS BECAUSE NOW AND TO OUR CIP PROCESS AS WELL, THEY HAVE THIS ONE PROJECT ACCOUNT THAT HAS THE MONEY IN IT. WE TAKE THAT, TRANSFER IT INTO A PROJECT, BRING IT TO YOU, BRING TO THE CIP OVERSIGHT COMMITTEE.
SO EVERYBODY GETS A LOOK AT THE PROJECTS THAT WE'RE DOING EACH AND EVERY TIME THAT WE DO IT.
BUT IT GIVES US THE GREAT FLEXIBILITY TO ADDRESS THE BLEEDING PIECE OF THE SYSTEM THAT NEEDS TO BE ADDRESSED. IN FACT, WE'RE DEALING WITH ONE RIGHT, RIGHT NOW AS WE SPEAK. YOU KNOW, THAT WE STARTED WORKING ON A WEEK AGO, TWO WEEKS AGO WE HAD ANOTHER ONE WE'RE WORKING ON. WE HAVE THE BLOWERS AT THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT. IT'S SOMETHING EACH AND EVERY DAY. DO WE HAVE THE CAPACITY TO DO THAT WITH.
WE HAVE CONTRACTORS, WE HAVE ENGINEERS. THAT'S WHAT ALL THAT MONEY IS BEING SPENT ON.
FROM OUR CONSULTANT, NUGEN CONSULTING.
WHAT RATE IS CRMWA? GOING UP AND CHARGING THE CITIES.
SO THEY ARE. OUR PORTION IS 5 MILLION IN THE BUDGET FOR THIS YEAR. SO EVERY CITY.
THERE'S 11. EVERY CITY IS BASED OFF OUR SIZE AND OUR. IN OUR.
WELL, IT'S NOT OUR SIZE. IT'S BASED OFF OUR. OUR PROPORTION OF THE. OF THE OTHER WATER ALLOCATIONS.
US AND LUDWIG ARE THE TWO BIGGEST. SO WE HAVE THE TWO LARGEST SHARES. SO WE HAVE THE.
THE MOST BECAUSE WE'RE THE BIGGEST.
OKAY, BUT OUR CHARGE IS ABOUT 5 MILLION.
YES. YEAH. AND THAT'S IN YOUR BUDGET.
[04:20:02]
SIMPSON, HELP ME ON THIS ONE.SO WE, WE'RE WAITING ON A RATE STUDY TO COME BACK THAT'LL REALLY HELP US. YOU WERE ON COUNCIL WHEN WE TALKED ABOUT HAVING AN ADDITIONAL TIER, I THINK ON THE COMMERCIAL SIDE.
AND SO IN HAVING OUR LOWEST TIER, THAT'S NOT THE MAJORITY OF OUR USERS, AND IT IS A VOLUME COST. SO I'M JUST THINKING ABOUT THE GROUND THAT'S GAINED IN CONSIDERATION FOR WHAT LOOKS LIKE SMALL AMOUNTS OF MONEY SOMETIMES TO SOME PEOPLE IN PROPERTY TAXES OR HOMEOWNERS INSURANCE.
BUT THEN, LIKE, WATER BILL IS. IS A BIG DEAL FOR SOME PEOPLE.
I'M JUST THINKING IN THE WAY IN WHICH WE PUT A RATE IN, CAN WE PUT A FREEZE ON THOSE MINIMUMS AND THOSE MINIMUM USERS, CAN WE HAVE A TIER ADJUSTMENT? IS THAT A PUC ISSUE? SO WALK ME THROUGH AGAIN WHAT YOUR THOUGHTS ARE WHEN IT COMES TO A FREEZE. ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT THE BASE CHARGE? HOW ABOUT THE RATE? WHAT, WHAT, WHAT ARE YOU ASKING FOR? FREEZE. WHAT'S THIS? I'M JUST LOOKING FOR THOSE FRUGAL USERS THAT ARE ALREADY SPENDING LESS OR USING LESS GALLONS THAN WHAT THE BASE RATE IS. OKAY, LIKE, WHY DOES THAT NEED TO FACTOR INTO YOUR 8%? WELL, I THINK IT'S LIKE IN THIS SITUATION WITH THE ONE GENTLEMAN, HE'S GETTING CHARGED ZERO.
HE'S GOING TO CHARGE A BASE CHARGE, WHICH THAT'S. WE GOT TO CHARGE THAT BECAUSE WE HAVE FIXED COSTS WHETHER HE USES ONE GALLON OR NOT. THERE'S A SERVICE THAT'S STILL BEING PROVIDED TO HIM, WHETHER HE USES IT OR NOT.
BUT THE VARIABLE RATE, MY UNDERSTANDING IN HIS SITUATION, I THINK HE'S GETTING CHARGED NOTHING BECAUSE HE DIDN'T USE ENOUGH FOR THAT. SO THE COUNCIL, YOU CAN SET POLICY ON RATES.
FOR EXAMPLE, WE HAVE A POLICY RIGHT NOW THAT SAYS WE HAVE CAPPED THE AMOUNT OF SEWAGE TO 20,000 GALLONS. AND SO IF YOU USE 22,000, WE'RE CAPPING AT 20. SO YOU CAN SET POLICY LIKE THAT COUNCILMAN IS TELLING ME, LIKE CONSERVATION REBATE.
CONSERVATION BONUS. LIKE WORK WITH US THERE AND HELP US WORK SOMETHING IN THERE. SO I THINK WITH WHAT YOU'RE COMMUNICATING VERY ACCURATELY, RIGHT. YOU DON'T HAVE TO LOOK VERY DEEP IN YOUR FOLDER TO SEE AN IMMENSE AMOUNT OF MONEY AND NEEDS IN AGING INFRASTRUCTURE AND THINGS THAT WE'VE ALL SAID WE WOULD HAVE LOVED IF THEY HAD TACKLED THIS 20 YEARS AGO. THAT'S NOT OUR CONDITION. RIGHT. SO WE'RE TAKING THIS ON. WE'RE DOING ALL THIS. WE AS USERS, WE UNDERSTAND WE'VE GOT TO PAY FOR IT. RIGHT. BUSINESS USERS, ESPECIALLY SOME PEOPLE ARE BUYING THIS FROM US AND RESELLING IT AT A PROFIT. RIGHT. THAT'S THEIR, THEIR PART OF THEIR ENTITY. SO IN ALL OF THAT TO SAY, LIKE, I'M JUST TRYING TO CARVE OUT THE BEST STEWARDSHIP PROGRAM THAT I CAN FOR WATER CONSERVATION.
NOW THAT CAN BE BECAUSE SOME PEOPLE ARE FINANCIALLY MOATED AND OTHER PEOPLE ARE PASSIONATE ABOUT WATER. BUT EITHER WAY, I WANT TO SEE IF I CAN REDUCE THE MINIMUM RATE.
AND WE COULD DO THAT THROUGH A WATER CONSERVATION.
LET'S, IF YOU GIVE US SOME TIME, WE CAN WORK WITH CHRIS ECKARD ON THAT BECAUSE I KNOW THIS IS THEIR EXPERIENCE AND WE CAN WORK TOWARDS BRING SOME BACK TO YOU FOR THAT AND THEN THAT, THAT WILL IMPACT THOSE. EVEN IF WE DO AN 8%, YOU CAN STILL CHANGE THE RATE FOR THESE INDIVIDUALS THROUGH THAT EFFORT AS WELL.
WELL, AND I DIDN'T KNOW IF IT WAS ALLOWED TO BE A SCALABLE.
SO, YOU KNOW, IF WE SAID YOU USE LESS THAN 03,000 GALLONS A MONTH, THAT'S JUST A BASE FEE. YOU DON'T GET CHARGED PER GALLON.
RIGHT. THAT'S WHAT WE SAY. SO MAYBE WE HAVE A WATER REBATE DOWN THERE.
BUT THEN IF IT GOES 3 TO 10,000, WHEN I SAY FREEZE, I'M SAYING, WELL, WE DIDN'T INCREASE THE 3,000 TO 10,000 GALLON USAGE FEE.
RIGHT. BUT THEN THAT WOULD ASSUME THAT MOST OF OUR USERS ARE OVER THE 10,000 GALLON RATE. AND YOU COULD FACTOR THAT WITH CHRIS'S INCREASE AND THAT THAT 8% AT THAT POINT, THAT'S PASSED ON TO THE REST OF THE USERS IS GOING TO BRING IN THE AMOUNT OF REVENUES YOU NEED FOR THAT CAPACITY.
YEAH, I THINK WHAT WE CAN DO IS WE CAN, WE CAN REGROUP WITH BILLING AND LOOK AT SOME, GET READY FOR A DISCUSSION ITEM WITH COUNCIL AT A FUTURE MEETING. AND I THINK WE CAN HAVE A MORE ROBUST CONVERSATION ONCE WE'VE HAD SOME TIME TO THINK ABOUT THE CONSERVATION OPPORTUNITIES THERE. AND WE'LL BE HAPPY TO BRING THAT BACK TO Y'ALL.
SO I APPRECIATE THE HELP, COUNCILMAN. THAT'S. THAT'S A GOOD TERM. SORRY I TAPPED ON YOUR SHOULDER. I DIDN'T NEED YOU TURN YOUR GREEN LIGHT.
I MEAN, I THINK WE ALREADY HAVE THE BIGGEST CONFERENCE CONSERVATION TOOL THERE CAN BE RIGHT NOW. I MEAN, THE MORE YOU USE, THE MORE YOU PAY. I MEAN, IT'S A PRETTY, IT'S PRETTY GOOD MOTIVATOR TO GET PEOPLE TO CONSERVE. SO.
BUT ANYWAY, I MEAN, I'M GLAD TO LOOK AT. I JUST THINK, YOU KNOW, I THINK WE DO. I MEAN, RIGHT NOW, THE MORE YOU USE WATER THROUGH THE SYSTEM, THE MORE YOU PAY AND AS IT GOES UP, THE MORE YOU PAY. IS THAT THAT. IS THAT CORRECT?
[04:25:01]
YES.SO, I MEAN, THE WAYS, I MEAN, THERE ARE ALREADY REWARDS FOR PEOPLE WHO ARE NOT GOING TO USE THAT, BUT I THINK WE'VE ALREADY GOT A GOOD SYSTEM THAT, YOU KNOW, SAYS, AND THEN IF IT GOES UP THE 8%, THE MORE, THE MORE YOU USE, THE MORE YOU'RE GOING TO HELP US ON BUILDING OUR WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT.
AND RIGHT NOW, IF YOU DON'T USE A WHOLE LOT, YOU'RE ABLE TO SAVE ON IT.
OKAY, THANK YOU FOR BRINGING THAT BACK. SO FOR CONSIDERATION RIGHT NOW, THIS IS WHAT YOU GUYS ARE PROPOSING. WE'LL GET THAT INFORMATION BACK WITH THAT REQUEST OF HERE'S WHAT WE WOULD RECOMMEND FROM STAFF IF THIS IS THE GOAL, AND THEN WE'RE NOT GOING TO HAVE ECRUIT'S STUDY IN TIME FOR THESE RATES? I'M AFRAID NOT.
OKAY, SO YOUR RECOMMENDATION WOULD STAY THE SAME, NOT TO DO A RATE ADJUSTMENT? YEAH, HIS RECOMMENDATION WAS TO. WHAT HE SAID HERE WAS, I STRONGLY RECOMMEND THE CITY CONTINUE TO CONSIDER THE 8% INCREASE GIVEN THE COST INCREASES THAT WE KNOW ARE COMING. THEN HE GOES ON FROM THERE. SO. YEAH.
OKAY. ANYTHING FURTHER, GENTLEMEN? WHAT OTHER RATE ADJUSTMENTS DID WE HAVE? THE SOLID WASTE COLLECTION, 3% AND THEN THE TIPPING FEES, 24%. AND THEN YOU GOT SOME AREAS THROUGHOUT, JUST GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTS OF THE COST RECOVERY FEE ADJUSTMENTS.
LET'S TALK TIPPING FEES. I DON'T KNOW WHO TERMED IT THAT.
THAT'S THE HARDEST THING TO COMMUNICATE TO PEOPLE THAT AREN'T FAMILIAR WITH SOLID WASTE. SO YOU'VE GOT PROVIDERS THAT ARE OUT THERE THAT ARE HAULING TRASH FOR PEOPLE, AND THAT'S WHERE THAT'S GOING TO HIT HOME THE MOST.
AND THEN YOU HAVE THE REST OF THE COMMUNITY THAT'S JUST PAYING FOR TRASH AND THAT'S WHERE THAT WILL FACTOR IN.
OKAY. WHAT DOES THAT LOOK LIKE ON YOUR AVERAGE USER, THAT 24% INCREASE? WELL, AVERAGE USER IS REALLY DIFFICULT TO. I MEAN, EVERYBODY BRINGS A DIFFERENT STYLE OF LOAD OUT THERE EVERY TIME THEY COME OUT THERE. IT'S BASICALLY ABOUT $10, AM I RIGHT, ALLEN? $10 PER.
ON. YEAH. IF YOU, IF YOU LOOK ON PAGE 24 OF YOUR BOOKS, YOU CAN SEE THE BREAKDOWN OF THE VARIOUS LINE ITEMS OF OPTIONS. THERE'S THE KIND OF BASE FEE AND THEN THERE'S DIFFERENCE BASED ON CUBIC YARDS WHETHER IT'S AUTOMOBILE RELATED, SPECIAL HANDLING, TIRE FEES. SO IT'S NOT ALL JUST ONE TYPE.
A LOT OF VARIABLES. SO LANDFILL FEE, LIKE PER TON, MINIMUM, WHATEVER THE LOAD IS, YOUR CURRENT FEE IS $39 AND YOU'RE GOING TO GO TO 49 WITH THIS 24% INCREASE, RIGHT? CORRECT.
AND SO MY BILL AS A CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, WHEN I PAY THE TRASH HAULING SERVICE PER LOAD, RIGHT. MY BILL GOES UP FOR THAT ONE LOAD. $20 IN ADDITIONAL FEE CHARGES.
YEAH. PROBABLY AN AVERAGE LOAD.
TWO TONS. WHAT IS THE HOMEOWNER WHO'S PAYING TO HAVE THAT CONTAINER EMPTIED OUT IN FRONT OF THEIR HOUSE? LIKE JUST THE CART. RIGHT.
WHAT DOES THAT EQUATE OVER TO THAT? THAT'S A DIFFERENT FEE. THAT'S ON PAGE 23.
YEAH, THAT'S ON THE OTHER SIDE.
SO, SO I'M MISUNDERSTANDING. I WAS ASKING IF THAT FEE AT THE LANDFILL FILTERS ALL THE WAY THROUGH TO THE. IT'S SEPARATE, SO IT DOES NOT FILTER TO RESIDENTIAL. THIS IS YOUR GATE FEE, YOUR TIPPING FEE.
WHEN YOU WEIGH IN AT THE LANDFILL, HOW MANY TONS YOU HAVE IN YOUR VEHICLE? SO WHAT ABOUT OUR COMMERCIAL USERS ON SOLID WASTE? THAT 24% IS NOT FACTORING INTO THEIR TOTAL BILL. YOU'RE JUST, YOU'RE JUST RAISING THAT 03, 3%. JUST THE TIPPING FEE.
YEAH, I TOTALLY, I MISUNDERSTOOD THAT. I THOUGHT THAT THE TIPPING FEE WOULD BE AN INCREASED COST FOR THE OTHER SERVICES. YEAH, THIS IS JUST APOLOGIZE FOR THAT. YEAH, THIS IS JUST WHEN THEY ROLL UP TO THE SCALES, THEY WEIGH IN, WEIGH OUT. YOU PAY PER TON.
YEAH, IT'S THE RESIDENTIAL 3%.
IT'S THE CARTS. YEAH. AND THE DUMPSTER.
AND YOU SAID THAT THAT'S GETTING US CLOSER TO COMPETITIVE BECAUSE EVERYBODY ELSE HAS BEEN TAKING UP. YOU SAID LIKE FIVE TO EIGHT DOLLAR INCREASE YEAR OVER YEAR.
WE HAVEN'T CORRECT. WE, AND THEN IN THE NUMBERS THAT WE LOOKED AT, WE WERE ABOUT $10 SHORT COMPARED TO COMPETITION. AND I SAY COMPETITION AND OUR COMPETITORS, IT'S JUST WHAT PEOPLE ARE CHARGING IN OTHER LANDFILLS. WE EVEN LOOK DOWN SOUTH AT THE TAZEWELL LANDFILL, WHICH IS A BIG MULTI STATE LANDFILL AND ALL THAT. WE, WE'RE WAY OFF THE MARK OF WHAT THEY'RE CHARGING. SO AGAIN, WE'VE BEEN PRETTY CONSERVATIVE IN RATE INCREASES ON OUR TIPPING FEE OVER THE YEARS. $50 HERE, $1.50 THERE. THIS PUTS US MORE IN LINE WITH THAT. WE ALSO THINK TOO THAT WE HAVE
[04:30:01]
TO BE REALLY CAREFUL WITH OUR RATE INCREASES. AND WE'VE LOOKED AT THIS OVER THE YEARS TOO. WE DON'T WANT TO BECOME SO HIGH THAT WE START LOSING CUSTOMERS. WE STILL HAVE COSTS OF DOING BUSINESS. WE HAVE TO KEEP THE SAME AMOUNT OF PEOPLE, SAME AMOUNT OF EQUIPMENT, SAME PERMIT OPERATING.BUT WE WANT TO BE ALSO IN LINE WITH WHAT IT COSTS TO DO BUSINESS. AND I THINK NOT ONLY LOOKING AT THOSE RATES, BUT ALSO LOOKING INTERNALLY AT OUR OPERATIONS AND SAYING WHAT DOES IT COST US TO DO BUSINESS? WHICH IS A PRETTY LARGE CALCULATION.
BUT YOU KNOW, YOU KNOW, IF THE BIGGER LANDFILLS THAT ARE DOING THIS, THAT ARE THROUGH SOME OF THE LARGER LANDFILL COMPANIES ARE OPERATING THAT WAY, YOU KNOW, IT'S PROBABLY BEEN CALCULATED AS RIGHT. ANYTHING ELSE ON SOLID WASTE, CAN I ASK FAVOR FOR? IT MAY BE ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH? YEAH, I THINK IT IS. FOSTER CARE, ADOPTION FAMILIES. WE'VE, WE'VE BEEN APPROACHED A COUPLE TIMES.
SO WHEN A FAMILY SAYS WE'D LIKE TO APPLY TO BE A FOSTER HOME, THEY NEED A SERVICE FROM US.
AND SO IN LUBBOCK AND OTHER CITIES, THERE'S NO FEE FOR THAT INSPECTION. AND THIS WOULD BE VERY, VERY RARE, RARELY DONE, I DON'T KNOW HOW MANY TIMES PER YEAR. BUT IT'S JUST SOMETHING WHERE I THINK WE WERE CHARGING $100 AND WE WERE ASKED, YOU KNOW, COULD YOU, COULD YOU LOWER IT TO LIKE 6 60? BUT MY, MY REQUEST WOULD BE JUST NOT TO CHARGE FOR THAT. AND SO IS THAT SOMETHING WE COULD DO? AND DO YOU GUYS REMEMBER FIRE MARSHAL? IT WAS BOTH.
WE'D ALREADY ADDRESSED FIRE MARSHAL, BUT ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH STILL HAD THEIR, THEIR PIECE OF IT.
YEAH, WE CAN, WE CAN LOOK AT THAT.
FIRE MARSHAL WAS GOOD TO WAIVE THE FEE, WAS THAT RIGHT? YES, AND WE'LL, WE'LL BRING THAT BACK AND WE CAN SHOW THAT IMPACT AND HOW WE COVER IT. AS FAR AS THE, WE'RE LOOKING AT WHAT REVENUES, EXPENSES BEFORE WE GET THIS RIGHT TO SEPTEMBER.
WELL, I DON'T KNOW HOW MANY INSPECTIONS THEY WOULD PERFORM PER YEAR FOR THIS NEED, BUT LET'S ASSUME IT'S 10 FOR A YEAR. AND SO LIKE EVEN IF WE WERE CHARGING THEM $60, YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT A $600 REVENUE ISSUE. AND THAT SPEAKS A LOT TO COMMUNITY. AND I THINK, YOU KNOW, WHEN YOU HAVE COMMUNITIES THAT ARE HELPING COMMUNITY LIKE THAT AND THEN THEY'RE PAYING FOR A FEE, I DON'T EVEN THINK IT'S THE COST AS MUCH AS IT IS. THEY JUST FEEL LIKE IT'S A NICKEL AND DIME.
SO CAN WE, IF WE COULD FOLLOW UP ON THAT FOR THAT AND THEN THE OTHER COST RECOVERY FEES. IS THE VECTOR PROGRAM IN THERE? NO VECTOR PROGRAM? NO.
IT'S A ELIMINATION OF EXEMPTION FOR FEE FOR A PROPERTY'S THIRD RECREATIONAL WATER PERMIT. SO THERE'S AN INCREASE PROPOSED THERE, AN ANNUAL PERMIT FEE FOR RECREATIONAL WATER UNITS THAT OPERATE YEAR ROUND. SO IT'S SPLITTING OUT THE PUBLIC POOL PERMITS FOR A NET INCREASE OF 09,100.
SO WE'RE GOING TO CHARGE THE POOL OPERATORS MORE. SO THIS IS HOTELS? YES, THE ANNUAL PERMIT FEE FOR WATER THAT OPERATES YEAR ROUND, I THINK THAT WOULD FALL UNDER HOTELS.
SO YOUR HOTELIERS, HOW MUCH ARE WE RAISING THAT FEE? INCREASED FEE, WOULD IT BE FROM 500 TO 625 JUST FOR THE ANNUAL INSPECTION TOTAL OF $125 INCREASE? WHAT ARE WE, WHAT ARE WE GAINING IN COST RECOVERY OVER THERE? LIKE WE'RE RUNNING THAT DEPARTMENT NEGATIVE $9,000 PER YEAR RIGHT NOW WITHOUT THE VECTOR FEE, WE'RE STILL UNDER BY A FAIR AMOUNT. AND SO THE VECTOR FEE WOULD HAVE BEEN WHAT GOT US ALMOST A BREAK EVEN, WHICH WAS A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF MONEY. AGAIN, WHAT WE TASKED ALL DEPARTMENTS WAS LOOKING AT EACH OF THEIR INDIVIDUAL PROGRAMS. EVEN THOUGH THEY MAY NOT GET TOTALLY COST RECOVERY AS A DEPARTMENT, WE'RE TRYING TO GET THEIR PROGRAMS COST RECOVERY, WHICH HELPS THE BIGGER PURPOSE.
THIS WAS ONE OF THOSE ONES THAT THEY CAME BACK WITH, HEY, OUR COST TO DO THESE POOL INSPECTIONS IS X. IF I CHARGE THIS. THIS PROGRAM IS NOW COST RECOVERY AGAIN, TRYING TO MEET THE OVERALL GOAL OF COST RECOVERY ACROSS THE BOARD. LIKE GOLF OR TENNIS OR ANIMAL MANAGER. HAVE A FEW THINGS. SO.
OKAY. DO WE HAVE OTHER DEPARTMENTS THAT HAVE INCREASES THAT AREN'T LISTED HERE? WE HAD SOME THAT WE DECIDED WERE NOT WORTH PURSUING.
YEAH, THIS HAS ALL FIRE MARSHAL, FIRE DEPARTMENT PLANNING, ANIMAL MANAGEMENT, CITY MARSHALL.
I THINK LIBRARY'S DOWN THERE, BUT IT WAS A COUPLE THOUSAND DOLLARS OR SO. I THINK THEY DID SOME, SOME PRINTER COST FEES, BUT.
WELL, I APPRECIATE THE CONSIDERATION FOR THE FOSTER CARE HOMES.
ANYTHING ELSE, GENTLEMEN? WHAT ELSE YOU HAVE, MR. FREEDMAN? I THINK THAT WAS ALL ON OUR LIST, JUST WHATEVER ELSE Y'ALL WANTED TO COVER TODAY. HOT TAX.
WE WANT TO TOUCH ON HOT TAX REAL QUICK SO WE CAN PULL UP
[04:35:01]
THAT SPREADSHEET.STEPHANIE, YOU WANT ME TO START? YEAH, EITHER WAY. SO WHAT WE'VE GOT PULLED UP ON THE SCREEN IS THE HISTORY OF THE THAT'S HOT SUBSIDY THAT GOES TO THE CIVIC CENTER. SO THEY BRING IN A CERTAIN AMOUNT OF REVENUE AND THE REMAINDER IS COVERED BY HOT TAX COLLECTIONS FROM THE 3 1/2% OF THE 7% WE COLLECT IN HOT IS ALLOCATED TO THE CIVIC CENTER FOR DEBT AND M AND O SIDE.
YEAH, I KNOW COUNCILMAN SIMPSON HAD A FEW QUESTIONS, BUT I DIDN'T. WASN'T NECESSARILY ASKING YOU TO LEAD US INTO THAT, BUT IF YOU'RE GOOD TO TALK TO IT, THAT'S FINE. I WAS JUST GOING TO SEE WHAT THE NUMBERS CAME BACK AS, BECAUSE WE HAD REQUESTED.
YEAH, WELL, NOW THE REASON WHY I WANTED TO BRING THIS UP, AND THERE WILL BE A REASON AND IT WILL CIRCLE BACK AROUND IN A MINUTE. BUT, YOU KNOW, AS WE KIND OF GO THROUGH THIS BUDGET, WE TALKED ABOUT PROPERTY TAXES, WE TALKED ABOUT SALES TAXES.
YOU KNOW, I WOULD THINK THAT WE AGREE AS A GROUP AND ORGANIZATION, BOTH ELECTED AND OUR CITY OFFICIALS, THAT PROPERTY TAX IS GOING TO BE SOMETHING THAT MAY NOT BE AS MUCH OF A RESOURCE OR TOOL, DEPENDING, BUT THAT SALES TAX IS WHERE WE'VE SEEN A LOT OF SUCCESS. AND TO ME, SALES TAX IS THE FUTURE OF FUNDING OUR CITY OPERATION. I MEAN, IF ANYBODY WANTS TO DISAGREE WITH THAT, THEN THAT'D BE FINE.
BUT I THINK. AND TWO, RELYING ON PROPERTY TAX, SALES TAX IS A CHOICE TAX FOR PEOPLE THAT CAN CHOOSE TO BUY OR NOT BUY THINGS.
BUT MY POINT IS, IN THINKING ABOUT THIS AND LOOKING AT THIS, IF WE BELIEVE THAT THAT'S WHERE WE CAN HELP PAY FOR THE TYPE OF GROWTH THAT WE NEED TO FUND. AS COUNCILMAN PRESCOTT TALKED ABOUT KEEPING UP WITH IT, YOU KNOW, PROPERTY TAXES MORE AND MORE ARE PROBABLY NOT GOING TO BE A WAY FOR A TOOL TO USE TO KEEP UP OR TO MAKE UP GROUND. THAT SALES TAX, I THINK IS GOING TO BE A WAY THAT WE CAN DO IT.
NOW, AS OPPOSED TO THE PROPERTY TAX, WE DON'T HAVE A PROPERTY OVER THE. WE DON'T HAVE CONTROL OVER THE VALUE OF THE PROPERTY, BUT WE DO CONTROL THE RATE AND THAT DETERMINES IT TO A CERTAIN POINT. SO AS I THINK ABOUT THIS, AND I'LL GET BACK TO WHY I WANTED TO TALK ABOUT THE CIVIC CENTER AND THE HOT TAX AS A WHOLE, AND TO ME, IT'S ALMOST LIKE, SHOULD IT BE A PILLAR OR PART OF A PILLAR THAT WE NEED TO DO EVERYTHING THAT WE CAN TO INCREASE OUR SALES TAX. AND THERE'S A COUPLE OF WAYS THAT WE CAN DO THAT.
WE CAN GROW POPULATION, WE CAN GROW BUSINESS AND TAX BASE. I SEE THE EDC AS A TOOL TO BE ABLE TO USE THAT AND MAKING SURE THAT WE'RE ALREADY INVESTING THAT AND MAKING SURE THAT THEY'RE SUCCESSFUL AND SETTING THEM UP FOR THE SUCCESS. BUT THE OTHER PART IS TOURISM AND THE ABILITY, YOU KNOW, ATTRACTING PEOPLE TO COME TO THIS AREA THAT WOULD NOT OTHERWISE COME ARE BEING ABLE TO DO THINGS TO BE ABLE TO. TO GROW OUR SALES TAX BASE AND OUR HOT TAX BASE. BUT ANDREW, WHEN.
SO WALK ME THROUGH ONE MORE TIME WHEN WE GET A DOLLAR OF HOT TAX. AND JUST SO I CAN KEEP UP. HOW IS THAT DIVVIED UP? YEAH, SO THE. OF THE 7% TAX RATE OF HOT, IT BASICALLY IS SPLIT DOWN THE MIDDLE BETWEEN CIVIC CENTER NEEDS AND CVB NEEDS. CVB USES IT FOR THEIR GENERAL OPERATIONS.
THEY USE IT FOR MARKETING. AND THEN THEY HAVE AN ACTIVITY FUND THAT IS BASICALLY INCENTIVES FOR THE ACTIVITY. AND THEN MOST RECENTLY, THEY'VE ALSO STARTED CONTRIBUTING A PORTION OF DEBT SERVICE FOR OUR MOST RECENT HODGETOWN IMPROVEMENT. AND THEN THE OTHER HALF GOES TO THE CIVIC CENTER M AND O AND DEBT AND CAPITAL EXPENSES.
YEAH. AND SO. AND NOW REFERRING BACK TO THE HOT TAX SUBSIDY THAT WE RECEIVE EACH YEAR, I MEAN, THAT'S. THAT'S ANYWHERE FROM. I MEAN, IT'S KIND OF AT ONE POINT IT'S BEEN 1 MILLION AND 2021 HAS BEEN 2.3 MILLION. AND IT'S KIND OF EVEN THE LAST SEVERAL YEARS.
BUT SO HOW DOES THAT WORK? ARE WE GETTING THAT EACH MONTH OR HOW DO WE RECEIVE THE MONEY TO SUBSIDIZE THE CIVIC CENTER? SO, YEAH, WE COLLECT HOT. THE HOT TAX GETS COLLECTED EVERY.
EVERY MONTH, SIMILAR TO SALES TAX. AND I THINK WE'RE PROJECTING IN THE NEW YEAR 10.7 MILLION. SO IT COMES OUT OF THAT ANNUAL ALLOCATION OF HOT TAX. SO IF THEIR SUBSIDY THIS YEAR IS 2 MILLION, IT WOULD COME FROM THAT 10
[04:40:02]
MILLION IN COLLECTIONS PLUS THE REVENUE THAT THEY BRING IN, WHICH IS PROJECTED FOR THE END OF THIS YEAR AROUND 3 MILLION.SO THAT'S. THEY'RE COVERING 3 MILLION. HOT TAX IS COVERING 2. THAT COMES OUT OF UP TO 10 MILLION COLLECTIONS OF HOT TAX.
AND SO I GUESS WHAT I'M LOOKING AT IS WHEN WE'RE LOOKING IN THE INVESTMENT OF HOT TAX MONEY, WHEN WE'RE ABLE TO INVEST IT IN THE COMMISSION AND BUSINESS BUREAU, THEY'RE ACTIVELY LOOKING TO CREATE NEW REVENUE TO BRING PEOPLE HERE THAT WOULD NOT OTHERWISE COME HERE, THAT WOULD GENERATE SALES TAX AND HOT TAX.
SO THERE'S A MULTIPLIER EFFECT ON THAT. MY QUESTION IS, I MEAN WHEN WE LOOK AT THE SUBSIDIES ON THE CIVIC CENTER, WHEN WE SEE REALLY STATIC REVENUE, I MEAN IT SEEMS LIKE WE'RE INVESTING IN SOMETHING. NOT THAT WE SHOULDN'T HAVE A CIVIC CENTER, BUT HOW. I MEAN WE'RE TAKING MONEY AWAY, I GUESS THEORETICALLY FROM THE CONVENTION OF VISITORS BUREAU OR THEY DON'T HAVE AS MUCH TO SPEND ON PROMOTING THIS AREA TO GENERATE THAT NEW HOT TAX AND SALES TAX BECAUSE WE'RE HAVING TO USE IT TO SUBSIDIZE THE CIVIC CENTER.
YEAH. AND I WOULD SAY SO THEY'VE ALWAYS SPLIT IT DOWN THE MIDDLE. WHAT YOU COULD SAY WE TOOK AWAY FROM IS THEY STARTED CONTRIBUTING TO THE DEBT SERVICE SIDE. SO THAT ATE INTO THEIR OPPORTUNITY TO MARKET. BUT OTHERWISE IT WAS ALWAYS AN EVEN SPLIT. 50. 50.
IT'S JUST HOW THEY'VE SPENT THEIR 50% HAS CHANGED THE LAST FEW YEARS.
SO I GUESS MY DESIRE WOULD BE, I MEAN HOW CAN WE, IF WE FIGURED OUT EITHER HOW TO INCREASE REVENUE OR REDUCE EXPENSES, DOES THAT FREE UP MORE MONEY TO USE THAT HOT TAX IN OTHER WAYS? YES, IT COULD, YEAH. IT COULD EITHER BE MARKETING OR IT COULD BE. THAT IS ALSO WHAT CONTRIBUTES TO THEIR CIP. SO THAT'S THAT EXCESS ONE TIME MONEY IN A YEAR THAT GOES TO THE NEXT YEAR CIP.
SO I GUESS WE HAVE IN ONE AREA WE HAVE HOT TAX.
THAT USE IS USED TO GENERATE MORE SALES TAX AND HOT TAX.
WITH WHAT WE'RE DOING NOW IN SUBSIDIZING THE CIVIC CENTER, WE'RE, WE'RE NOT GROWING BECAUSE I DON'T SEE ANY REVENUE. I MEAN WE'RE JUST KIND OF SUSTAINING. I MEAN IT'S NOT CREATING NEW REVENUE FOR US.
IT'S BASICALLY SUSTAINING THE CIVIC CENTER OPERATION.
AND THIS ISN'T A DISCUSSION ABOUT THE CIVIC CENTER OF THE BUILDING OR THE OPERATION OF IT. I'M JUST SAYING, YOU KNOW, I WOULD HOPE THAT WE WOULD BE ABLE TO LOOK AT THIS AND FOCUS ON. AND I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE SOLUTION IS. I KNOW WE HIRED SOMEBODY TO INCREASE REVENUE BUT IT KIND OF SEEMS LIKE AN UNSUSTAINABLE BUSINESS MODEL IF WE'RE KIND OF HAVING TO CONTINUE TO SUPPORT THE OPERATION. IF YOU KNOW AND I KNOW YOU'VE GOT SOME 25, 26 NUMBERS. OKAY, THAT MAY. SO WE DON'T NEED TO GET THAT TO THAT TODAY.
BUT I JUST THINK WHEN I THINK OF THE AVAILABILITY OF HOT TAX MONEY AND LOOKING AT THE CIVIC CENTER, IF THERE'S A WAY THAT WE CAN FREE UP MORE OF THAT MONEY TO. I SEE IT PRESERVING A CERTAIN AMOUNT OF BUSINESS, BUT I DON'T KNOW HOW MUCH THIS HOT TAX IS TO GOING. GOING TO ACTUALLY BRINGING NEW PEOPLE INTO THE AREA. MAYBE IT'S KEEPING EXISTING PEOPLE HERE AND THAT'S GREAT.
BUT YOU KNOW, THE MORE MONEY THAT WE COULD FREE UP, I THINK IN THE OPERATION OF THE CIVIC CENTER, BOTH ON THE REVENUE AND EXPENSE SIDE, IF THAT COULD FREE UP MORE MONEY. I WAS REALLY KIND OF SHOCKED. I THINK THE CONVENTION OF BUSINESS BUREAU SPENDS ABOUT $647,000 A YEAR ON ADVERTISING THERE. THAT'S. I WAS KIND OF THOUGHT THAT THAT WOULD BE PRETTY LOW THAT THE MORE MONEY THAT WE COULD SPEND ON THAT, THE MORE THAT WE WOULD BE ABLE TO ATTRACT AND INCREASE THAT HOT TAX AND REVENUE. SO I DON'T KNOW AND WE DON'T HAVE TO TALK ABOUT IT TODAY, BUT I'D REALLY LIKE TO SEE A TARGET WHERE WE'RE FREEING UP MORE MONEY TO BE ABLE TO INVEST IN THE PROMOTION OF THE AREA AND GIVING TO CVB TO GENERATE NEW SALES TAX AND NEW HOT TAX REVENUE IN WHATEVER WAY THAT WE CAN.
AND I'VE GOT A MEETING ACTUALLY WITH CASH IN HERE IN THE NEXT COUPLE WEEKS, SO I'LL START THAT CONVERSATION TOO AND KIND OF GET HER THOUGHTS.
BUT YEAH, WE CAN ABSOLUTELY REVIEW.
I KNOW WE'RE LOOKING. I KNOW WE'VE HIRED SOMEBODY TO.
BUT I JUST. WHATEVER WE CAN DO TO I THINK BE ABLE TO DO THAT.
I MEAN THE CIVIC CENTER I THINK IS IN SOME SHAPE, FORM OR FASHION, ALTHOUGH WE'VE KIND OF SHIED AWAY WITH IT. IT'S GONNA HAVE TO BE A CONVERSATION THAT WE HAVE AT SOME POINT.
NOT ONLY THE OPERATION PART OF IT, BUT AGAIN, WHAT ARE WE GONNA DO LONGER TERM. BUT IN THE IMMEDIATE TERM, THE MORE MONEY THAT WE COULD FREE UP. I WOULD THINK AND I WOULD THINK HOTELIERS AND PEOPLE IN THIS AREA WOULD. WOULD CELEBRATE THE AMOUNT HAVING MORE MONEY TO BE ABLE TO. TO PROMOTE THE AREA AND GETTING A BIGGER BANG FOR THE BUCK.
MAYBE WE ISSUE MORE DEBT, INCREASE THAT INS. JUST KIDDING.
AND I THINK WE'VE GOT A GOOD START. LIKE YOU SAID, WE HIRED THAT NEW GUY. I THINK CHRIS CALLED HIM SALES MANAGER.
[04:45:02]
WHAT WE. WE CALL HIM A PROMOTER. BUT THAT'S NOT WHAT YOU CALL HIM. AND I THINK WITH CHRIS TAKING OVER OVER THERE, I THINK THE MENTALITY HAS CHANGED A LITTLE BIT. I THINK BO WAS A PHENOMENAL FACILITY. YOU KNOW, FACILITIES MANAGER. HE'S VERY GIFTED IN THAT. THINK CHRIS HAS A LITTLE BIT. HE'S SHARED VISION ON WHAT THE CIVIC CENTER IS GOING TO LOOK LIKE OR WHAT HE WANTS GIVEN THE SAME FACILITIES. BUT ALSO TO YOUR POINT TO GET THE PAVILION USED, YOU KNOW, LIKE THAT FOOD TRAILER WE BOUGHT A FEW YEARS AGO. LIKE CHARLOTTE WANTED TO SO BAD. SO IT'S TOO BAD HE'S NOT HERE.BUT ALL OF THOSE. I THINK WE'VE GOT TO GET THAT. THOSE VENUES GOING BECAUSE YOU'RE RIGHT. I THINK PUTTING A BAND AID ON IT DOESN'T HELP A LOT.
BUT I THINK THAT, I THINK WITH UNDER.
WITH OUR NEW HIRE AND WITH CHRIS IS LEADERSHIP, I THINK THAT WE'RE GOING TO SEE SIGNIFICANT CHANGE IN THE REVENUE. BUT I AGREE WITH YOU. I THINK WE'VE GOT TO CHANGE. I THINK THE FIGURE MAY BE WRONG, BUT WITH CBB, FOR EVERY DOLLAR WE GIVE THEM, THEY TURN IT INTO SEVEN. AND THAT WHAT. THAT'S KIND OF THE RATIO. SO YOU'RE EXACTLY CORRECT. IT'S CRAZY. WOULD LOVE FOR THEM TO GET MORE MONEY.
AND I THINK YOU'RE RIGHT. IF WE CAN STOP THIS SUBSIDY, IT WOULD BE GREAT.
BUT IT'S ONE OF THOSE THINGS OF WHAT DO WE DO? YOU KNOW, BECAUSE IT'S GOING TO BE SIGNIFICANT TO DO ANYTHING THAT'S GOING TO MAKE A DENT IN THAT.
AND AT THIS POINT IT'S A BALANCING ACT OF HOW MUCH YOU CAN CHARGE BASED ON THE CONDITION OF THE FACILITY.
YEAH, WE'LL KEEP WORKING ON THAT.
ANYTHING FURTHER ON THAT ONE? YOU KNOW, WE'VE GOT JUST A FEW MINUTES AND WE DO HAVE CHRIS HERE, I HATE TO, TO MENTION AND TALK ABOUT CIVIC CENTER AND ALL OF THAT AND NOT GIVE HIM JUST A FEW MINUTES TO TALK ABOUT THE VISION AND A FEW PLANS. SO WE'VE SAID A LOT ABOUT LIKE WE NEED TO DO MORE WITH WHAT WE HAVE. WE NEED TO STRETCH. AND SO THAT'S A GENTLEMAN WHO'S ALREADY DOING THAT. SO HE'S GOT SOME GOOD THINGS IN LINE AND WE DON'T NEED AN IN DEPTH DEAL. BUT I JUST WANT TO GIVE YOU THE MICROPHONE REAL QUICK AND LET YOU KIND OF PITCH IT.
THANK YOU, MAYOR AND COUNCIL. I APPRECIATE THE OPPORTUNITY TO KIND OF SPEAK TO THAT.
COUNCILMAN SIMPSON, I WANT, I WANT YOU TO KNOW I COMPLETELY AGREE WITH EVERYTHING YOU SAID, 100%.
THE CIVIC CENTER, IN MY TENURE THERE, WE HAVE BASICALLY HAD A MENTALITY OF OPERATING, KEEPING COSTS LOW, FOCUSING ON COST MANAGEMENT AND JUST OPERATING THE CIVIC CENTER MORE OF ITS OWN, FACILITATED AS A FACILITATOR.
MORE THAN LOOKING AT DRIVING REVENUES OR LOOKING AT WAYS TO EXPAND, THERE'S BEEN LOTS OF TALK DURING THE ENTIRE ALMOST DECADE, WE TALKED ABOUT THE EXPANSION AND THAT NEEDS ASSESSMENT THAT WENT THROUGH. THERE WAS A LOT OF RESERVATION ABOUT, WELL, WE REALLY DON'T WANT TO PUT THIS INVESTMENT HERE OR MAKE THIS CHANGE HERE, BECAUSE WE MAY HAVE THIS BIG NEW CIVIC CENTER. SO THERE WAS A LOT OF TIME SPENT JUST WAITING.
AND I THINK THAT CREATED, YOU KNOW, KIND OF A HABIT THAT WE JUST KIND OF FELL INTO THAT FACILITATION AND JUST LET'S OPERATE AND SEE WHAT HAPPENS. WE HAVE TO COMPLETELY CHANGE THAT IDEOLOGY. WE HAVE TO LOOK AT REVENUE DRIVERS. WE HAVE TO LOOK AT ENHANCING THE GUEST EXPERIENCE. THERE'S A LOT WE CAN DO WITHOUT SPENDING A DIME. AND I EXPRESSED THAT TO ALL Y'ALL WHEN WE MET IN OUR ONE ON ONES.
BUT I WILL SAY, YOU KNOW, THE SUBSIDIES THAT THE HOT TAX GIVES US, IT DOES GIVE US THE ABILITY TO STAY OFF THE GENERAL FUND.
THAT IS SOMETHING THAT IS IMPORTANT. AND ONE OF THE THINGS WE ALWAYS HAVE TO REMEMBER IS WE ARE A CIVIC CENTER. WE'RE NOT A CORPORATE VENUE. CORPORATE VENUES ARE DESIGNED TO BE PROFITABLE.
THEY RUN VERY, VERY DIFFERENTLY THAN WE OPERATE.
OUR BUSINESS MODEL IS TO RUN IN THE RED, SO THAT WAY WE CAN OFFER CHEAPER SERVICES. WE CAN SPONSOR NONPROFITS. THE AMOUNT OF SPONSORSHIPS AND SUBSIDIES THAT WE OFFER OUR COMMUNITY IS QUITE SIGNIFICANT.
IF YOU COMPLETELY REMOVE THOSE, WE WOULD SIGNIFICANTLY INCREASE OUR REVENUES. BUT THOSE ARE THINGS THAT WE WANT TO BE ABLE TO CONTINUE TO DO FOR OUR COMMUNITY BECAUSE WE ARE A COMMUNITY CENTER.
SO YOU'D HAVE TO REALLY LOOK AT CHANGING THE MODEL TO REALLY SIGNIFICANT.
BUT WE CAN MAKE REVENUES INCREASE.
I THINK WE ABSOLUTELY CAN DO THAT.
AND WE'VE GOT A SALESPERSON NOW. WE'RE GOING TO BE LOOKING AT GENERATING AD REVENUE AND LOOKING INTO THOSE THINGS, TRYING TO LOOK AT WHERE WE CAN GET COST RECOVERY. IT IS DEFINITELY THE FIRST THING ON MY MIND IF I AM CHOSEN TO TAKE OVER THIS POSITION, CURRENTLY SITTING AS INTERIM.
IF I AM DESIGNATED THE GENERAL MANAGER, THAT IS GOING TO BE MY PRIORITY IS MAKING THOSE KIND OF CHANGES AND COMPLETELY THINKING OUTSIDE THE BOX, BECAUSE WE HAVE TO DO THAT. BUT WE HAVE TO REMEMBER THE WAY WE'RE DESIGNED TO OPERATE. AND THAT HOTEL TAX SUBSIDY IS, YOU KNOW, IS HOW WE OPERATE.
[04:50:03]
AND. AND ONCE WE GET IT DOWN AND KIND OF SEE WHAT WE CAN DO, THEN WE. WE CAN LOOK AT REALLOCATING THOSE FUNDS OVER TO THE CBB, BECAUSE I AGREE THAT'S A GREAT PLACE TO SPEND THAT MONEY. SO I JUST WANT TO LET YOU ALL KNOW WE ARE DEDICATED TO THAT, AND WE ARE LOOKING AT WAYS TO MAKE THAT HAPPEN.BUT THE REAL DRIVER FOR THAT AND THE REAL DRIVER FOR REVENUE, EVERY VENUE WILL TELL YOU, IS F AND B AND AMENITIES WE NO LONGER HAVE BECAUSE OUR FACILITY IS ANTIQUATED. SO THE BIGGER DISCUSSION AT SOME POINT IS GOING TO HAVE TO BE EXPANSION. IT DOESN'T HAVE TO BE A $300 MILLION EXPANSION. IT REALLY DOESN'T. I THINK WE CAN BE MORE CONSERVATIVE, MORE, MORE AWARE OF THE TAXPAYER AND WHAT THEY'VE TOLD US, THEY'VE, THEY'VE RESOUNDINGLY TOLD US WHAT THEY WANT TO SEE AND WHAT THEY DON'T WANT TO SEE. AND WE CAN, WE CAN BE COMPLICIT TO THAT AND LOOK AT BETTER WAYS TO SPEND THOSE DOLLARS AND GO TO THE TAXPAYER FOR SOME FUNDING.
AND THAT IS WHAT I AM GOING TO BE LOOKING AT AS WELL. DO YOU KNOW, AND THIS IS KIND OF OFF THE CUFF, SO IF YOU, I'M NOT JUST ASKING BECAUSE I'M JUST CURIOUS AND IF YOU DON'T HAVE THE ANSWER, THAT'S OKAY.
BUT IF YOU LOOKED AT THE RANCH RODEO AND THE AG SHOW COMBINED, DO YOU KNOW HOW MUCH REVENUE THAT IS? KIND OF A BALLPARK OF THOSE TWO EVENTS? I WILL SAY I DON'T KNOW THE FARM AND RANCH SHOW REVENUE RIGHT OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD BECAUSE I DON'T LOOK AT THAT AS MUCH AS I DO THE WRCA. BUT WE MAKE WELL OVER IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD OF ONE HUNDRED FORTY, FORTY HUNDRED AND FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS IN REVENUE JUST OFF OF THAT ONE EVENT FOR FOUR DAYS.
ALL RIGHT, THANK YOU. WHAT DO YOU GOT? COUNCILMAN? I WAS JUST GOING TO SAY WITH THOSE BIG CUSTOMERS, TO THE ECONOMIC IMPACT, NOT ONLY THE REVENUE THAT CIVIC CENTER MAKES, BUT THE ECONOMIC IMPACT TO THE CITY.
YEAH, I WAS GOING TO SAY THEY DON'T GET THE BENEFIT OF THE SALES TAX THEY'RE BRINGING.
BUT WITHOUT THE CIVIC CENTER, WRCA IS NOT HAVING THAT IMPACT.
RIGHT. BUT TO HIS POINT, YOU, SALES TAX IS WHERE IT'S GOING TO BE. AND THAT'S, I MEAN THEY WILL REVENUE THAT MUCH, BUT WHAT IT DOES TO THE CITY IS TREMENDOUS.
WELL, AND YOU KNOW, JUST RECENTLY WE HOSTED THE AMSA CONVENTION, WHICH WAS THE AMERICAN MEAT SCIENCE ASSOCIATION CONVENTION.
THEY USED SEVEN HOTELS OVER 02,000 NIGHT STAYS, YOU KNOW, ROOM STAYS FOR THE NIGHT. THE CBB DID AN ABSOLUTELY FANTASTIC JOB GETTING THAT THERE.
BUT WE WERE ALSO A BIG PART OF THAT. AND WE CAN BE, AND WE ARE A PART OF WHAT THE CBB IS, BUT WE'RE NO LONGER REALLY A CONVENTION CENTER.
YOU KNOW, WE, IF YOU LOOK AT US, WHAT WE CALL A CONVENTION CENTER AND STACK IT UP AGAINST OTHER CONVENTION CENTERS, THE DEFINITION NO LONGER REALLY APPLIES. SO THAT'S ONE OF THE THINGS WE NEED TO LOOK AT.
WHEN I FIRST CAME TO THE CIVIC CENTER IN 07, WE DID MANY MORE CONVENTIONS THAN WE DO NOW, THE CBB DOES A GREAT JOB OF BRINGING US WHAT THEY CAN.
I THINK IT'S A. I THINK IT'S A TESTAMENT TO THEIR HARD WORK THAT WE DO STILL GET CONVENTIONS, YOU KNOW, WITH THE LACK OF AMENITIES WE HAVE.
SO THAT IS A CONCERN AND SOMETHING WE NEED TO LOOK AT.
BUT THAT WILL BE A REVENUE DRIVER.
ALSO, IF WE LOOK AT BRINGING CATERING IN HOUSE, THAT'S GOING TO BE A GAME CHANGER. CAN YOU SELL GOLF BALLS TO THE CIVIC CENTER? DAVID PRESCOTT THINKS THAT THAT WOULD BE A GOOD THING FOR YOU TO SELL OVER THERE TO KIND OF DO COST RECOVERY. SO.
AND THAT WAS A JOKE, DAVID. I KNOW YOU WEREN'T SERIOUS ABOUT THAT, BUT AGAIN, I THINK AS WE'RE. AND I UNDERSTAND THAT IT'S A CIVIC CENTER JUST LIKE THE PARKS ARE THE PARKS AND WE'RE PROVIDING THAT. BUT I THINK WHAT I'D LIKE TO SEE IS THAT SAME ENERGY AND EFFORT THAT WE PUT IN OTHER AREAS OF REALLY FOCUSING AND IT JUST CAN'T BE ALL ON REVENUE BECAUSE WE DON'T CONTROL REVENUE. BUT LOOKING AT OUR OPERATIONS AS WELL, TO SEE OUR. ARE WE IN LINE WITH WHERE WE'RE SUPPOSED TO BE AND YOU KNOW, TO BE ABLE TO SHRINK THE GAP BETWEEN THE REVENUE AND THE EXPENSES AS MUCH AS WE POSSIBLY CAN SO THAT WE CAN COST RECOVER.
TO FREE UP IN THIS CASE WOULD BE THE HOT TAX TO BE ABLE TO USE IN OTHER AREAS, PARTICULARLY THE ABILITY TO PROMOTE THE AREA AND GENERATE HOT TAX AND SALES TAX.
TO SPEAK TO THAT, I WILL SAY, YOU KNOW, HISTORICALLY, OVER THE LAST DECADE, I HAVE PERSONALLY SEEN YEAR AFTER YEAR, OF SIGNIFICANT COST SAVINGS TO OUR BUDGET. WE GENERALLY COME IN ANYWHERE FROM 4 TO 6% UNDER BUDGET ANNUALLY. WE ALWAYS LOOK FOR THOSE SAVINGS.
LOOKING FORWARD, I WILL CONTINUE TO TRY TO DO THAT, BUT I THINK WE NEED TO LOOK AT SOME IMPROVEMENTS AND THAT'S GOING TO COST MONEY. I WANT TO BE REAL WITH Y'.
I'M NOT GOING TO SIT HERE AND, YOU KNOW, AND TELL YOU A STORY.
WE NEED TO SPEND SOME MONEY TO TRY TO GET.
TO TRY TO HELP THOSE DRIVERS AND, AND, BUT HOPEFULLY WE CAN KEEP THE EXPENDITURES ON PACE WITH REVENUE TO CREATE THAT RELIEF TO THE SUBSIDIES.
AND THAT'S WHAT THE GOAL IS IN THE END.
SO THANK YOU. APPRECIATE YOU STEPPING IN THERE TO JUST SPEAK TO IT BRIEFLY.
WE'VE GOT A PLAN IN PLACE, THERE IS A STRATEGY, AND IT'S INCREMENTAL. I THINK WE GOTTA GO LITTLE BY LITTLE, BUT I APPRECIATE THE GENUINENESS IN JUST SAYING, YOU KNOW, FOR WHAT IT IS. SO I
[04:55:02]
THINK WE'VE COVERED A LOT OF GROUND. WE DO WANT TO ALLOW FOR A LITTLE ADDITIONAL FEEDBACK. DO YOU HAVE ANYTHING ELSE YOU NEED TO COVER? NO, SIR.IT'S GOING TO RECAP ONCE Y'ALL ARE READY TO RECAP.
YEAH. SO COUNCIL, LET ME ASK YOU GUYS FOR ADDITIONAL FEEDBACK. WE HAD MENTIONED THERE WERE A FEW OTHER THINGS WE WANTED TO TACKLE TODAY. I THINK WE TACKLED THEM. DOES ANYBODY HAVE ANYTHING ELSE THAT THEY, THEY WOULD LIKE TO COVER BEFORE WE BREAK LOOSE? NO.
OKAY, SO TO SUMMARIZE, RIGHT, LET'S SEE IF WE CAN FILL IN A FEW GAPS HERE. NOW LET'S ASSUME THAT YOU KNOW, COUNCIL CHOOSES TO HOLD TAXES FLAT SO THE NO NEW REVENUE RATE IS ADOPTED AND WE JUST DON'T PUSH THAT UP. AND THEN LET'S ASSUME THAT YOU GET ALL OF YOUR RATE ADJUSTMENTS AND FEES IN LINE WITH WHERE THEY NEED TO BE AND YOU GUYS HAVE WHAT YOU HAVE.
THE BULLET POINTS OF WHAT DOES THAT GET US? YOU KNOW, HOW MUCH IN PAY RAISES, WHAT DOES THIS GET TO, HOW MUCH BORROWED MONEY IS ALL THAT? CAN YOU, CAN YOU SUMMARIZE IT THAT WAY IN KIND OF THE WALK AWAY? SURE. SO ASSUMING THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT BASICALLY A 3% ALLOCATION TO CIVILIANS WHERE IT'S GOING TO BE A COMBINATION OF COST OF LIVING AND MERIT BASED PAY ADJUSTMENTS FOR THE HIGH PERFORMERS.
THERE'S ALSO A NEXT PHASE OF COMPENSATION STUDY TO GET US MORE COMPETITIVE FROM SOME OF OUR LOWER LEVEL POSITIONS THAT NEED TO GET BACK INTO RANGE.
THERE'S SWORN PERSONNEL, 3% RAISES, POLICE AND FIRE, AND THEN STILL HAVING THE ABILITY TO ACCOMMODATE SOME RECURRING REQUESTS OUT OF THAT 19 MILLION THAT WE'VE DISCUSSED FROM GENERAL FUND IN PARTICULAR.
AND THEN ACROSS THE FUNDS, UTILITIES IS ABLE TO MAKE INCREMENTAL CHANGES TO SUPPORT THEIR REGULAR OPERATIONS. AND THEN THE LAST PIECE IS CONTINUING TO FUND ONE TIME CAPITAL TO INVEST IN, IN ALL OUR OPERATIONAL AREAS ACROSS THE GENERAL FUND, UTILITIES AND SO FORTH. MOVING FORWARD WITH SOME POTENTIAL DEBT ISSUANCES THAT WE WILL FOLLOW UP ON TO SEE HOW WE CAN ABSORB THAT TAX RATE AND BRING THAT BACK TO YOU FOR FURTHER DISCUSSION.
AND WE'RE ALSO GOING TO, USING THE, USING ANY CURRENT DATA WE HAVE IN REVENUE, SCRUB THOSE ONE LAST TIME AND SEE IF WE HAVE ANY BETTER NUMBERS, MORE POSITIVE NUMBERS BRING BACK TO AS WELL AND SEE THAT THAT HELPS WITH THE COST, THE PROPERTY TAX TOPIC AS WELL.
SO REALLY AS FAR AS NEXT STEPS, WE'RE GOING TO SCRUB OUR CALENDAR TO SEE WHAT FLEXIBILITY WE HAVE FOR MORE, MORE TIME ON THE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.
WE'RE GOING TO BRING YOU BACK THAT DEBT SCHEDULE WITH THE ROLL OFF INCLUDED SO YOU CAN REALLY VISUALIZE THE PROPERTY TAX DEBT ISSUANCES AND THE IMPACT OF THOSE DECISIONS. WE'RE GOING TO DO THE TAX RATE M AND O ANALYSIS AT VARIOUS LEVELS SO WE KNOW WHAT NO NEW REVENUE BELOW, NO NEW REVENUE RATE, SOMEWHERE IN BETWEEN. GIVE YOU SOME OPTIONS SO YOU REALLY KNOW WHAT THAT DOLLAR IMPACT IS.
AGAIN, SCRUBBING THE OPTIONS FOR REVENUE EXPENSES AT THE DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS.
BRING THOSE BACK AND THEN WE WILL ALSO TAKE THAT AND GENERAL FUND IN PARTICULAR, BRING BACK SOME OPTIONS DEPENDING ON WHERE YOU ALL MIGHT FALL.
WE'LL BE READY TO MAKE ADJUSTMENTS ON CUTS TO A COST, ACCOMMODATE THOSE DIFFERENT LEVELS. AND THEN LONGER TERM IS THOSE FUTURE WATER RATE OPTIONS THAT WE'LL BRING BACK AS WE CONTINUE TO WORK WITH OUR CONSULTANT.
REAL GOOD QUESTIONS FROM COUNCIL ON ANYTHING. SO ON THE TAX RATE, AS WE TALK ABOUT THAT, WE KNOW THAT AMARILLO GROWS, WHAT, ABOUT 2% A YEAR, MAYBE A LITTLE LESS WATER.
WHAT DO WE CAPTURE IN THAT AS TAX REVENUE? THAT PROPERTY REVENUE? IT JUST DEPENDS ON TIMING AS THE PROPERTY DEVELOPS AND WHEN IT HITS THE APPRAISAL ROLLS AND HOW IT PENCILS OUT IN THAT CALCULATION. THIS YEAR DOES SEEM LIKE WE BROUGHT LESS NEW PROPERTY VALUE INTO THE EQUATION.
BUT WITH THAT NO NEW TAX RATE, WE COULD ACTUALLY SEE AN INCREASE IN REVENUES BASED ON THE PROPERTIES THAT COME ON.
YEAH, SO YOU CAPTURE ALL THAT IN THE COURSE OF THE YEAR.
YEAH. SO YOU GET TO CAPTURE ALL THAT UP FRONT AND THEN IT'S THE ADJUSTMENTS ON TOP OF THAT.
YES. THE WAY THE FORMULA WORKS IS YOU GET TO CAPTURE NEW PROPERTIES, THEN YOU LOOK AT THE THREE AND A HALF PERCENT CALCULATION.
SO, YEAH, YOU GET TO CAPTURE THAT PART OF IT BECAUSE, I MEAN, THOSE ARE NEW PROPERTIES.
THEY'RE. NOW THEY HAVE TO START PAYING PROPERTY TAX TOO, LIKE EVERYONE ELSE.
THANK YOU GUYS FOR GOOD DISCUSSIONS AND FOR LISTENING. I REALLY APPRECIATE SOME OF THE DISCUSSIONS THAT WERE IN DEPTH. WAY MORE SO. AND YOU KNOW, SOME OF MINE JUST NOT EVEN ON POINT.
JUST DILIGENCE, TRYING TO FIGURE IT OUT. SO I THINK WE'VE DONE WHAT WE NEEDED TO HERE. I DON'T THINK WE CAN
[05:00:03]
CLOSE THE BOOK AND SAY WE'RE FINISHED. YOU GUYS HAVE SOME THINGS YOU'RE BRINGING BACK.WHAT WE DIDN'T ACCOMPLISH SO FAR WOULD BE MAYBE A TIMELINE.
SO WE NEED TO SET A FEW EXPECTATIONS.
ALL RIGHT, WELL, STEPHANIE HAS WORKED ON THAT, AND SO WE CAN GO AHEAD AND DISCUSS THAT AS WELL. WE WERE. WE WERE DEBATING DO THAT OR NOT. LET'S GO AHEAD AND DO THAT.
YOU DON'T HAVE TO PUT UP WITH THAT, MS. CITY SECRETARY.
THANK YOU, MAYOR. OKAY, SO LET'S TALK BRIEFLY ON TIMELINE AS IT STANDS STANDS RIGHT NOW AND THEN WHERE WE MIGHT HAVE SOME FLEXIBILITY FOR YOU THIS IS YOUR PLANNING CALENDAR THAT HAS DEADLINES THAT ACCOMMODATE STATE LAW TO MAKE SURE THAT WE HAVE CERTAIN WINDOWS WHEN WE APPROVE OUR BUDGET, WHEN WE HOLD OUR PUBLIC HEARING, CERTAIN WINDOWS THAT WE HAVE TO PUBLISH THOSE TO THE NEWSPAPER, GET THEM ON THE WEBSITE, AND THEN CERTAIN WINDOWS THAT WE HAVE TO DO THAT WITHIN. AND SO IF YOU GO TO THE BOTTOM OF THIS FIRST PAGE HERE, WE, UNDER THE CURRENT SCHEDULE ON AUGUST 25TH WOULD HAVE OUR MEETING TO DISCUSS YOUR TAX RATE. AND THIS IS WHERE WE WOULD SET THAT CEILING AND SAY OUR PROPOSED MAXIMUM TAX RATE. AND SO BASED ON CURRENT DISCUSSIONS, RECOMMENDATION WHEN WE DO THIS WOULD BE TO SET IT AT THAT VOTER APPROVAL TAX RATE.
BUT COUNCIL CAN COME BACK IN UNDER THAT AND ACTUALLY ADOPT THE NO NEW REVENUE TAX RATE.
SO FOR THAT, THEN WE WOULD GO TO THE NEXT PAGE HERE. AND ON SEPTEMBER 15, WE LOOK AT HAVING A FIRST READING OF THE BUDGET AND PROPOSED TAX RATE. AND THEN ON SEPTEMBER 22, PUBLIC HEARINGS AND SECOND READING TO ADOPT YOUR BUDGET.
AND SO THAT'S THE TIMELINE WE'VE TALKED ABOUT. AND IN ORDER TO DO THAT, WE WOULD HAVE TO PUBLISH A NEWSPAPER PAPER NOTICE NO LATER THAN SEPTEMBER 5TH. AND SO WE'D HAVE TO GET SOMETHING IN THE PAPER BY SEPTEMBER 5 FOR THE TAX RATE FOR THE PUBLIC HEARING, WE'D HAVE TO HAVE SOMETHING IN THE PAPER NO LATER THAN SEPTEMBER 17TH. SO WHERE COUNCIL MIGHT HAVE SOME FLEXIBILITY, IF YOU'VE GOT AVAILABILITY IN PUSHING THAT BACK A LITTLE BIT, WOULD BE TO TAKE THAT, THAT BACK A WEEK ON YOUR TWO READINGS. AND SO IF WE DID SOMETHING LIKE THAT, THEN MAYBE AT YOUR SEPTEMBER 10TH MEETING, WHICH IS YOUR REGULAR MEETING, YOUR FIRST ONE IN SEPTEMBER, YOU COULD DISCUSS AND SET THAT MAXIMUM PROPOSED TAX RATE. AND THEN SEPTEMBER 22ND YOU COULD DO A FIRST READING OF BUDGET AND TAX ORDINANCES.
AND THEN ON SEPTEMBER 29TH WOULD BE YOUR PUBLIC HEARING HEARINGS AND YOUR SECOND READING. AND SO IF WE DID THAT, WE WOULD NEED TO HAVE SOMETHING PUBLISHED IN THE PAPER FOR THE BUDGET FOR THAT FIRST CONSIDERATION ON THE 22ND, BY SEPTEMBER 12TH, WE COULD NOT POST IT ANY LATER THAN THAT. AND SO WHAT WE WOULD PROBABLY HAVE TO DO IN THAT CASE, AND I'M GETTING INTO THE WEEDS A LITTLE BIT HERE, IS WE WOULD HAVE TO SUBMIT A NOTICE TO THE NEWSPAPER AND KIND OF OF HAVE AN IDEA FROM COUNCIL OF, OF WHERE TO SET THAT WHATEVER WE'RE GOING TO SET THE MAXIMUM TAX RATE, THE CEILING AT, BECAUSE WE'D ACTUALLY HAVE TO GET THAT NOTICE TO THE NEWSPAPER AHEAD OF Y'ALL APPROVING THAT MAXIMUM RATE. SO WE HAVE DONE THAT. I REMEMBERED, I DON'T REMEMBER IF IT WAS LAST YEAR OR YEAR BEFORE, BUT WE'VE DONE THAT ONE OTHER YEAR. EVEN THOUGH WE, WE NOTICE IT AT THE HIGHER AMOUNTS. IF YOU COME BACK AND SAY NO, WE'RE APPROVING IT AT THE LOWER AMOUNT, YOU CAN.
THAT JUST YOU GIVES. GIVES YOU MAXIMUM FLEXIBILITY. SO THAT'S WHERE YOU HAVE SOME ROOM TO POTENTIALLY HAVE A LITTLE MORE TIME IN HERE TO THINK ABOUT THIS BEFORE SETTING THAT RATE. WE DEFINITELY RECOMMEND TRYING NOT TO MOVE IT TOO MUCH BECAUSE ULTIMATELY WE HAVE TO HAVE THAT SECOND READING DONE AND HAVE YOUR BUDGET ADOPTED BY SEPTEMBER 30TH. THAT'S THE JOB DEADLINE. DOES THAT MAKE SENSE? ANY QUESTIONS I CAN HELP WITH? NO, I THINK YOU'VE BEEN VERY HELPFUL. SO WE HAVE A REGULAR SCHEDULED MEETING THE 25TH. WE WOULD THEN HAVE SEPTEMBER 8TH AS THE MEETING THAT, YOU KNOW, WE COULD DISCUSS IT FURTHER IF WE NEEDED TO WITHOUT HAVING TO CALL ANYTHING SPECIAL.
BUT IF WE JUST GIVE OURSELVES TO THE 25TH TO ALLOW STAFF TO GO SCRUB THE NUMBERS, DO A LITTLE ADDITIONAL WORK, BRING SOMETHING BACK YOU CAN DO INDIVIDUALS, THEN WE WALK INTO THAT WITH A DISCUSSION ITEM THAT WOULD GIVE YOU WHAT YOU WOULD NEED IN ORDER TO HAVE, YOU KNOW, WHAT YOUR NOTICE IS GOING TO BE. IS IT GOING TO BE THE 4 4? IS IT GOING TO BE THE 4 3?
[05:05:02]
IS IT GOING TO BE 42 OR LOWER? AND SO THAT WOULD BE ACCOMPLISHED ON THE 25TH. IF WE CHOOSE NOT TO DO THAT. WE COULD ACCOMPLISH THAT WITH A SPECIAL CALLED MEETING, BUT YOU WOULDN'T BE ABLE TO WAIT TILL THE 8TH BECAUSE YOU WOULD MISS YOUR DATE DEADLINE. RIGHT. YOU'D HAVE TO NOTICE THE PAPER WHEN EVEN IF YOU'RE GOING TO VOTE ON THE 29TH, WE'D LOOK AT SEPTEMBER 10TH. IS THAT MEETING ACTUALLY.AND SO IF WE DID THAT, WE WOULD NEED SOMETHING IN THE NEWSPAPER IF WE, IF WE TAKE OUR FIRST VOTE ON THE 22ND FOR FIRST READING, WE NEED SOMETHING IN THE NEWSPAPER BY THE 12TH OF SEPTEMBER, WHICH WOULD BE TWO DAYS AFTER THAT SEPTEMBER.
ESSENTIALLY, COUNCIL, YOU NEED A FEW THINGS BACK FROM, FROM YOUR STAFF THAT CAN GIVE YOU SOME MORE COMFORT ON WHAT ARE WE REALLY GAINING OR LOSING BY SETTING THIS TAX RATE OR THAT ONE.
BUT I THINK WE'RE CLOSE ENOUGH TO THE PLACE WHERE WE COULD JUST HAVE A DISCUSSION AND PUSH THIS FORWARD. AND THEN YOU WOULD HAVE A LITTLE LATITUDE IN CASE FOR SOME REASON SOMETHING HAPPENED AND WE DIDN'T HAVE A QUORUM OR WHATEVER. YOU'RE STILL MEETING YOUR LEGAL REQUIREMENTS.
WE CAN DEFINITELY DO A SPECIAL CALLED MEETING, LIKE YOU SAID, JUST FOR THAT ONE ITEM. WE'D HAVE PUBLIC COMMENT ON THERE BECAUSE WE DO HAVE TO HAVE PUBLIC COMMENT ANYTIME COUNCIL CONSIDERS ANYTHING. BUT IT'D BE A VERY QUICK MEETING, LIKELY IF Y'ALL WANTED TO CALL A SPECIAL MEETING TO ENSURE THAT WE GET THAT DONE BEFORE THAT NOTICE IS POSTED.
DO I HAVE ANYBODY WHO'S OUT 25 AUGUST OR THE 8TH OR 22 SEPTEMBER, DO YOU KNOW? POSSIBLY. OKAY, SO IN SETTING THOSE UP, WE MAY BE LOOKING AT A SPECIAL MEETING JUST SO WE CAN HAVE FULL QUORUM OR FULL COUNCIL.
BUT DOES ANYBODY HAVE AN ISSUE WITH PUTTING IT ON THE AGENDA THE 25TH JUST FOR A DISCUSSION TO SET THE RATE SO WE WOULD AT LEAST KNOW WHAT WE WANT YOU TO NOTICE TO THE PUBLIC.
AND KEEP IN MIND, AND I'M GOING TO LEAN TO LEGAL HERE TO, TO MAKE SURE THAT I'M STAYING ON POINT. BUT WE COULD PUT IT ON FOR ACTION ON THE 25TH AS WELL. AND IF COUNCIL DID NOT WANT TO TAKE ACTION, WE COULD MOVE IT FORWARD TO SEPTEMBER 10TH. SO THAT'S ANOTHER OPTION.
I DON'T THINK THAT'S NEEDED BECAUSE FOR YOU TO PUT IT ON FOR ACTION, YOU'RE GOING TO ASSUME THE HIGHER RATE.
RIGHT. AND I THINK WE JUST WANT TO ALLOW COUNCIL TO HAVE ONE FINAL DISCUSSION TO GIVE DIRECTION ON WHAT WE WOULD LIKE THEN. I THINK WHEN YOU DO NOTICE IT, IT'S NOTICED FOR THE ACTUAL RATE. AND I KNOW PREVIOUS YEARS IT'S BEEN A LITTLE BIT OF A STRUGGLE IF WE, IF WE PUT A RATE DOWN AND IT'S NOT WHAT WE INTENDED TO DO. SO THAT'S OVERLY CAUTIOUS. I'M JUST SAYING I THINK WITH YOUR TIME FRAME, MY, MY ADVOCATION WOULD JUST BE FOR THE 25TH, JUST TO HAVE A DISCUSSION ITEM. AND THEN YOU WOULD HAVE YOUR ACTION ITEM WITH PLENTY OF TIME ON THE 8TH. RIGHT. OR A SPIRIT SPECIAL CALL MEETING ON.
ON SEPTEMBER 10TH. SEPTEMBER 10TH. AND THEN THAT WOULD MEAN.
YEAH, IT'S EIGHTH IS A TUESDAY.
WELL, I WAS CALENDAR STRAIGHT.
YOU MAY BE CORRECT IN THE 10TH BEING YOUR TOTAL DEADLINE FOR YOUR. YOUR COUNT BACKWARDS FOR YOUR DAYS.
YEAH, BUT THE 12TH IS THE DEADLINE ON THE, ON THE DAYS.
SO, SO WE COULD MEET ON THE 8TH. WE, WE WOULD GET THE POSTING ON THE 12TH, BUT WE WOULD LIKELY HAVE THAT INFORMATION TO THE NEWSPAPER BEFORE. SO A DISCUSSION ON THE 25TH OF AUGUST WHERE WE COULD GET SOME DEFINITIVE CONSENSUS BACK FROM COUNCIL WOULD HELP US ENSURE THAT THAT NOTICE IS SENT TO THE NEWSPAPER PROPERLY.
I'D BE GOOD WITH THAT. IF YOU GUYS ARE WE.
THEN THAT MEANS MOVING. ARE YOU ALSO WANTING. THEN WE'RE MOVING FIRST READING TO THE 22ND AND SECOND READING TO THE 29TH. OR YOU WANT TO KEEP THEM ON THE 15TH AND THE.
WHICH IS BETTER FOR YOU, COUNCILMAN? OKAY, SO WE WOULD.
THEN WE WOULD GO AHEAD AND GO TO. WE CAN DO A DISCUSSION ON THE 25TH AND GIVE DIRECTION.
YOU'RE HERE FOR THAT MEETING OF AUGUST. NO, YOU'RE NOT.
OKAY, IF WE GIVE DISCUSSION ON THE 25TH.
GIVE DIRECTION, THEN WE WOULD NOTICE AND WE WOULD TAKE FIRST VOTE. 22ND.
YEAH, WE WOULD. WE WOULD DO FIRST OF ALL THE 22ND AND SECOND VOTE. 29TH.
IS THAT GOOD FOR YOU? THAT LET'S. LET'S HAVE THAT AS OUR INTENTION. I THINK THAT GIVES US THE BEST OPPORTUNITY.
OKAY, SO WHAT WE WILL DO BASED ON THE DIRECTION YOU'RE GIVING US HERE, WE'LL GO BACK AND JUST VERIFY THOSE NUMBERS. WE. ONE MORE TIME AGAINST THE. AGAINST THE CODE AND MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE WINDOWS ARE MET. AND THEN WE'LL CONFIRM THAT BACK TO COUNCIL THAT THAT'S OUR PLAN.
AND YOU'LL SEND US INVITES? YES, I WILL.
DO WE HAVE ANY OTHER EXPECTATIONS THAT WE NEED TO SET? GOT EVERYTHING YOU NEED.
AS ACCOMPLISHED AS I THINK WE COULD GET HERE TODAY. SO WITH NOTHING FURTHER, YOU KNOW,
[05:10:02]
IT'S 2:30. WE COULD GO HOME.ANYBODY WANT TO ADJOURN? I MOVE WE ADJOURN.
I MOVE TO ADJOURN.
I JUST HAD A QUESTION ON DEPRECIATION. I'M A DEPRECIATION EXPERT. YOU'RE APPRECIATED. AND ADJOURNED.
* This transcript was compiled from uncorrected Closed Captioning.